Articles About UFOs And Aliens


June 28 thru July 02, 2006

By David Ruffino


In the middle of March 2006 I got a call from Jim Wilhelmsen, a close brother and associate, telling me that a benefactor had bought him time on Stardust Radio Network. This network is a web based radio show with a couple of broadcast affiliates around the US. Jim invited me to participate on the show and before I had time to think about it, I had agreed. Below is an account of my trip down to Roswell and most of what transpired there.

Wednesday, June 28, 2006

I woke up at quarter past three in the morning and finished my packing, checking several times that I had my electronic plane tickets as well as the car rental information and money and other last minute things. I got in the Resistance Urban Assault Vehicle (RUAV for short) and drove to Sacramento International Airport, arriving there a little past four in the morning. Surprisingly, I found a parking spot in economy parking that was very close to the entrance of the lot. Sometimes I take things like this to be a sign that a trip is going to be great, and I found out later that this assumption was correct. As I walked to the bus stop I saw the bus rounding the corner and heading in my direction; another good sign. Southwest Airlines had implemented a new sign in feature since the last time I had been there. If someone has an electronic ticket you can actually check yourself in via a computer screen menu. Once done, an attendant comes and takes your bag, tags it and you’re off to the Homeland Security nightmare. I travel with a laptop computer so that makes thing all the more difficult. Shoes, belt, wallet, keys, pocket change go into one bin, the laptop into a separate bin and everything else follows. Once they realized that I wasn’t some terrorist they let me head to the gate and wait for the flight. As I sat there watching the light begin to appear in the eastern sky I realized how tired I actually was. I’d only gotten a little over four hours of sleep before this journey started.

Well, the plane finally arrived and the previous passengers deplaned. We got onto the flight, me being one of the first to do so, and I was sort of disappointed that the flight was so full. We were flying to Phoenix and I wondered how many people were as crazy as I was to pick this early a flight to desert hell. I have to admit though that I was pleased with my two neighbors. One lady was flying to Florida and the other was going to San Antonio, Texas. We talked during the whole flight and they were very interested in what I was going to do in Roswell. I gave them business cards and told them to visit us on the Resistance website. One thing I have to say for Southwest Airlines is that they have great coffee, and I availed myself to a lot of it. I arrived in Phoenix and was pleased to see that I didn’t have to change terminals. I just had to walk down two gates and I could wait for the next flight; from Phoenix to Albuquerque. By the way, I can spell that name now without the use of a spell checker; aren’t you proud of me?? The flight from Phoenix to Albuquerque is really nice. The minute that the plane appears to get to altitude it seems that it starts to descend into the destination. This flight wasn’t as full as the one before and our row of three seats was only occupied by two people. The other person was a nice older woman who, like the last two took interest in what I was going to be doing down in Roswell. I gave her a business card and told her to visit us. Like the other two, she assured me that she would.

We arrived in Albuquerque and I was one of the first people off of the flight. When I got to the baggage claim carousel my bag was one of the first to come out onto that contraption and I grabbed it and headed for the bus that takes people to the car rental center. I got to the Alamo Rental place and was third in line but by the time I actually got to the counter it felt like I had been in line for half an hour. The clerk was slow and it didn’t seem like he cared how fast he was; but in all fairness to him, he was very thorough. He told me to go out and look for a guy in a green shirt who would direct me to a car. The guy in the green shirt was named Larry and he asked me if I would like a free upgrade to a larger car. Since I had reserved a compact car this was a nice gesture on Larry’s part. He pointed to a row of cars and told me to just get in any one of them I wanted and drive off. I picked a nice silver Pontiac G6. It had all the amenities and as I mentioned in my letter to all the Delusion Resistance members, it was like the car was designed by NASA, figuring in all the features. It also had a V6 engine which really came in handy, especially going over those mountains east of Albuquerque. I’ve been to Roswell so many times now that I actually feel at home down in New Mexico; so I settled in for the three hour drive to my destination. The only stop that I made was at a McDonalds restaurant to get something to eat. I don’t like to eat or drink too much when driving long distances because I don’t like to stop for bathroom breaks, but I hadn’t had anything to eat since around three o’clock the previous afternoon and I needed a caffeine fix to stay awake. So, I stopped in Moriarity and after leaving McDonalds armed with a Quarter Pounder, a large order of fries and a very large Coke Cola I was on my way. It takes roughly an hour after leaving the airport to reach the turnoff for the highway 285 exit which heads one south into Roswell. The problem with that road is that it is desolate, very desolate and the scenery all looks the same. There are only two towns on that highway and they’re two sizes, small and microscopic. Anyway, after driving for another two hours and nearly falling asleep at the wheel two or three times I arrived in Roswell.

It was only two thirty in the afternoon when I arrived in town. I knew that Jim Wilhelmsen was working so I figured that I would just drive around town and shop in some stores before I would try to call him. Besides, I needed to get some supplies, like toothbrush, toothpaste and all the other amenities that it’s easier to buy then it is to lug around. I visited just about every store I could think of; Walmart, Office Max and even some that I had never heard of before. Remember, we’re talking about Roswell, New Mexico; with a population of only around 50,000 people as compared to the Sacramento area that has probably close to two million souls. Therefore, whereas if I tried to visit every worthy store in Sacramento it would take me three days, it only took a couple of hours in Roswell. I knew that Mike and Jackie Slack were moving to Roswell soon, but didn’t know if the had gotten there yet and even if the had, I didn’t have their phone number, so after a while I just sat in a parking lot, listening to local radio stations and leaving a message for Jim about every half hour.



A Cool Wall Mural Next To McDonalds

One place I did visit I did sort of hesitatingly. Although I like the conferences that Alien Resistance puts together, I’m not crazy about their ministry. Yes, there is some strife down in Roswell but I try to keep out of the line of fire. So I put my armor on and drove to 2nd Street to visit with the folks at AR. I figured too that it would be a good way to waste at least half an hour. Because I conduct myself in a clandestine manner when down in Roswell, the folks at AR received me warmly, with smiles and hugs. I’m sure that they have some idea of my affiliation with Jim and his ministry, but I don’t think they know how closely affiliated I am with him. Of course they asked if I would be attending their conference that weekend. I told them that I was just in Roswell on a whim, having decided that since I had some extra time off from work I’d just fly down and visit the town. I never mentioned Jim once and they never asked, which was a relief for me. I did get sort of concerned when they started to talk about some strange doctrines that they were starting to explore and endeavor in. Talks about wanting to be abducted so that they could minister to fallen angels and lead them to repentance; and having some doing in the implementation in something called “the anti-church,” really set off bells and whistles in my spirit and soon I found myself excusing myself right out the front door. Just another example of how a ministry can get off kilter if it’s not built on the firm foundation of Yeshua Ha Mashiach.

About six thirty I was getting really tired and Jim hadn’t called me back yet, so I made the decision to get a motel room at the local Motel-6. I walked across the street to a Sonic burger joint and got dinner and just got settled into the room when my cell phone rang. It was Jim who was very apologetic. That’s what is nice about Jim, he’s a real gentleman, apologizing when he really didn’t need to. Anyway, I went down to his store and met him and we drove to a local eatery where we met Mike, Jackie and Jim’s wife Debbie. We ate, fellowshipped and then we called it a night.


Thursday, June 29, 2006

The next day was Thursday and it was sort of a lag day. I visited Mike and Jackie and finally got to see what their new home looked like in the light. It is a nice old house in the older part of town. From what I could ascertain, their neighborhood was undergoing a renovation of sorts. A lot of the older houses were being restored and things were looking like they were on the mend. The lot that the house sits on is very large by Sacramento standards and the price that they paid for the whole deal would only be a down payment on a lot that size in California.

Mike gave me a key to Jim’s store which was really neat because I needed to study and mark my notes for the show on Saturday. I spent most of the day (well, probably around four hours) there doing just that. It was a nice and peaceful setting; the only noise being the drone of the swamp cooler that kept the temperature in the place comfortable. I hooked into Jim’s network and was able to access the internet. It was a relief to finally be able to get my e-mail. Funny how in this day and age we can’t live without our e-mail; or should I say that it is sad?

When that four hours came to an end, I locked up the store and then headed to the Slack’s house. We spent some more time just sitting on the porch and talking. We finished unloading their moving truck of the last remaining pieces of furniture and then sat around and talked more. Finally, out of boredom, we moved the remaining boxes that they had on the front porch into the house. Now that I think about it, it probably appeared to Mike that I was a little bit OCD. As it began to get dark the phone rang and I heard Mike talking to Jim, who had just gotten home from work and was on his way over after cleaning up.



Mike’s Volkswagen Thing in Front of Jim’s Store


Jim arrived not long after that and after a brief time of talking all three of us were off to get something to eat. We all decided on dining at Whataburger which isn’t too far from Jim’s house. We sat there for about an hour and a half, shooting the breeze and eating some fantastic food. I recommend Whataburger to anyone who can find one of their restaurants; you won’t be sorry, I promise. After dinner we headed over to Jim’s house where we watched Twilight Zone episodes till after one in the morning. Mike and I drove back to his house and after a brief time of visiting I hit their very comfortable couch and was out like a light. That couch was so comfortable that I don’t think I moved from the moment I fell asleep till I woke up the next morning.


Friday, June 30, 2006

That next morning was Friday and Jim and I had to get things ready for the broadcast that evening. Debbie called me and told me that Jim was already at the store but he hadn’t had breakfast yet, so off I went to McDonalds to get us some grub and then I went to Alternate Realities, his museum down on 1st Street. We ran another phone line to a computer desk that I use when I’m there. I set up my laptop and got a network connection and then started to investigate how I would record the show that evening. I installed some software on Jim’s spare computer that would allow me to do that and did a few other things. Things were getting pretty busy outside. The police had cordoned off a block of Main Street and the vendors were setting up their stands full of alien trinkets while the food carts were getting their highly overpriced items cooked up and ready to sell. Jim’s store is sort of off the beaten path and the way that the city had barricaded Main Street sort of made it so that not too many people would walk down in Jim’s direction. Jim decided to print up some brochures which Mike volunteered to hand out down on Main Street. He probably printed up forty or so and Mike went out to do his thing. One of the many things that I like about Mike Slack is that he’s bold; sort of the guy who is willing to go where no man has gone before. So when he got back and told us that he had actually gone into the International UFO Museum and passed out the brochures there it didn’t really surprise me. The year before they had actually kicked him out of there because he was telling people that Jim’s store has the truth and that the secular museum was spewing lies. So, Mike was surprised when they didn’t recognize him from last year and just went about and did his thing.



A Clear Perversion of The Truth – The Defiling of Michelangelo’s
“God’s Creation of Adam,” Painted on The Wall of The International
UFO Museum on the South Side.

Well, I figure that all the jobs that we needed to do to be ready for Friday night’s broadcast would have probably taken only an hour or so without interruptions, but even with his less than adequate location, Jim was getting a lot of visitors to the store. About half an hour before the broadcast we were ready, and that was 5:00 Mountain Time. Where Jim’s store is concerned, people are free to come in and look around and about eighty percent of them ask a question or two. Jim never lets an opportunity to share the Gospel with anyone slip by. There were many times when Jim would have a small audience in front of his desk. He would explain the tenants of the ministry and then go into preaching mode. I can’t think of one person or group of people who came in and didn’t hear the salvation message. When he speaks it isn’t with arrogance or some judgmental flair, but he speaks to everyone like he’s known them for years and cares about them like an old friend. I was surprised at how many of the visitors were Christians and how many of them were suspicious of the alien agenda for a long time. It is like part of Jim’s mission in Roswell is to confirm that what believers have suspected about all the alien hype is correct; it is demonic and they’re up to no good.

It would very unfair to go any farther without introducing someone who was so crucial in all of this. Her name is Trice and she’s a member of The Resistance. She bought the air time and did all of the arranging for the broadcasts to occur. She is the moderator that is heard on the mp3’s. About fifteen minutes before the air time of five o’clock Trice called and told us to get ready. When the hour had come we didn’t get a phone call and we got concerned. We were listening to the radio station on the internet and they were playing an old interview by Mike Heiser and it was in no way sounding like it was close to being over. Trice called to inform us that she was trying to get a hold of the station owner and manager, a man named Jeff. About half past the hour we finally got word that Jeff had run into problems getting to the studio and that our broadcast would air at six o’clock instead of five, as originally planned. This sort of concerned Jim and I because it was a Friday night and being that it was Friday, we surmised that people would perhaps go about and do other things seeing that we weren’t on when they expected us to be on. Our fears were unfounded as you’ll see next.

Jim wanted me to be in on the phone with he and Tom Horn during the broadcast but I suggested that we should save the other handset just in case the battery on the main phone’s handset didn’t last the two hour duration of the broadcast. We later found out that the two handsets would not work at the same time so it was a good thing anyway that I didn’t try to use it. My suspicions about the battery not lasting two hours came to light when Jim’s handset’s battery finally gave up the ghost near the end of the broadcast. Tom Horn is the webmaster and minister at Raider’s News Update on the web. He wrote “The Ahriman Gate” which is a really good fictional book about a probable future event where angels come as alien benefactors and deceive mankind as they usher in the Great Tribulation. The first hour was Jim interviewing Tom Horn and the second hour was Jim’s time to answer questions. Jeff, the owner of the station came back to us after the show aired and told us that there were upwards of twenty thousand people who listened to the show on the internet and that was a record for Stardust. He said that eighty percent of the people who listened to our show stayed online after the show, which was unusual to him too. He was also amazed that there weren’t people who called in with negative comments; most of the talk was civil and ordered on the chat room board. It really blew Jeff’s mind. After the show we were so happy that everything went so well that we piled into Debbie’s van with Mike and Jackie Slack and went out to eat. We then went to a video store and rented a couple of movies and stayed up to an insanely late hour watching them. I stayed the night at Jim and Debbie’s house, resting in the knowledge that our night had been a success, but also being a bit nervous knowing that I would be speaking the next night.


Saturday, July 01, 2006:

Saturday arrived and Jim and I went down to the store, after stopping at a local truck stop for their breakfast buffet. Although it was only nine in the morning the UFO Festival was starting to bustle. The vendors were all setting up their stands and some stores must have already been open because some people were walking around with little stuffed aliens and other things. I had an urgency to sit down and study what I would be talking about that night on the radio; so I did just that for about an hour. People were already walking into Jim’s store in what seemed like a nonstop pattern and Jim was ministering to them. A few times I would walk out of the store to get something from the car and when I’d see people walking down the street I’d remark to them that Jim had a lot of interesting information in his store. Sometimes they would head in too. I felt like a barker in front of some city store, but mused that I was barking for righteousness sake. Earlier that morning we had gone to some stores to pick up a few things that we would need. One of those things was another phone because the phone from the day before turned out to be a piece of junk. We settled in and ministered to people the rest of the day while we waited for the radio show to start.

Well, five o’clock finally rolled around and about ten minutes before we got the call from the radio station. We spent that ten minutes getting sound levels correct and talking to Trice and Jeff about things. Things finally started at the top of the hour and it felt very strange to have someone introducing me to what I would later find out was tens of thousands of people. I silently prayed, telling Yahweh, “here goes nothing, please be with me.” At this point I have to interject that I think that Moses and I are kindred spirits. I’ve never been able to speak in front of large crowds and I’d rather do anything but that. I can sit in a firefight with tracers wizzing over my head and mortars falling around me and even the enemy screaming in Arabic quickly advancing upon my position and I can maintain my composure, but put me in front of a group of civilians who can do me no physical harm and I clam up like, well, a clam. Moses was the same way. He was brought up in Pharaoh’s house, was a skilled military man could take care of state affairs, but when it came to going to the Children of Israel, he tried to bargain his way out of the job. But the Lord was faithful and gave Moses a mouthpiece, that being Aaron. Well, he did the same for me on that Saturday night. Jim was there in the same room and his calm and cool demeanor helped me to get out the words that I felt led to say. Jim was my Aaron. Another similarity there in that Aaron was older than Moses and Jim is older than me. The parallels are uncanny to say the least. Sorry for calling you an old man Jim, but we deal in science, and science deals in hard facts (smile).




David Ruffino and Jim Wilhelmsen after the Saturday Night Broadcast


Jim asked the questions just like I had written them and even smoothed them out a little bit. I was so glad that I had decided to encapsulate my message because had I talked about everything that I wanted to talk about I could have been on for twice as along as I was. After about forty five or fifty minutes I ran out of encapsulated material and gave the format over to Jim. He talked the next hour. It worked out pretty good actually. My format was sort of a foundation for what he wanted to talk about. My talk about the God of Time and Space worked perfectly into his talk about the clouds of heaven and the enemy’s manipulation of time as well as probable future events. All in all I was satisfied about what happened. One interesting thing did happen that I know I have to relate. Telling you about this will also help you to understand why there was a period of dead air starting at around the 1 hour and 35 minute portion of Saturday night’s broadcast. The dead air happened just after Jim mentioned something called “Project Paperclip.” This name was given to a US Government scheme to bring several top Nazi scientists and other Nazi officials here to the States to gain knowledge and know how from these people. We all know about the scientists, the most famous one being Werner Von Braun who was the father of our rocket program. Many profess that without his knowledge we would never have gotten to the moon back in 1969. What is not widely known is that other Nazi’s were brought to America in the late forties. Some of those people (I’m being kind in calling them people) were the ones who created the CIA from what was called the OSS before before the CIA existed. The OSS is an acronym for Office for Strategic Services. So, when we were finally able to reestablish contact with Stardust Radio, Jeff told us something like this: “you probably don’t want to mention Project Paperclip on the air. We get cut off like this every time it is mentioned. I swear that someone has a red button somewhere and they push it whenever it gets mentioned.” I’ve heard lots of conspiracy theories in my day and I’ve raised an eyebrow at most of them, but what happened that Saturday night made a believer out of me.



Dave, Mike Slack and Jim after the broadcast.
The Three Gray Bearded Men of Yahweh!

One thing that happened before our air time had to do with my departure the next day. I think it was one of the Slacks who asked me when I was leaving the next day. I told them that I had to leave around 7:30 the next morning because the drive was three hours and I wanted to spend some time at Clines Corners looking for souvenirs for people back home. I had to have the rental car back at the airport by 11:30 Sunday morning. Then someone asked me how much an extra day would cost and I figured it was around fifty dollars. Then almost in unison, Jim, Debbie, Mike and Jackie all told me to leave later on Sunday and that they would pay for the extra day that I would be charged. I agreed to the terms and relaxed the rest of the night. We watched movies at Jim and Debbie’s house that night and retired at a late hour yet again.


Sunday, July 02, 2006:

I woke up Sunday morning and got showered and ready for the long day ahead of me. After a cup of coffee Jim and I got in my car and we went to the store, that is after we stopped for breakfast at guess where; McDonalds. Hey, maybe I can get McDonalds to endorse this ministry and flip the bill for some of the expenses? Anyway, it wasn’t long before Debbie came down and so did Mike and Jackie. We spent the time talking and ministering to people who came into the store. Early in the day I had picked out one of Jim’s rock sculptures and after I went to Home Depot to get some verathane he finished it for me. I packed up my laptop and put the sculpture in my bag and just before two o’clock I said my goodbye’s and left. I can’t express how hard it was to leave. To me, I was leaving family, some very dear friends and it hurt inside. A couple of days later, Jim and I would talk and he would echo the same sentiments, telling me that the Wilhelmsen’s and Slacks had felt the same way. Well, at least I can say that I have family in Roswell.



The Roswell Family: Mike and Jackie Slack in Front,
Jim and Debbie Wilhelmsen and David Ruffino, Back Row.


The drive back to Albuquerque was boring at first, but later became a bit harrowing. About an hour before I got to Clines Corners I noticed that there was quite a thunderstorm up ahead. The road played tricks on me, sometimes heading me right at the storm and sometimes away from it. It was a nasty looking storm from way back there and I prayed that the road would divert me away. When I saw that the final destination of highway 285 was going to put me smack dab in the middle of the storm I began to pray, and quite fervently too. It was so strange because one minute I was in bright sunshine and then I saw myself heading into a wall of rain. The rain was coming down in torrents and the road turned into what looked like a pond. I was concerned. I’m from New Jersey and I’ve seen this sort of road condition before. I’ve seen people hydroplane out of control in their cars and the end result was never pretty. So, I dropped the speed down quite a bit and made sure that I didn’t cock the steering wheel one iota. It took about twenty minutes to get through that mess; the car aloud with my singing hymns about Yeshua, His blood, His mercy and His everlasting love. I figured that if that was the time that He had decided to take me home, I wanted to translate from this life to the next praising His name. He was gracious though and he got me through the storm. I stopped at Clines Corners and did a little shopping and then got back on the road. I had to drive through another thunderstorm when I drove by Moriarty but it wasn’t quite as severe. I got back to the airport right around five thirty. I have to admit that I tried to get a break on the extra day fee from the car rental place by telling them about the harrowing experiences with the storms, but they didn’t buy it.

Waiting at the gate for the plane to arrive wasn’t too bad. I called my sister and told her that I wasn’t happy about having to connect to my next flight in Los Angeles. I really don’t like southern California as almost anyone I know really well will tell you. I told her that I would rather change planes in Baghdad. Well, as fate would have it; and like I said about my mind tongue connection, I guess I angered the woman who was standing in front of me. She was probably from Los Angeles I surmised. We didn’t exchange words or anything, but her eyes were daggers that I’m sure she wished she could use to rend my torso asunder. The two flights home were really uneventful except for the thunderstorm that tossed the plane about while we were departing the Albuquerque area. Just a lot of turbulence which I really don’t mind, but it bothered others in the plane. The flight from L.A. to Sacramento was boring and I even caught a few winks as we sailed home. When we got to Sac I got down to the baggage area and my bag was one of the first on the carousel. I beat it out to the curb and caught the bus back to economy parking. I pulled out of the lot after paying the 35 dollars for the parking fee and was home in no time. I was really appreciative to Glori who came over on her way to church and turned on my air conditioner; making it nice and cool by the time I walked through the door, close to eleven that evening.

All in all, there is no doubt that the trip was wonderful and very successful. Around twenty thousand souls heard our radio shows each night and as a result of the popularity, Jeff from Stardust Radio, with Trice’s financial help is going to allow Jim to have an hour program each week on Stardust. Jim is already getting ideas for a conference next year around the Fourth of July. I want to thank everyone for their prayers and support. Thanks to Trice and Blade for their financial support and thanks for everyone who made sacrifices to make the trip a success. And thanks to Yahweh, the Author and Finisher of our Faith, because without Him, nothing would be possible. Perhaps next year some of you can go with me or meet me down in Roswell. We’ll have a great time and minister to a lot of people. Start planning now because July 4th 2007 will be here before we know it.



By David Ben Yakov

Featuring a cast of many.



I’ve been in the habit of going to Roswell for a few years now, mostly for ministry. Back in April of 2006 I started to attend a new fellowship here in Sacramento. They not only accepted me, but they accepted the ministry that Yahweh has charged me to do. After the 2005 radio show trip and the success of it I mentioned these things to the pastors and elders of my new fellowship. I also mentioned that I would be going down to Roswell in 2007.

At or around the beginning of 2007 I was approached by Curt, one of the elders of the fellowship and he asked if we needed a worship team down in Roswell in July of 2007. I replied that we indeed did need someone to lead worship. At that time he committed himself to come to New Mexico with me. Before long, several people from the fellowship said that they felt Yahweh leading them on a mission trip down to Roswell. The story below is the account of our trip to Roswell. The account is as seen through my eyes and shouldn’t be construed as being the total story. I hope that you are blessed by what you are about to read.

David Ben Yakov


Day One – Tuesday July 03, 2007

The plans for the trip to Roswell this year were many. In years past I had gone there by myself at which time I would join up with Jim Wilhelmsen, Joe Jordan, either together or separate. This year there was a team from my church heading down there too. Joining me was Glori Embrey and her three girls; Rachel, Heather and Melissa, as well as Ed Roper, Curt Davis and Laura Langdon. At the beginning the plan had been to all drive down there together, but in May of this year we decided that some of us would fly and the rest would drive down there. The plans were that I would fly down and Ed would join me in the flight. Later on, we added on Glori’s older daughter Rachel. So I bought the plane tickets and Curt got to work on his RV, getting it ready for the long trip, all 1308 miles. The banners were made for our booth and were sent down a week before the time we would need them. They arrived a day before we did.

It seemed like time flew and then our departure date of July 03 arrived. Curt arrived at Glori’s house and they were on the road in the early morning hours, while it was still dark. The plan was for them to drive in the coolest part of the day to avoid heat stress on the vehicle and those inside of it. I arrived at Glori’s house quite a while later, right at six o’clock. Rachel was ready to go, really anticipating a great time of flying. This was her first time flying. We loaded up her bags and got on our way. We stopped by our church to pick up Ed who arrived a little early. Seemed that everyone wanted to get down to the desert southwest.

We went through the usual rigmarole at the airport; checking in at the airline counter and then at the TSA checkpoint. Rachel had all of her paperwork ready, even bringing her Social Security card and her birth certificate to prevent any hassles. She didn’t have her picture license and we only had her permit ID so we wanted to make sure that there would be no delays. All three of us made it through the TSA checkpoint without any problems; Rachel being sort of perplexed that we had to remove so many items to proceed through security. She was smart though, having worn shoes that came off and went on easily. We finally got to board the plane, a small 50 seater, two jet engine craft that resembled a miniaturized Boeing 727. The airline was called Express Jet and they advertise that they have great flights and many amenities. They did not disappoint us at all. As the plane rolled faster and faster down the runway Ed just relaxed but Rachel got a nervous giggle and when the plane finally lifted off of the ground she let out what I can only refer to as a cheer mixed with laughter. The others on the plane were amused to say the least.

We landed in Albuquerque right at the scheduled time and it took no time at all to get our bags from the baggage carousel. We got the bus to the car rental area and as usually happens at the Albuquerque airport, they offered me an upgrade, this time from a Buick to a Cadillac. I told the attendant Forrest (a young man, probably in his late teens) that an upgrade to a SUV would have been better but decided to accept what he offered. Rachel was amused at Forrest’s name and when she noticed that he was wearing a green shirt she commented that it was too bad that he didn’t have brown pants on; had that been the case he would look like a tree. Well, we were all amused, even Forrest. He left to get the Cadillac but came back a few minutes later, telling us that there were no more Cadillac’s left. Well, he noticed my disappointment and in what I can only assume was an attempt to impress Rachel he told me to go and pick out any of the SUV’s that were there. Rachel picked the dark red one and both Ed and I agreed that it was the best looking one there. We were off to Roswell.

We arrived outside of Roswell close to three hours later, running a little late because we stopped for lunch and to pick up some real fireworks, which are legal in New Mexico….hooray!! Joe Jordan met us at the turnoff for the crash site and we blew our Shofar’s like we had planned. We ran into a  young woman who had run out of gas at the same turnoff and I let her use my cell phone to call her boyfriend so that he could come and get her. Assured that he would be there momentarily we departed to an area on the west side of town where we  blew our Shofar’s again. We repeated this two times more, at the south and east sides of town. We wanted to warn the powers of darkness that we were there and that we were going to battle for the next few days.


Dave Ruffino and Joe Jordan sound their Shofars

Afterward, we parted company with Joe and Tony (an associate of Joe’s) and we went to a place that Ed and I had talked about for weeks prior, a hamburger joint called “Whataburger.” Poor Rachel had slept for most of the driving part of the trip suffering from sleep depravation brought about by anticipation of the travel day. We roused her to go into Whataburger and the poor thing just sat there sort of comatose, wanting only some fries while we ate ate the burgers that we had craved for so long and drank the 32 ounce milkshakes that Whataburger is so famous for. After dinner we went to Mike and Jackie Slack’s home where we spent the night. We talked for quite a while while Rachel slept on the couch. Later that evening Jim Wilhelmsen rolled into town and came to the Slack’s home too. We talked a bit more after which Rachel went to her room, Ed to his room; Jim taking the couch and me the floor.

Day Two – Wednesday July 04, 2007

We awoke early on Wednesday and we did so on purpose. In the planning stages of the trip Joe had come up with the idea of going out to the crash site that we had visited two years prior. A couple of weeks before the trip Joe told me that we would be leaving to head out to the crash site around half past seven but when I had talked to him the day we arrived he had changed our time of departure to five o’clock in the morning. When I woke up around four on Wednesday I noticed that Jim was already up. He had gone out to the front porch to pray. He came in and said that he was sort of iffy about going out to the site. Joe called not long afterward and after we talked Jim had decided to head out with us anyway. Joe said that he and Tony had figured out how to get out to the site using better roads and approaching it from the north side instead of the bad roads from the south side. So we met Joe and Tony at their motel and in a move that still befuddles me, Joe gave me the laptop with the map and told me to lead the way in my vehicle. The result is that we got lost and we spent nearly half an hour trying to figure out the right way to go.


Dave, Jim and Mike scope out the situation


We finally figured things out and we went down a country highway that led to a dirt road that was supposed to take us to the site. We traveled miles down the road until we finally got to a sign that told us that trespassing was not allowed and the sign ended with the phrase, “no exceptions,” which pretty well negated any excuse that anyone could make to continue down the road. So we sat around for a while and finally realized that it was getting pretty hot outside and that doubling around and going about it from the south would take too much time and that the heat would keep us from being productive. So, we  headed back into town and went out to breakfast.


Finally, I’m in my element – Dave


Most of the rest of the day was spent shopping for things that we would need for the next few days. I picked up some portable clothes racks, which when placed next to each other would provide the six feet in length that I needed for our banners. Also picked up the cable ties to attached the banners to the racks and to each other. As the day wore on we started to wonder about the welfare of those who were driving. I gave Rachel my phone and asked her to call Glori to find out when they planned to arrive. It was then that we learned that the RV had broken down about twenty miles west of Albuquerque. She said that she would call back when they decided what they would do. They prayed about the situation (one of many travel prayers) and they thought it best that Ed, Rachel and myself should drive up to Albuquerque. Ed is a mechanic and if anyone could help Curt to get the RV running it was Ed. Glori thought it best that we were all together anyway. That is that way that our fellowship of believers is, we go through thick and thin together. I was pretty exhausted from all of the driving the day before, and the fact that I got no sleep on the floor the night before, so I asked Ed to drive back to Albuquerque and he gladly accepted.

About three hours later we were pulling up to where the RV sit, in a park not far from the freeway. We were all happy to see each other and we all knew that within a short while things would be fixed and we’d be on our way. After a couple of runs it appeared that Yeshua had showed Ed and Curt what was wrong and they fixed the the RV so that it was running well enough. We all went to a buffet and got refreshed before we got back on the road. Curt had to fill the tank a couple of times on our way to Roswell but all in all the trip went well. I was blessed to have all of the girls in my SUV and we had a great time driving down the road. We listened to the radio and even sang together a couple of times. Our best effort was singing to Queen’s “Bohemian Rhapsody,” and we all laughed when it was finished. When we rolled into Roswell it was pretty close to midnight. I led those in the RV through town and to the Ramada Inn on 2nd Street. Then I went to the Mike and Jackie’s home and picked up all of my stuff along with Ed’s and Rachel’s and I went back to the motel. We all retired quickly because the next day was the beginning of the festival, and the start of our work at the booth at the convention center.

Day Three – Thursday July 5th, 2007

I awoke at 6 o’clock and got cleaned up so as to look presentable at the booth that I would be working this morning. Knowing the grueling trip the others had, I decided to just head to the convention center so that I could start to get things set up. They deserved a good night’s rest. After stopping at a gas station for my donuts and coffee I drove down to the center. After two trips from the car to the booth I had everything that I would need to represent the Delusion Resistance and the AACCOA, minus the printed material that still hadn’t shown up at the Slack’s house. I put the banner racks together and then Joe helped me to attach the banners, one for each ministry. As soon as I finished hanging the banners a gentleman walked up to me at the booth and after I described that our ministries were dedicated to helping people understand that the name of Yeshua (Jesus) stops alien abduction, this gentleman proceeded to tell me that he had used the name of Jesus many times to stop his experiences. I told him that he could stop the experiences all together if he became a child of God and had a relationship with HIM through Jesus. I then offered to help him in that process, but he came up with some excuse and wandered off. Joe did tell him that he should come to his workshop on Saturday and the man affirmed that he would be there. I liked this first contact because I saw it as Yahweh’s way of showing me that our time there would bear a lot of fruit.



Dave at the booth early Thursday

Yahweh gave me a boldness starting then that lasted throughout the week. One thing that has always irked me about these functions is that the vendors and the speakers just sit there and wait for people to come to them. I sort of liken it to royalty sitting there to be adored by their subjects. Well, I learned a long time ago when I volunteered with Jews for Jesus that people will avoid speakers unless they are treated with respect. So, just about every person who passed by was greeted by me and I would say that a good 95 percent of them would come over and talk with me. A lot of people seemed intrigued by the fact that we weren’t there to promote the alien agenda, but to fight against it. About half of the people that I talked to on Thursday turned out to be Christians who stopped by to see what all of the hubbub or Roswell was about. A couple of ladies who were Native Americans stopped by and looked on with curiosity. When I told them about our ministry they said “Praise God, I knew that there was a Biblical connection to all of this.” We talked for quite a while and they said that they would tell Christians in Albuquerque about us.

Later in the morning a couple of people came up to me and I noticed that the woman had a recorder on her side and a microphone in her hand. The man asked if he could interview me. I couldn’t resist and insisted that they ask me anything. The Ruach Ha Kodesh came upon me in a big way and He gave me answers to every question that the couple asked me. I’m not saying that they were just normal, run of the mill answers, but I could actually feel the power of the answers as I spoke them. One of the questions that they asked me was, “what do you hope to walk away with from this conference?” I told them that I didn’t want to walk away with anything. I told them that almost every other booth was there to sell things and to be lucrative. I told them that we were there to help people. I told them that we had spent quite a bit to get there and that if I could walk away with the satisfaction that I helped people to get free from demons and fallen angels then I would be very content. The couple walked away with a look that spoke that they satisfied that the interview went well, but also with a look that said that they were disappointed that they couldn’t trip me up with their questions.

About half past nine my cell phone rang and when I answered Glori was on the other line. They were on their way and they needed directions. When they entered they looked nice and rested, but also looked a little unfamiliar with what was going to happen. We agreed that they would observe for a while, just to see what happens and to gauge participation on that. I could feel them praying for me while I was greeting people and giving them our message. Around lunch time the girls mentioned that they wanted to go downtown to check out the stores, so when Glori gave them permission I gave the SUV keys to Ed and he took them into downtown Roswell. The girls are amazing Christians. By the time the day was over they had visited a lot of the shops and had made friends with the vendors. One of the store owners, an elderly woman took a liking to the girls and they spent most of the day visiting with her, learning about Roswell from her and they in turn ministered to her. For the next couple of days they would constantly tell me that I needed to go with them to meet the woman that they referred to as, “their friend.”


Dave and Glori talk to someone who stopped by our booth,
while Jim talks to a someone else who’s interested in our message.

One of the people that Joe wanted me to meet was a woman named Nicole. She had contacted Joe just a few days prior to the start of the festival and said that she was going to be there and wanted to meet him and some other people involved in the Alien Resistance effort. She was working at the front concession, selling tickets to the speaker’s events and also books and DVD’s. She’d had quite a few experiences with the dark side, but she became free after coming to faith in Yeshua. She turned out to be quite a dynamic young woman; having insight to show the physics of the whole alien abduction phenomena and how it relates to the Biblical point of view. I personally did not hear her talk about these things, but Glori and others did and said that it was profound. We’re all looking forward to getting to know her better and fostering a kinship with her.



Nicole, our new sister and friend

Jim Wilhelmsen came to the booth about mid morning and he was sort of iffy as to whether he was going to stay or not. Pretty soon someone came up and talked to us and Jim started to explain things to them. Jim is an incredible preacher. Yahweh has given him the ability to recall things off the cuff and when he starts talking people just don’t want to leave until he’s finished. After his first encounter at the booth he decided to stay and boy was I glad that he did. All of us were blessed; me, the people who Jim talked to, and of course Jim, who I think again realized the blessed gift of ministry that Yahweh has given to him.


Jim Wilhelmsen, during one of our very few breaks

Later in the afternoon Ed ran the girls back to the motel room and then came back. The vendor’s section closed at five o’clock so just prior to that time we packed things up, leaving the printed stuff and taking computers and other valuable things with us. The girls had eaten downtown so we made it an adult time of fellowship, breaking bread (and steak and chicken etc) at a local eatery which was across from Walmart. When we returned to the motel we all went to our rooms but soon we were in one room singing the praise and worship songs that they would be singing at the start of Jim’s talk that next Saturday. It was the perfect way to end a perfect day.

Day Four – Friday July 6th, 2007

Well, I have to say that I was stoked and because of that I didn’t get a lot of sleep the whole time I was there. I came out of my motel room and noticed that the others were ready to go. We had our free motel breakfast and we headed off to meet Joe, Tony and Nicole at the hotel where Nicole was staying. Nicole had recently made a commitment to Yeshua and she wanted to be baptized. There was a nice pool at her motel so it was decided that she would be baptized there. All of us entered the pool area and Joe went into the pool, donning his tallit. Nicole joined him and I read a couple of scriptures out of the Brit HaDasha after which Joe plunged Nicole down under the water and brought her up as a baptized believer.


Nicole’s baptism, her public declaration of her faith in Yeshua!!

After Nicole was baptized we all got on our way to the convention center. When we got there it was already busy, probably twice as busy as the previous day. Pretty soon the aisles were filled with people. Since we were right by the entrance doors to the vendor’s section people would come to us first. Those who didn’t stop on their own I called over to the booth. I sort of felt like a barker in front of a movie theater, or something of the like.


Listening a lot and talking – the key to Godly counseling

We were at the convention center right at eight thirty this morning. We pulled out the chairs, placed all of the materials on the table and decided to get the day started with prayer. I think we prayed for about fifteen minutes or so. Toward the end of the prayer time I noticed that Joe was standing behind me, out in the aisle and that he had greeted someone. I heard the name James Carrion and realized that the International Director of MUFON was standing behind us watching us pray. I can’t even imagine what went through his mind; seeing a circle of Christians praying, some in tongues, and asking Yahweh for success in ministry. I think it will be something that will stick with him and will cause him to think more about Yahweh Yeshua.


Laura – a chaplain with the Sacramento Chapter of the Christian Motorcyclist
Association has dialogue with a biker who came to our booth.

At one point I just happened to glance at the entrance doors and I saw something that sort of took me aside. Walking through the doors was someone dressed like the Pope, and with him was another man dressed like an Italian priest (black clothing and a black hat with wide brim) and with them was a woman dressed sort of like a nun, but in a more seductive attire. Jim told me that he had read about this group and that they called themselves the Church of the sub-Genius. Well, they made the mistake of walking by our booth and Jim just couldn’t resist talking to them. He addressed the Pope figure as Pope Ichabod and asked if the other man was Father Guido Sarducci and if the nun was Sister Mary Eliphant. For those outside of America, or for the younger generation, the latter two come from comedic television shows or recordings. Then he asked them that since “sub” means “under,” then the name of their church really means “the church of those who are under intelligent,” or in essence, dumb.

Another person that kept walking by (throughout the event) was a man who was obviously possessed. He sort of looked like Ozzy Osbourn without the makeup. He would walk by our table and refuse to look at us. At one time he did try to sneak a peek at us and when I looked at him he looked down and quickly walked away. I prayed that if be Yahweh’s will, I would be able to talk to this guy. So, every time he would walk by I would just look at him, hoping that we could make eye contact so that I could smile and invite him over. Wasn’t supposed to happen this day I guess. I wasn’t the only one to sense that this man was a walking habitation for the enemy. At one point Glori looked a little overwhelmed. This concerned me so I went over and prayed for her. Not long after I asked her if she had seen Ozzy and described him to her. She said that she then understood why she felt something coming against her; it was probably the entities inside and all around that guy.

At another time we were standing by the booth and a strange looking character walked by. Rachel took one of our anti-alien stickers and tried to give it to him and he looked agitated and refused. He said that he didn’t want it because he worked for “their” cause. He was really perturbed that we were there and became another person who refused from that point to make eye contact with any of the people in our booth. Over the next few days I would observe him as he looked at alien literature and gave an approving smile, almost a look of contented pride.



Rachel, Heather and Melissa plastered Roswell with these stickers

All sorts of people come to the UFO convention/festival. There is always a large population of New Age adherents that come to test the waters. At least half, if not more of the vendors have some sort of New Age angle to promote. The booth to my left was populated by a man who claimed that he had a test to see if friends and family were really human, or if they were of extraterrestrial stock. Another vendor was taking pictures of people’s auras and still another was selling a book that he claimed was a rewritten Bible; the words having been changed and some words added by a spirit that channeled the information to him.

Some people are more subtle though. Some will come up to the booth and claim to want help, but they’re only there to further their agenda, or the agenda of those who manipulate them. A case in point was a woman who came up to the booth and looked interested in our ministries. She started to talk and ask questions, but in a short period she started to challenge what I had to say. It was quite nice though that Yahweh was giving me the answers to her assertions. At one point though she started to talk about witchcraft, telling me that both white and black witchcraft were good and that there was no evil in the world. Thank Yeshua that Glori was sitting inside the booth area. Yahweh told me to ask her to come up and to address what this woman had to say. Glori used to be involved in the occult and she knows all about their lingo and what they believe; this is a place where I am sort of rusty. What I noticed right away is that the woman’s guard went up when Glori stepped up, even before Glori said anything. I could actually feel her shields come on. It was the spirits around her recognizing that Glori was a threat to them. Anyway, Glori treated this woman with dignity and respect and listened to her assertions and then started to ask questions about the things that she just said. The woman became defensive and started accusing Glori of throwing accusations toward her where in reality, all Glori did was to ask her to define her foundation and what it was built upon. This happens a lot in spiritual warfare; a person will come up like they’re genuine, they’ll become hostile and then they’ll play the victim when they’re confronted about their hostility. Glori held firm though, telling the woman that she was heavily involved in a lie that seemed like a truth when she was in it, and that she just wanted to help this woman to realize that the truth (Jesus) is a lot bigger than the boxed lie that she was living in. The woman got mad, said that she didn’t want out help and briskly walked away. A few minutes later she walked by, slammed my literature back down on the table and stormed out of the building. We prayed for her and were comforted in the reality that Glori and I had planted seeds in this woman’s heart that Yahweh would later water and grow those seeds.

Curt and Laura were busy and about, trying to learn about all of the things that were in the vendor’s area. Laura was out visiting the booths and testing the spirits and found that the deception factor was amazingly high. She collected literature from a lot of the people so that she could see what they were all about. This whole adventure had whet her appetite and she was soaking things up like a dry sponge in a pail of water. One of Curt’s objectives was to meet an author named Tom Horn. Curt really likes his writing and some of his ideas and wanted to meet the man behind the pen. So it was no surprise when Curt walked back to the booth with a tall stocky fellow and introduced him as Tom Horn. Tom said that he had heard a lot about me from Jim and others and that he was glad to finally meet me. I was taken aside; a man of Tom Horn’s caliber wanted to meet me….thanks Yahweh!

In the early afternoon there was a short lull in the action. It was then that I noticed that a woman was walking around, sort of checking things out. I greeted her and she came over to the booth. She had a pen and pad in her hand and said that she wanted to ask me a few questions. I asked her where she was from and she told me that she was from the Roswell Record; Roswell’s daily newspaper. As she asked her questions I felt the Ruach Ha Kodesh come upon me again and her questions were answered boldly and quite thoroughly.

What continued to amaze me was the amount of Christians that I ran into there. I would say that the ratio was probably sixty percent Christian and forty percent nonbeliever. Every Christian that I ran into agreed that our ministry was valid and many thanked us and thanked Yahweh for the work that we do. So many of them realized the connection between the end times and the UFO deception. It was like Yahweh was turning on the power and lots of little light bulbs were going on inside of people. It was starting to seem like Yahweh had sent us down there to minister to Christians in addition to the heathen.



Curt talks to a couple of visitors while Dave prays against the concession across the aisle.

A little side blessing happened twice while we were down there. Twice on Friday I was approached by Jewish people who wanted to know more about the ministry. One divine appointment happened when a man came and said that he was passing through town with his family. They just wanted to stop and see what all the hubbub was all about. We talked about the fallen angels of Genesis six and then I got to tell that the Name of Yeshua was the only name that could stop the abduction experience. His look was so neat; a look of being perplexed, sort of like a computer that is trying to process vast amounts of endless information. The second person who came up to the booth was a Jewish man who is an actor and a journalist. He wanted to know our story and he too looked perplexed; sort of like he had come to some sort of stark realization and he was trying to process whether it was okay to believe it or not. You know, Paul said in one of his epistles that a blindness had come upon Israel where Yeshua was concerned. I think that the look of those men was like when a blind person received sight. They’ve never seen before and the reality of sight boggles the mind until it can be sorted out. We pray for our two Jewish brothers, that they choose sight and not return to blindness.



Dave trying to imitate another person. I guess that I just can pull of
the smug and arrogant “self made man” look.


Joe and I had planned for quite some time to attend a two hour event this day. The director for MUFON was going to be speaking and we wanted to be good MUFON members and support him by filling seats at the talk. So, at three o’clock we got our things together, picked up Nicole and Tony and I drove us down to the UFO Museum to hear the talk. We sat down and not long after we got there the first speaker started to talk. He is the state director for Nevada and I have to say that he is passionate about MUFON and what it stands for. The only problem was that he talked to the audience like we were adolescents in some sort of school assembly and that caused me to resist his message. I had thoughts of the Jackie Chan movie where he asks his partner, “can you understand the words that are coming out of my mouth?” After he finished, James Carrion stood up and talked. James is much more personable and he treated us like the adults that we all are. One thing that Joe wanted to ask James was why they changed the MUFON mission statement. The new statement states that MUFON’s mission is the scientific study of UFO’s for the benefit of mankind. The statement seems to suggest that they’ve already made up their minds that UFO’s are emissaries from other worlds and they just want to study the technology for mankind. In essence, it takes the mission from trying to figure out what they are and moves it to the realm of, “we know what they are, now what makes them tick, and how can we use that for our benefit.” This is sort of a problem for those of us who know the truth. Do we remain members in an organization that has bought the lie or do we leave? We’ll remain in prayer to hear an answer on that one.

Another thing that we had planned for quite a while was having a barbecue over at the Slack’s  home. So, when we returned to the convention center from the UFO Museum we all piled into cars and went to WalMart to buy food for our feast. We had planned on having a Shabbat (Sabbath) service this night, so when we got there we prepared the feast and then we assembled everyone to the front room. Joe and I welcomed in Shabbat with three blows of the Shofar. Laura had practiced a lot in the afternoon so that she could read the candle lighting prayer as she lit the Shabbat candles. She did a wonderful job, not missing one word and pronouncing the words like she just got off the plane from Israel. I then prayed the Shema and prayed a blessing over the meal. We then spent the night in fellowship, eating and lighting off firecrackers and rockets; after all, it was the Fourth of July.

As the night wore on Joe and I realized that we needed to get back to the motel so that we could get things ready for the next day. We needed to put together a PowerPoint presentation for his talk the the following afternoon. We got back to my room and got started on our project. After a short time we had the presentation finished and we were then able to relax and talk about what we would do the next day. He retired back to his room and I hit the sack, falling asleep the moment my head hit the pillow.

Day Five – Saturday July 7th, 2007

Saturday was our busiest day by far. We woke pretty early and got ready to head out for the first event of the day which was Jim Wilhelmsen’s presentation. We sat at the hotel lobby enjoying our breakfast and a brief time together, unhindered by the UFO festival and all of the other things that we had been working on. We then piled into the two vehicles and drove off for the Best Western Sally Port Hotel, which is where Jim’s talk was going to be. When we finally got all of the equipment inside it suddenly hit me that we needed transparencies of the worship lyrics so that the people in the room could join us in praise and worship. So Ed and I went to a local office supply store where I got the sheets made and Ed got some batteries for microphones and such. In Sacramento we have a fairly large Muslim community, as well as others from South and Southwest Asia. In Roswell I had not run into anyone from that area of the world until I went into the office supply store. Stuck way in the back, in the copy center was a man whose nametag read Rashid, and he looked at me (wearing my Kippah) as though I was the first Jew that he had seen in Roswell. There was a tension there but we managed to exchange pleasantries with respect and dignity. Now, if the people in the Middle East could only act accordingly??

We got back to the Sally Port and finished setting up the room for the talk. At first the turnout looked sort of sparse, but after a while the room filled up and those of us who were in ministry either sat or stood in the back to make room for the visitors. I was amused when one elderly lady stopped me and told me that it was a beautiful day for the Sabbath. I thought to myself, “man, I hope they don’t all get up and walk out, thinking that this is a Jewish talk,” buy my fears were allayed, praise Yeshua!!

The service started out by the sounding of the Shofar; two of them in fact; blown by Joe Jordan and David Ruffino. Jim then proceeded with the service by introducing himself and he led us in a brief prayer. Then he introduced the worship team from Last Day’s Harvest Ministries who drove down from Sacramento. Curt, Laura and Glori entered into worship and soon others in the meeting did the same. I really don’t think that some of the people knew what real worship actually is, but they sang anyway and soon were caught up in worship. The group had planned to sing six or seven songs but because of time restraints they had to abbreviate worship a little. Most of the songs were sung in corporate form but Laura sang one song solo and it really moved some of the people in the congregation, even this writer. Without a doubt, the worship time was a marked success and really set the stage by bringing peace and breaking some fetters that people came into the room with.



Laura, Glori and Curt lead worship at the Saturday Morning Event


Jim then introduced me (David) and said that I had a few words that he’d like me to share. I had been praying for a few weeks about what scripture to present and over that period Yahweh had clearly said that He wanted me to read from Ezekiel, chapter 33. In essence, it is a warning from Yahweh that we as believers are sentinels on the wall of the city. We are to warn people of impending attack, or if a person walks in darkness we’re supposed to give them warning. Yahweh says in that scripture that if we warn people and they listen then all will be well. If they don’t listen and they die then their sinful condition and their subsequent eternal condition is on their hands. However, if we fail to warn people about the impending attack and they die in their sin without having time to repent, then their blood is on our hands. I have to say that the message held the attention of everyone and it was a perfect opportunity for Jim to segue into his message.



David preaching at Jim’s “Remnant Call”


Jim’s talk was about Roswell’s significance in end-time events and how Zechariah, chapter 5 shows how Roswell would be the catalyst for the UFO cults and the perpetuation of the alien agenda that is so profound in society today. The talk went very well and the people left with a lot of knowledge that they needed to process and they were also given a packet that Jim and Debbie put together to help the people to further understand. The talk was recorded on video by two people; Tony who came from the Space Coast in Florida and a local fellow who knows Jim well.



Jim giving the message at the Remnant Call meeting

Toward the end of Jim’s talk Joe Jordan came to the front and he exhorted the people in the audience to consider the reality of the UFO phenomena and how the alien abduction part of the whole agenda was a very important part of the facade. He told people that the only name that every stopped abduction is the name of Yeshua (Jesus) and because of that it meant that the whole deception with regard to UFO’s is spiritual in nature. He had Glori and I come to the front of the room as living testimonies that Yeshua’s name, but more importantly, a relation with Yahweh through His son Yeshua stops abduction as a life’s pattern. He told the people that this is why their getting involved in fighting the UFO deception is so important.



Tony – an integral part of our team. He videotaped all of our events,
and he’s a real kick in the pants to hang around with!!

It was now around noon and we had to leave quite quickly. Jim’s talk had ended and Joe’s would start in one hour. We got to the convention center and waited for the workshop room to clear. Another workshop was ending and we would have to set up quite quickly. Once we were allowed access to the room it was a snap to set up the computer with the projector. I did need a little help in finding the right keys to push on the keyboard to allow the image on my screen to become the image on the projector screen; but the man who was videotaping the whole event was quite knowledgeable and he gave me a crash course.

Joe and I decided the night before that the few slides that we had made would be easy to change and I could follow along and sort of “wing it” so as to choose the slides as they were needed. Joe started his talk and it went quite smoothly. His subjects merged from one to another in what seemed like a flawless pattern; and the slides worked well too. The room was full and I think we even exceeded the allowable amount of people because not only were all the seats taken, but there were people standing in the back and around the sides too. At the end of the talk Joe explained to the audience that the best proof that the name of Yeshua works in stopping abductions was to have living testimonies come up to the front of the room. So on cue, Glori, Me, Jim and Nicole all walked up to the front. Joe explained to the people that all of us have used the name of Yeshua to thwart abduction attacks, or as those of us well versed in all of this call it, demonic harassment.

At the end of the talk, Joe invited both me and Jim up the front and introduced us as co-laborers in the AACCOA; Alien Abduction Crisis Centers of America. He explained that there were others involved, both in North America and in other parts of the world too. He then opened the session up for questions and answers. There really wasn’t a lot of time for questions or answers, but we did our best to field the few questions that came our way. We invited some of the people who still had questions to our booth and some of them took us up on the offer; one lady that I talked with for more than two hours afterward.

After the talk, and while we were at the booth we started to talk about our itinerary for the trip back home. The other guys started making plans for replacing some parts on Curt’s motorhome and the ladies were talking about their return too. About this time Glori asked me if I would mind making a change in our flight plans. Rachel had decided that she wanted to drive back with the land lubbers and Heather wanted to fly. There was no question that it would be okay and those plans were set. I had gotten to fellowship with Rachel on the way down and now I’d get to fellowship with Heather on the way back; who could ask for anything better.



The Resistance Ladies – Laura and Glori. When it comes to warfare,
there’s no doubt that you want these two incredibly adept ladies on your side!

We still had a couple of hours before we could pack up the booth for the night so we started to talk to passersby again. A fellow came up to me and asked if he could interview us for the Scott Conner Show; a local late night show out of Albuquerque. Never wanting to pass by an opportunity to give exposure to our message I immediately gave him a resounding “yes!” Pretty soon Scott Conner come over to the booth. He is an interesting looking fellow, sort of a cross between Howie Mandel and Jeff Goldblum. I asked him if he is Jewish and he quickly said that he was not. I don’t know; I think that he is and he just doesn’t want to admit it or something. So we got all of the chairs in order and cleaned things up a little bit while the technical people set up the camera, adjusted the boom mike and got all of the levels set. So we started on the interview and Scott saw the Kippah on my head and asked if I was a Messianic Jew and I answered “yes.” Then he asked me if he could interview me and I told him that it would cost him money. He then retorted, “man, you Hebrews; everything is about money with you people.” We all got a chuckle over that. Scott asked me and Jim a battery of questions and we told him all about our ministries and how we helped people. Scott cracked a few jokes while we were being interviewed and before we knew it the interview was over.



Joe Jordan, David Ruffino, Mike Slack and Jim Wilhelmsen at the booth.


At five o’clock we closed down the booth for the day. Saturday had been extremely blessed and very profitable for the Kingdom of Yahweh and we decided to celebrate by going out to dinner. We settled on a Mexican restaurant named Tia-Juana’s up on the north side of town. One thing that I had forgotten was that when we were having so much success with telling the unsaved about getting freedom from alien abduction, and when we were enlightening our brothers and sisters in the Christian Community about Genesis Six and other things; we were angering the powers of darkness. That in itself isn’t too big a deal, but if a warrior lets his or her guard down it could lead to injury, spiritually speaking. So, aside from all of the blessings from the day I hadn’t realized that some things that were said were taken by me as an affront toward me. I had dismissed a couple of them during the day, but probably I hadn’t forgiven them; thus, I had left them on slow burn on the oven. So, when we sat down for dinner someone had made another comment that turned up the gas under my pot of affronts. So I stewed in my anger at the dinner table and allowed the enemy to speak lies to me, telling me that the people who had said these things to me were against me, and all other sorts of sorts of things. The rest of the night turned out to be terrible as I let the enemy speak lies to me, and I listened. It was all an assault on me by the enemy for being faithful to Yahweh, and His message; and being tired from fighting his crap all week, I could not fight effectively. I was a soldier with battle fatigue and I was happy that the next day would be the last day of the festival, and an easy day at that.

While I sat in the motel, Ed, Glori, Curt and Laura had set off to visit a sister whom they met at the convention center. Glori had noticed her at the center and had seen that this woman’s countenance was sad, like she was in a lot of pain or something of the like. She said that she concerned about her and I suggested that she might want to approach the woman and talk to her. She did this and they talked for quite a while. This woman and her male friend went to dinner with us that evening. During this time plans were made to visit the lady at her home. The drive out to this woman’s house was fraught with bad turns, hard to follow directions and other things that turned a simple trip into one that took quite a while. It was attributed by all in the RV that it was probably a tool of the enemy to cause confusion in the directions to her house, but this was also used by the Ruach Ha Kodesh to allow the troupe to get prayed up for what was to follow. It was good that they prayed so much on the way over to her home because from what I understand there was a lot of spiritual conflict while they were there.

While I sat in the motel room I received a visit from Joe and Tony. We talked about a few of my concerns and we also planned out the next day. We talked a lot about all that had already been accomplished and the ramifications of what all of our work in Roswell would have on the UFO community. It was a really nice talk and it helped me to calm down. While we were there we had the door open and I noticed that Heather was walking by. She came in and talked to us for a while and Joe told her how impressed he is with her prophetic drawing. As he talked to her she got a smile on her face and told us that she had drawn another picture and she darted out the door to go and retrieve it. When she came back she held in her hand a drawing of an angel that has prophetic implications. I asked her if I could keep the picture for a while and pray about what Yahweh wanted to say through the picture. I took it home and scanned it and Yahweh immediately started to tell me what the picture meant. It is posted on the Delusion Resistance website in the prophetic section. We’re all praying for Heather to accept her Yahweh given gift and for Yahweh to continue to speak to us through her drawings.

Day Six – Sunday July 8th, 2007

I woke up Sunday and went down to the Convention Center by myself. I knew that the others came back from their excursion sort of late the night before so I thought that they would want to sleep. I did find Curt up and about and asked him what he wanted to do that morning. He said that he and Ed were going to work on the RV and try to fix the fuel problem as well as to shore things up with the cooling system of the RV. Curt informed me that the night before they realized that the air conditioning system had stopped working and they knew that they would have to fix that before they drove through the desert later that day on their way back to Sacramento.

I got to the convention center and placed all of our material out on the table and talked with Joe for a while. One of the main events that we wanted to attend Sunday was Bill Schnoebelen’s talk. Rachel and Heather especially wanted to meet him and hear him talk. They had read a lot of his books and like his ministry. He was scheduled to talk at half past ten that morning. About quarter till ten I was starting to get concerned because I had not heard from Glori and I didn’t want to be late for Bill’s talk. He didn’t charge for his talk, but he had limited seating and the seating was on a “first come, first serve” venue. So I called Glori and asked her if they were going to come down and offered to come and get them. She said that they needed a ride because Curt and Ed were still working on the RV, so I left right away and picked Glori and the girls. Laura stayed at the room to sort of secure the rooms and watch all of their belongings until they could be loaded into the RV.

We got back to the convention center with about ten minutes to spare. His talk wasn’t new to me because it was generally the same talk he gave at the Ancient of Days Convention down in Roswell back in 2005. For Glori and the girls though, this was new information for them and they sat attentively. Bill had a question and answer period after his talk and Rachel was able to ask him a question; the subject which escapes me right now. After the talk ended we all headed over to Bill’s table and the girls got to meet him. They bought books and he autographed them. Yes, I had him autograph a book for me too. He took pictures with the girls and Rachel and Heather even got to give him a hug and told him how much they respected him.



Melissa, Heather and Rachel with Bill Schnoebelen


After we met with Bill we sort of stood around for a while. A gentleman and lady walked up the table and they were well dressed. The man was dressed in black attire and wore a very nice black cowboy hat. He introduced himself and said that he was Travis Walton’s cousin. Travis Walton is the man who is the main figure in the story titled, “Fire In The Sky,” a story about his alien abduction and subsequent return. He looked at our information and took the literature for our two websites. I asked him if he wanted some of the “anti-alien” stickers that we were handing out and he flat out refused them, telling me, “I don’t want any of those, we like them (the aliens), they’ve made us a lot of money.”

I looked at my watch and noticed that it was just a little after noon and I suggested that we pack up all of our stuff and close out the table. We took down the banners and broke down the banner stands. We boxed everything but left some of the website literature on the table just in case some late comer wanted to see what we were all about. Jim and Debby had left that morning, figuring that it was better to get to El Paso and rent a motel there so that they could be sure to get their flight the next morning. Before he left, Jim gave Curt some money for their trip back.

We piled into the two vehicles and headed for our last meal together in New Mexico. We all went to Whataburger and got our belly’s filled with their hamburgers and their humungous milkshakes. When it came time for the RV people to leave we all assembled at the RV to pray for their trip back. I grabbed Heather’s bags and put them in the Jeep and we prayed for their safe trip back to Sacramento. A few minutes later they were on their way back home. Heather kept in contact with Melissa via text messaging on their phones, so we were aware of their progress.

Afterward, Heather and I went over to the Mike and Jackie’s house. We got situated and watched some television. I wanted to treat Mike and Jackie to dinner since they were such wonderful hosts and went all out to minister to all of us who came down to Roswell. We first went to Target Department Store where we needed to get some supplies for our two remaining nights there. Me and Mike got what we needed but the two ladies looked at clothes for a while. We then went to CICI’s for some “all you can eat” pizza. We had good food and great fellowship. By this time it was later in the evening so we went back to the house, watched some more television and finally retired for the evening.

Day Seven – Monday July 9th, 2007

On Monday morning everyone woke up sort of early. Jackie made us some of her great coffee and we talked for a short while. Then Heather and I were off for our day’s adventure. We went and had some breakfast at a restaurant called “Nuthin Fancy,” which is a great place to eat should you ever visit Roswell. We then got some gas for the Jeep and headed south toward Carlsbad. It was a nice day for a drive; pretty clear and not too hot. Heather excused herself and pushed the seat back and took a nap. I had found out a little earlier that she didn’t get much sleep the night before; feeling strange in unfamiliar environment and hearing strange noises all night. It didn’t help that I was mumbling in my sleep out in the living room and she could hear me in the room where she was staying. So, she caught some winks while I drove down to Carlsbad. After making a couple of stops in Carlsbad we headed to the caverns.

When we got to the caverns we noticed that the place was under a major renovation. The visitor’s center was closed and they had all of the ticket booths, book stores and other things in temporary trailers. We got our tickets and proceeded to the elevators. The elevator ride takes the rider down seven hundred feet into the bowels of the mountain. We walked out of the elevator area and Heather remarked how cool the place was. The word was used in two connotations, meaning that it was a neat place, plus it was about 49 degrees down there. We took the long path around the cavern and I have to admit that we couldn’t resist to disobey the officials who told us not to touch the formations. We only did it once or twice though. We even talked about how neat it would be to go down there just before closing and hide there so that we could hang out at night and explore the caverns without all of the crowds and park rangers. You know, I’ve been to Carlsbad Caverns about four times now and every time I go I find it spectacular; but the best part is seeing how other people marvel at it as well.

We left the caverns behind and headed back to Carlsbad. I was getting hungry and so was Heather. We stopped at a Chinese buffet and gorged on lots of good food. Well, I did anyway. Heading back on highway 285 we had the weather tease us a lot. Ahead of us was what looked like a pretty good thunderstorm and it seemed that the road would point right at the storm. We would get all excited that we would have to drive through the heavy rain and just when our expectation would apex, the road would take another turn and steer us away from the storm. We never did get to go through what must have been one incredible storm.

When we got back to Roswell, Heather asked if we could walk around town and visit some of the antique stores that she and the other girls had frequented quite a bit the days before. It was a lot of fun. I sort of like antique stores anyway and they have a lot of neat stuff there. Heather wanted to introduce me to the elderly lady that she and other girls had befriended and she wanted to pick up a few knickknacks for some of her friends back home. We visited the stores for a couple of hours and had a good time. We also visited a corner store where they had trinkets and a lot of women’s stuff. The owner of the store told me how the three girls had visited the store several times and how he was impressed at how friendly they were and how well behaved they were too. He asked me if they were my daughters and I told them that I didn’t have any daughters, but if I did, I would want them to be just like Rachel, Heather and Melissa. The owner then pointed to the figure of a woman that someone had painted on the wall near the front door. He had some name for her which I cannot remember. He then told me that a day or two before he looked at the painted figure and noticed the anti-alien sticker pasted on her hand. He told me that he removed the sticker, but was amused that one of the girls had stuck it there. When he asked Heather if she knew who did it, she evasively told him that she didn’t know who did it but had a playful little grin on her face.

We got back to Mike and Jackie’s home and found Jackie there. It turns out that she came home from early, not feeling very well. We talked for a while and I mentioned that I was hungry and suggested that we have a pizza sent to the house. Within an hour the pizza’s were there and we dove into them; making sure that we saved some for Mike who hadn’t come home from work yet.

One of the things that I had wanted to do was to go out into the country after it was dark and look at the stars. If you go about ten miles outside of Roswell, away from the city lights, you can see some magnificent sights. So me and Heather piled into the Jeep and set off for a spot north of town. Although there had been clouds in the area for a while it had cleared up by the time that we got out to the star viewing spot. It was really neat up in the sky. We saw a good portion of the Milky Way and a lot of the constellations. After a short while I noticed that Heather had gotten quiet. I asked her if anything was wrong and she said that she was scared and that the place was spooking her. I told her to get into the car and we left right away. Heather has been blessed with the ability to see into the spiritual realm, which at times can be scary. She told me that she had seen an evil hooded figure out in the field where we were and that when she had turned in my direction outside, she had seen a troll like creature whisk by. We both agreed that it was probably intensified by all of the strangeness down in Roswell; that it is a hotbed of demonic activity. I also told her that since we had gone down there and ministered to people and fought against the enemy; he was probably just firing a couple of parting shots to throw fear and confusion into us before we left the next day. On the way back to Mike and Jackie’s home we stopped at Walmart to pick up some soda for Mike. We drank a lot of his Pepsi and I wanted to stock him back up. We also picked up a some more sundries and a few souvenirs for the people back home. We spent an hour or two more watching television and the internet and then retired for the night.

Day Eight – Tuesday July 10, 2007

I woke up early the next morning and was surprised that Heather woke up early; having come out of her room around half past seven. Having loaded things into the Jeep I went back into the house and we said goodbye to Mike and Jackie. They prayed for us and our trip and we got on our way. We stopped at McDonalds for breakfast and then filled up the gas tank for the trip. Heather asked if I would mind if she slept during the drive. She said that she hadn’t slept well the night before and that she was exhausted. So, I had plenty of time to drive and reflect on the trip; how things had gone and to see what Yahweh had done in people’s lives, both in the ministers, and those who were ministered to. He showed me that this year was a year to get the message out to the Christians; sort of like a rallying cry to muster up troops before the battle. He said that next year will be the year that we lead many people to faith in Yeshua. I have to believe that to be true.

After about two hours we arrived in Clines Corners and we stopped to look for souvenirs. Back in Roswell we had talked about the fireworks and Heather mentioned that it was nice of Ed and I to buy Rachel the fireworks. So, when we talked about that I told Heather that when we got to Clines Corners she could get anything that she wanted from there. It was an open ended promise that I knew she wouldn’t take bad advantage of. I was right about that because after picking up a few little trinkets and some home made fudge we were on our way to the airport. I gassed up the Jeep in Albuquerque and we brought it back to the Alamo rental facility. We got to the airport with a couple of hours to spare. We went through all of the rigamarole at the TSA checkpoint and waited for the plane. We did partake in some Italian food at the food carousel; calzone’s that were very big and worth the money. They had internet access at the airport so I turned the computer over to Heather and she did her thing. Our seat by the window at the food carousel was great because we got to watch the planes take off. One time I looked and there were five F-16’s taxiing up to the runway. Albuquerque airport shares their facility with the Air Force; Kirtland Air Force Base. We got to watch the fighters take off with full afterburners. I thought it was really cool, Heather thought it was too noisy. We boarded the plane right on time and soon we were winging our way to Sacramento. The plane trip was sort of boring because we were flying just above the clouds and couldn’t see anything. It took just short of two hours to get to Sacramento. In no time we had our bags and we were off to retrieve the Resistance Urban Assault Vehicle (RUAV for short) and after paying we were on our way to bring Heather home. When we got to Glori’s house she had some food prepared for us. As we ate, we sat and talked about the trip, what happened and plans for the trip next year. I drove the twenty minutes home and was glad to see my own bed. After checking for e-mail and checking our websites I shut things down and went to bed. I slept like a rock, which was good because I had to work the next day.


All in all, this was a good and fruitful trip. For years I’ve traveled alone from Sacramento and that’s okay, but having companions to travel with and to help in ministry is a big plus. Knowing that there are brothers and sisters there with me who can pray for me, and me for them really blessed me. The Bible talks many times about having strength in numbers, but more importantly, it talks about there always being just a few who Yahweh uses to confound the enemy and minister to those who are seeking help. Scripture is rife with many accounts where just a few withstood against many; and that’s what I like to think that we were. We were around New Ager’s of all kinds, satanists and all sorts of hardcore occult adherents and tons of ignorant people who want to believe a lie to soothe their itching ears; yet we prevailed. No other tables had the traffic that we had. No other workshops were packed out like Joe’s was and Jim’s call to the Christians in Roswell was packed out. With that in mind, Yahweh had HIS way and I feel a comfort of knowing that each and every person that we talked to; from the Christians whom we talked to, to the witchy lady that slammed down our paperwork and stormed out of the place; all were ministered to. Yahweh sent us down to Roswell to touch lives and that is what we did. Those people, and Roswell as a whole will never be the same. We were like the Mississippi River. Somewhere, it starts out like a little brook, but by the time it empties into the Gulf of Mexico, it is a mighty river. That is what was started in Roswell, and with Yahweh as the source of the river, it can’t help but to grow and to bring life to all that it touches.

I was amazed at how many Christians we were able to share with. At first, I was sort of disappointed that we didn’t speak to more abductees or any others who are being harassed by demons and fallen angels, but then Yahweh spoke to me. This year was a year to prepare believers. It was a year to get the message out to the church, telling them that ministering to alien abductees and showing the truth to the world about the UFO phenomena is very important. It was sort of funny the way that HE spoke to me. He said, “you know, for years you’ve been complaining that Christians aren’t paying attention to the message that I’m presenting through you. For years you’ve prayed that they’d understand and that they’d come onboard. Well, now that I brought all of those believers to your booth, you lament that they came instead of the lost?” So I accepted the slight tap that HE gave me on my backside and had to thank Him for being so faithful. I have to believe that all of those people took our literature (borne out by the increased website hits) and presented them to their friends, family and their church leaders.

But in ending, let me also mention some of the unsung heroes that played a role behind the scenes. Thanks to all of the members of The Delusion Resistance who prayed their hearts out while we were ministering down in Roswell. I felt your prayers while I was down there. Thanks for those who gave financially to the cause. While you might not see a return on you gift there will probably be someone who will walk up to you in heaven and they will thank you for the financial gift that you gave. They’ll probably tell you that your gift allowed us to put gas into the Jeep which allowed us to get to the convention center, which allowed us to present the truth to them and that is when Yeshua pricked their heart and they came to faith in Him; or something of the like. Thank you to all of the brothers and sisters at Last Days Harvest Ministries who prayed with us on Wednesday evenings at prayer, or who prayed in their prayer closet while we were on the battleground. It is your prayers, and the fact that you were supportive of this ministry that helped to keep us going. We’ve loved each other so much that we just knew that when things might have started to sour during our trip, or when the enemy was planning some sort of attack; Yeshua told you to pray and you obeyed His voice. All of us, everywhere, were in this together and we won!! Special thanks to brother Ed who took all of our pictures. I’m sad that you didn’t get into any of the pictures, but that always seems to be the lot that the photographer throws. Thanks to our youth group, who take this ministry seriously and who pray with the same fervency of any of the Prophets of old. I’m sorry that all of you couldn’t go with us, but there is always next year, right; so start praying right now. Thanks to all of you, everywhere who love Yeshua and who love us. May all of you receive blessings in such abundance that it will boggle your mind. Yeshua loves us, and HE is coming back real soon…I promise!



This year’s trip to Roswell was different from the rest. First off, I didn’t take anyone from Sacramento down there with me this year. After the strangeness of last year and seeing how people changed after their trip to Roswell last year I thought it better to not ask anyone to go with me. Second, my fiancé Lourdes came with me so most of the attention that I didn’t pay to the work that we had to do there was focused on her. The City of Roswell paid for my trip, the plane fare and lodging and CE4 Research paid for Lourdes’ flights to Sacramento and Roswell and back. What follows is a memory of what happened on this year’s excursion. Please note that there are some people who I haven’t included here and that is because my memory is rusty of the whole part of the trip. Also, a lot of people took pictures but only a few sent me their pictures. I will include other pictures and accounts as they are brought forth to me. This document is in no wise finished and we look forward to completing it when everyone who wants to be included in it (members of CE4 and The Delusion Resistance, Echoes of Enoch and the City of Roswell only).

Sunday – June 29, 2008:

I called Lourdes at her motel about an hour before I was to pick her up. She was ready and raring to go when I arrived there. We put her bags into my truck and we were off to the airport. Lourdes wasn’t accustomed to all of the procedures that one has to go through to get through the TSA security area so I briefed her on the way to the airport. We breezed through the security area (after they determined that my Shofar wasn’t harmful) and went to one of those airport eateries where we got a nice breakfast for a pretty good price. Soon we were boarding the Express Jet airplane, a cute little plane that seats about fifty people with two seats on one side and one seat on the other. I made sure that we could sit together in the two seat side. The flight was really uneventful and it was good to see that Lourdes could get the rest that she so needed.

We landed in Albuquerque a little after one o’clock in the afternoon and as we headed for the baggage claim area we heard a familiar voice that yelled out, “is that Dave Ruffino I see?” We turned to see Joe Jordan sitting there. He had waited for a little over an hour. We got our bags and hopped on the bus which took us to the rental car area. After a long wait and a rigorous inspection of the rental car we were off. Joe read to us the article that featured in “Florida Today,” which spoke about CE4 Research and how we were going to Roswell to talk. We stopped at a McDonalds in Moriarity, a tradition for those of us who go to New Mexico each July. The next stop was at a gas station in Vaughn, another tradition where we spend a few minutes stretching our legs and getting a snack. I managed to snag an atlas of roads in New Mexico, just in case we found some time to head out to the crash site again. That never did happen. We stopped one more time at the only rest area on the way to Roswell. This too is a tradition because after the ninety minute ride one starts to get tired seeing that there is nothing to see but desert for that entire part of the trip.

We rolled into Roswell around five o’clock and headed to Free and Amy Ward’s store. We had been informed that Joe would be talking at a local coffee house that is owned by Pastor and his wife Margie. They are the pastors of New Destiny Fellowship there in Roswell. We got the video camera and headed out to the “Not of This World” cafe. We met pastor Lawrence and his wife Margie and we all took an immediate liking to each other. I set up the camera at a front table and recorded Joe as he gave his talk to the people. After Joe’s talk we had a time of praise and worship and during this time Yahweh gave me a vision and a word for the churches in Roswell. The vision unfolded as the songs went on and it soon became apparent that I needed to leave the room so that I could write what Yeshua was showing me. Here is the vision that He showed to me and the word of knowledge that went along with it:

The Sandaled Foot And Roswell’s Deliverance:

We arrived in Roswell, New Mexico on Sunday night and had to talk to a group at a Christian Coffee House there. As we worshipped Yahweh He showed me the following vision and gave the following Word:

As I watched, I saw the intersection of Second Street and Main Street in Roswell. I saw a foot come down from the sky which was first dressed with a military boot, much like a combat boot but it morphed into a foot dressed in a sandal. The foot belonged to Yeshua. It came down with a lot of force and as it struck the ground it made a great shockwave. The buildings remained intact, but the shockwave killed many of the enemy and also those who didn’t take Yahweh seriously. It should be emphasized that the killing was in the spiritual, not the physical.

The shockwave pushed or blew the rest of the enemy out of Roswell and to the town’s perimeter. Great tears came from Yeshua’s face. These were tears of gladness because Yeshua knew that victory would soon happen and that Roswell would be liberated from the enemy. His tears caused a flood and those waters washed away all debris and filth.

The churches in Roswell will unite and they will become strong. They will fight against the masses of the enemy that are around the perimeter of the city. When the churches successfully withstand then Yahweh Yeshua will kill the enemy, much in the same way that He killed the Assyrian army outside the walls of Jerusalem.

The day is coming when the people of Roswell will be able to go out into the desert and they will find the enemy no more.

So unite My People and fight. You want freedom and you will have it if you unite in prayer. Then you will see the Glory of your Adonai and experience the liberty of His Salvation. Behold how good and how pleasant it is when brothers dwell together in unity.

I will appoint four churches to administer My Will. One church for the north, one church for the south, one church for the east and one church for the west. You will all covenant with each other and will unite in prayer, worship and protection.

After I finished writing all of it down I headed back into the meeting area. I thought that Yahweh would have me present what I had seen and heard but interestingly enough something happened to quench the whole idea. A secular song was played and when it was, the unction just left the place. I sort of started to mourn about this because I felt the heart of Yahweh and how His Spirit had been grieved. It was okay though because Yahweh told me that I was to give the word later on in the week when we met at New Destiny Fellowship a couple of days later.

After the service was over we met with people and we talked Sebastian, a really neat brother who came to hear us talk. His wife Jochebed is Hispanic, with a gentle spirit and a love for Yeshua that is wonderful, as is Sebastian’s love. He asked us if we would be interested in talking at his fellowship and he said that he would call us later to confirm. Afterward we all stood around and talked and we all felt a wonderful sense of kinship, even with people we had never met before; but the Ruach Ha Kodesh is like that, letting us know that we are all family in Yahweh’s Kingdom. We met two ladies that would bless us the rest of our time in Roswell. These two ladies, Juanita and Elizabeth are Hispanic and they took an immediate liking to Lourdes. While Lourdes’ knowledge of the English language gets better every day it was still nice to have the company of these two ladies who were fluent in Spanish and could talk with her in her native tongue. We left the company of our new brothers and sisters and we went to the Best Western Sallyport Inn to get our rooms.

Later that night Sebastian called my cell phone and gave dates and times that they had open for us to talk. I talked it over with Joe who told me that the only night available was Thursday and that I had to present the message because he was booked up. I agreed and called Sebastian back to confirm the day and time and to get directions to the church. When we finally checked into our rooms it was late, so I walked Lourdes to her room and then went to our (Joe’s and my) room and everyone retired for the evening.

Monday – June 30, 2008:

We started off our day with a free breakfast at the motel. Now I like free things, but what was even better about this breakfast was that it wasn’t the typical “continental” breakfast that most motels try to give you in the morning. No, this breakfast was a buffet and they offered quite a few items. I was in breakfast heaven! We sat and ate with Joe and we discussed the game-plan for the day.

Lourdes and I pretty well had a free day but we did have to go with Joe down to the Pearson Auditorium down the street. The auditorium is located at N.M.M.I (New Mexico Military Institute). The whole campus is wonderful. The buildings are built like castles, all of them having the corrugated emplacements at the top.


This is a picture of the front of Pearson Auditorium

The auditorium itself is quite impressive. It seats twelve hundred people and it has an organ that rises up out of the basement. I’m told that they did quite an impressive presentation of “The Phantom of The Opera” there, even down to simulated smoke that came up with the organ as it came up from the basement. What impressed me most about the whole place was the amenities that they offered in the way of audio/visual display. Our PowerPoint presentation was run by a computer up in the nose-bleed section and the frames were moved by clicking on buttons on a wireless controller. The screen on the stage was twenty by thirty feet in dimension and it reflected images wonderfully. Having seen where we would speak, and being satisfied that I could do it without being nervous, we excused ourselves and went on a tour of Roswell.


This picture shows the view of the audience seating from the stage

The first thing that we had to do was to go to OfficeMax to get a couple of things. When took my computer out of its case the night before I had realized that I left its power converter at home. This is very unusual for me because I am always quite obsessed while packing, making sure that I have everything. Joe told me the night before that he bought an after-market power supply a couple of months before, and that it had cost him in excess of a hundred and twenty five dollars. I found one at the office supply store and gulped as I realized that Joe was right about the price. I bit the bullet and bought it because I would need it all week long. While at the store I had some copies of fliers for The Resistance and the AACCOA made up. Thanks to Yahweh that we had the money to pay for these things.

After the office supply store, we went to Walmart to get supplies. When I travel I travel light in the supplies department because that minimizes the possibility of toothpaste, shampoo, soap or deodorant spilling in my suitcase. We arrived at Walmart and Lourdes was amazed at how there is alien art all over the building. I found what I was looking for and Lourdes found a few things that she needed, but not before she browsed for a while in the women’s clothes section. For lunch I took Lourdes to Cici’s Pizza, an all you can eat pizza joint that is one of the places we always go to when in Roswell. Needless to say, we both left with filled bellies.

The rest of our day was spent driving around Roswell so that I could show Lourdes all of the silliness and how the town had given itself over to the whole alien deception. The whole week before we went to Roswell I raved about a hamburger joint called Whataburger and to my delight there was one of their restaurants right next to our motel. Lourdes and I went there for dinner and I introduced her to their fantastic milkshakes. In the early part of the night I worked on the presentation, researching a couple of the secular researchers whose work we would be quoting in our talk. Lourdes came over and watched television and she talked to her dad while I did my work. After a while it became apparent that we were both very tired so I walked her to her room and bid her a good night.

Tuesday – July 01, 2008:

Tuesday morning found us in the motel dining room eating our free breakfast again. Joe ate with us for a little while and then he was off to do a radio show. The show wanted to talk to him about our work in Roswell. While I considered our time in Roswell sort of a working vacation, Joe took this premise to the extreme, getting little sleep and he was on the go from the time he woke up till the time his head hit the pillow each evening.

As we finished our meal Joe asked us if we would do some work for him. We were sure willing to do so because there is only so much that one can see and do in Roswell. Joe asked us to take a box of posters (that advertised the convention talks) and to distribute them in all of the motels that we could find. I told him that we’d put them in other places and he was okay with that, but he said that the motels were the most important because that is where all of the visitors to Roswell would be staying. We started in the northern end of Roswell because the biggest concentration of nice motels are there. We first went to Walmart to ask if they would put a poster there. We knew that Walmart probably would not put any posters in plain view, simply because they’ve never been big at advertising community events and truth be told, the UFO festival brings in a lot of money to Walmart each July and they would not be happy advertising an event that might hinder that money coming in at future festivals. The manager of the store sent out a representative who told us that they would put the poster up in their break-room, but not in plain sight of shoppers. We agreed that this would be okay and we departed the store. After we left Walmart we went right next door to the Sam’s Club warehouse store. We got the same offer from them and took it. We did a little shopping while we were there as this is the only Sam’s Club that I have shopped in where they have good quality tee shirts for a ridiculously low price. While we were in that parking lot we shot on over to the Starbucks Coffee Shop. They always advertise community events and they not only gave me permission to hand a poster on the bulletin board, but the attendant even came out to help me rearrange the message board there so that we could fit the poster on it.

We worked our way down highway 285 placing posters in every motel there. Most of them let us place posters in the front lobby and even some on the front doors and windows, but there was one that agreed to only place one in their recreation room. There is a spirit in Roswell that can be felt by those who can discern spirits, and when it is encountered it is like you walk into a wall of Jello. That is the only way that I can explain it. We encountered this same spirit in one of the establishments that we went into early on in the trip and we felt it at a motel office that we entered, not far from our motel’s location. The first thing that I noticed when Lourdes and I walked into this place was that they had Christian tracts by one window. When I saw this it momentarily baffled me because I knew that the spirit there was bad. Turning around to talk to the attendant (and owner) of the motel I then saw the truth about the office. The couple were Hindu and they had likenesses of some of their gods hanging on the wall of the office area. Lourdes mentioned to me that she had felt this bad spirit too and that she too got the same feeling that we both got a few days before when entering the other shop.

After a brief lunch at Whataburger we were back on the road. There were only a couple of motels left on highway 285 and we hit them both. The clerk that worked at one of the places was a believer in Yeshua and she was glad that we were out doing Yahweh’s work. We found another Starbucks and placed a poster on their bulletin board, using semantics to assure the manager that the poster wasn’t religious. We made a right on 2nd Street (highway 70) and headed to the west part of town. I knew there were a few motels out that way because a group of us stayed in one of them, the Ramada last year. We started with the Ramada and were greeted by the manager, a man that recognized me from last year and welcomed us to town. He was happy because all of his rooms were booked for the next few days. He is a believer and a proponent of what we were in Roswell to do. He put one of the posters on the counter, under the glass where people sign in for rooms. He also put one on the front door so that the people could not help but notice that there was something worth while going on in town. Next door to the Ramada is the Roswell Harley shop, a place that I like to frequent when I visit town. I had to show Lourdes all of the sights inside. When one walks into the foyer of the place there is a pickup truck. Last year they had an alien in the cab of the truck driving it, wearing a silver hardhat. This year they had a man inside the truck with an ominous looking alien outside, like it was trying to get at the driver. Inside they had one sitting on the seat of one of the nicest looking Harley’s in the shop. I gave a poster to one of the people who was sitting in what looked like the manager’s booth in the center of the store. They told me that they would have to check with the manager, but that they didn’t think it would be a problem to hang the poster up there.

On the way back to the center of town we stopped at a few other motels that looked much older; much like the old style motel from  back in the 50’s and 60’s. One of them was run by a Hispanic fellow who agreed to hang the poster on the front window and even offered me tape to hang it. I talked to him a little and he told me of how he thinks that politics plays a big role in who gets rooms rented and who doesn’t. In a roundabout way he told me that if you are in the city’s favor then you will have your motel advertised and if not then you were up the creek. He doubted that he would get many rooms rented and looked like he was ready to give up on hotel management for good. The next destination brought me to a couple more of the older establishments, one with a teenager that looked like she was all of fifteen who was running the place. I could only surmise that her parents were at work trying to supplement their meager wages at the motel. The last place that we went to was another place where I ran into Jello walls again. The force of the spirit there almost kept me from entering through the door, but I was able to with a bit of prayer under my breath. Sure enough, having entered the place I saw the icons of their Hindu gods hanging on the walls and one added feature, incense. They woman there agreed to let me hang a poster in the front window though and I left, but not without praying for her outside the place.

Having finished our poster hanging duties we went to a Kentucky Fried Chicken store that was near the motel. We ordered some food to go and we brought it back to the motel. We sat in my room and ate like we’d never eaten before. It was oppressively hot that day and the mixture of the cold soft drink and the cold motel room helped us to relax a great deal. After we ate I worked on the presentation a little more and Lourdes fell asleep watching television.

Knowing that we were in Roswell to minister to people, and knowing that it is a stronghold for the enemies of Yahweh we have grown accustom to the idea that sometimes things take extra effort and prayer for them to be accomplished. When I had talked with Sebastian a couple of days prior he had given me the address of New Destiny Fellowship and he told me the general area of town that the church is located. Being sort of technosavy I thought that I’d give one of the online map and directions pages a shot so that I could print out a map and directions. Having supplied the map search engine the information that I presently had I clicked the search button and was given a map, but it just didn’t seem right. I tried to call Sebastian and he wasn’t home and I asked Jochebed she could give me directions, but she wasn’t sure and didn’t want to send us into parts unknown. So, I thought we’d wing it….bad idea.

Late in the afternoon I was getting excited because Jim Wilhelmsen would soon be arriving. He was coming in with Joe’s son Daniel and his son’s wife Stephanie, who were our videographers for the conference. Included in their troup was a fellow named Tony, Joe’s friend from Florida who handled other technical aspects of the conference. If you’ve read the account for the 2007 trip to Roswell you know about Tony. It was great to see Jim again and it was even greater to get to introduce Lourdes to him. They had both heard a lot about each other and now there was finally a face to associate with all of my stories and accolades. Jim was famished but we didn’t have a lot of time to eat so we headed over to the good standby The Golden Corral where we ate some fantastic food. Jim was very hungry because he hadn’t had anything to eat since early that morning and seeing that Golden Corral is one of his favorite places to eat, we just had to accommodate him. A real blessing was that Joyce Ahrens had flown in that day and she went with us to eat. I don’t think that Jim had ever met her before and we all had a very stimulating conversation about our ministries. It was good to see Joyce; a wonderful sister in Yeshua. Before this I had only talked to her on the phone but even with just talking on the phone Yahweh had built up that kinship that He gives to brothers and sisters in Him. After we ate we met Joe and his entourage and we all headed off to New Destiny Fellowship. Before we had left we called Mike and Jackie Slack to tell them we were going to church and to give them directions to the place. I followed the map directions impeccably but after a short while we determined we were lost. Joe caught up with us and we tried to figure out a strategy. I called Sebastian’s house and talked to a gentleman that I hadn’t met before, it was Sebastian’s brother. I gave the phone to Jim who I designated our navigator since he had lived in Roswell for a few years. Within minutes both of our cars were pulling up to the church. It wasn’t too long till I remembered that I had given Mike Slack the same directions that I had been using and attempts to reach them all failed so I sat in the church service feeling bad most of the time for getting the Slack’s lost.

The time at church was wonderful. We sang some worship and then Pastor Lawrence introduced Joe to the congregation. Joe called me up to the front and we blew our Shofar’s for the congregation after which I sat back down. Joe gave the people his testimony, telling them how he had been called to ministry and some of the strange things that happened in his journey.


Joe explains the significance of the Shofar

Joe then introduced me and called me to the front to talk. I gave my testimony and told about The Delusion Resistance, how it came into being and such. I emphasized that Yahweh told me that the “Great Delusion” encompasses more than just the UFO phenomenon and that is why our ministry takes its name, seeing that we focus on many areas of the Last Days. Yahweh had me share with the people to show them how the enemy tries to upstage Yahweh by causing UFO manifestations during revivals or prophetic events. Then someone asked me about the prophecy that Yahweh had given me the first night we were there. I read it to the people and they were blessed. This is the same word that I mentioned above. The talk and the service went very well.


A picture of me delivering a word to New Destiny Church

At the close of our talk Joe called us up to the front; Lourdes and me, Jim, Joyce as well as Guy and Nicole Malone. As is usually the case, the people were blessed by his testimony and the testimony of all who stood on the platform, and they now understood how the UFO phenomenon is demonic.


Nicole and Guy Malone, Joyce Ahrens, Joe, Jim Wilhelmsen, Lourdes and Dave (me).

It was the first time that I have ever presented our message in a church setting and I know it won’t be the last. After things had concluded at the church many of us went to Dennys for more fellowship and to have a bite to eat. Lourdes and I sat with Jim as well as Juanita, Elizabeth and Pastor Lawrence’s mother. We all had a wonderful time in Yeshua!!

There was one amusing thing that happened late on Tuesday night or perhaps it was Wednesday morning, early. Lourdes has had a history of being harassed by demonic entities, much like I have, but not to the extent that some of the rest of our group have been harassed. After Joyce arrived she moved into the same room as Lourdes and they both became friends immediately. During the middle of the night there was a demonic entity in their room and it affected Lourdes in the usual way, paralysis of the body and the inability to talk. After a short while and after praying for the use of her voice to ask Joyce for prayer, she said a number of times, “Joyce, they’re here!” At about the third time that Lourdes said this, Joyce finally woke but she was confused. Thinking that it was later in the morning, and that Joe was at the door trying to wake her, Joyce jumped out of bed and ran to the door, thinking that the Joe was the “they” in the sentences that Lourdes was yelling out. Lourdes and Joyce started to laugh and Lourdes told Joyce, “they have the ability to walk through walls, I don’t think that they’d knock at the door,” referring to the entities. They both laughed quite a bit about what happened and we all still do when it is brought up. It was interesting, but not surprising to see that the enemy took interest in bothering Lourdes; like he’s trying to get her to reconsider marrying me because of the dangerous line of ministry that I’m in. She’s affirmed to him that it’s our fight, not just mine, and she’s not going to quit!!

Wednesday – July 02, 2008:

On Wednesday Joe was up and out of the room early again. He had another radio talk to do with a different host this time. By the time that Lourdes and I were ready for breakfast the interview was over. We went to the motel restaurant and Joe met us there; all excited about the interview and that he was able to share even more, this time with a local Roswell audience.

Lourdes and I wanted to check out some of the shops in town so we went to the only mall in Roswell. She had been interested in getting clothes that she could wear on our honeymoon later in October. She says that the shopping is so much better here in the States; that there’s more of a variety to choose from. Although the locals in Roswell sort of downplayed the mall, saying that it was very small and not worth the bother of visiting, we found it to be cute and just what you’d expect in a mall for a town with a population of fifty thousand. Lourdes hit the store just at the right time; there were sales everywhere. Although the mall was a good size there was one thing missing…people. The place was a virtual ghost-town and I could only wonder that if the place was this deserted then the stores must really be holding on by a thread.


There are some Universal constants that cannot be ignored

We visited a few stores in the downtown. I wanted to show Lourdes to see how the stores downtown had decorated their stores in an alien theme and how there was a “anything goes” mentality with the shop owners. We visited one shop which had a sign that pretty well confirmed, in a New Age sort of way, our message, that the entities that purport to be from other planets, really are fallen angels. The name of the store confirmed it.


This shop had nothing but “alien” looking stuff – pretty brazen huh?

As we walked around we bumped into Joe who was showing Joyce around town. He asked me if I wanted to see something interesting and he searched through his camera archive. He came up with a picture similar to the one below. Again, the proponents of these entities have no trouble showing us the relationship between fallen angels and aliens. Look at the following picture and come to your own conclusions.


Do you think they can make it more obvious?

In the same shop we found something that should make every believer/follower of Yeshua Ha Mashiach sit up and take notice. We know that these entities say that they have made us, and that they are here to protect us and that they have been with us through our history, but what you will see next takes things to another lever. The picture shows two things. First it shows a representation of DiVinci’s Vitruvian Man:


Suggesting that aliens are our progenitors

If you want to find something even more alarming then the picture must be compared to any number of paintings of Mashiach’s crucifixion. The comparison seems to suggest that the “aliens” want us to think that they made Yeshua and therefore we should venerate them. Let’s look:


Alien crucified vs. Yeshua Crucified

But there is still more. We walked down Main Street to first street so that I could show Lourdes where Jim Wilhelmsen’s store used to be. The front of Jim’s store faces the south wall of the International UFO Museum, and on that wall is a painting depicting an alien hand touching a human hand, which is a definite spin-off of Michelangelo’s “God Makes Adam.” Yet another attempt to usurp our genuine faith with Satan’s lie.


God makes Adam vs. Alien makes human

Later in the afternoon more of our people arrived. It was such a blessing to see Bill Deffendal again. With them were Matthew Kiss, another wonderful brother and also Joe’s sponsor whose name is John. Bill and Matt are both testimonies that we are including in our book and I feel somewhat of a special bond with them, all of us being experiencers, and my having met Bill before and having seen a taped interview with Matt and talking to him on the phone. It was like one big family reunion. I introduced Lourdes to Bill and they liked each other right away. Bill and I have even more in common because his wife is from Panama and Lourdes is from Mexico, so in October we will both have Hispanic spouses. Bill even talked to Lourdes a little in Spanish. That is one of the things that really blessed me, and Lourdes too; that everyone went out of their way to accept her and to bond with her.

Joe got a hold of us and we took a ride down to NOTW to sound our Shofars. It was such a neat time of fellowship with the pastor’s of New Destiny Church. They have such a willingness to serve Yeshua and an are open to hear His Voice.


Not Of This World Cafe

Usually when we get to Roswell we go to the four corners of town and blow the Shofars; sort of a call to the enemy that the battle is about to begin and also to scare the enemy. The Shofar throws fear into the forces of darkness for a variety of reasons. Read our article about this on the website. This year we were running late and didn’t get to sound the horns, so we did it at NOTW.


Here we are praying before we sound the Shofars

Playing the Shofar isn’t something that should be taken lightly. It’s not just some instrument that is just picked up and played. Prayer and a humble heart are needed before the Shofar should ever be sounded. Above we all prayed before we sounded the Shofar.


Blowing the Shofars

As it turned out, many people heard us playing our Shofars. In the picture above Lourdes and Joyce are laughing because in response to our Shofar sounding, quite a few cars blew their horns. If they only knew how prophetic they were being by their playful gestures.

As Wednesday drew to a close we put Jim’s stuff in the car that I had rented and we brought him over to Mike and Jackie Slack’s home. He spent the next four nights at their home. We stayed and talked with Mike for a while about a variety of different subjects. Jackie had gone to bed because she had to work early the next day. Back in 2007 as we wound things up and I left my banners with Mike and Jackie who took very good care of them. They looked like they were new this year when we picked them up. The funny thing is though, that when we got to Roswell Mike told me that he had hung the banners on the front of his home, from the eaves on the porch. Well, at night the porch lights were right behind the AACCOA banner and the light lit up the banner in sort of an eerie glowing sort of way and there was no doubt that anyone passing by would have looked at them and wondered. The banners did attract the attention of one neighbor whom mike then educated about what we do and such. It was quite an innovative ministry ploy that I applaud Mike for…Great Job Mike!! After we talked for a while Lourdes and I excused ourselves. We had to get back to the motel to get some sleep. Thursday was the first day of the festival, and it was the first day for us at our table in the convention center.

Thursday – July 03, 2008:

Joe was up and out of the room early on Thursday. He had heard that the CBS Morning Show was going to be interviewing people down at the convention center and he thought that he might be one of the people that they interviewed. While he wasn’t interviewed, he was one of the spectators that got to watch the whole affair.

When I awoke I called Lourdes’ room and she agreed to be ready within the hour. It was sort of late and I knew that we would probably be late in setting up our table and booth, but for some reason I felt a wonderful peace. It was Yeshua saying that He was in control and not to worry about the time. If there was anyone that needed to talk to us then HE would arrange it in His timing. I picked up Lourdes and we went to the motel restaurant again. Joe had eaten already and since this was the first day that the speakers would be speaking he needed to be there. It was his CE4 Research group that was running the whole shebang so he really needed to be there. Lourdes and I found Bill and John sitting at a table and they invited us to join them. It was a nice time of fellowship in Yahweh.

Lourdes and I got in the car and drove over to the Slack’s home where we picked up Jim. We also picked up the banners and some of the other stuff that we needed for our time at the table. At first I wasn’t too happy about the location of our table, but after observing how the people were entering the convention center, and seeing that they came down our aisle first, it made me feel a lot better. We were down at the end of our aisle, next to a fellow who makes travel documentaries about New Mexico. Directly across from us, and taking up a lot of booth space, was a fellow who was selling videos, I think for an outfit called UFOTV. He was a nice fellow who came over to see what we were all about. He started talking with Jim which was the start of a three day, on and off discussion about UFOs, Nazis, and of course, the Gospel of Yeshua Ha Mashiach. We both felt led to pray for this fellow the whole time we were there. Jim’s talk with him sparked his interest in what we do and Yeshua impressed on both of us that this fellow is going to get saved and have a wonderful ministry. Yeshua also told both of us that this fellow is Jewish, like us, having come from the Seed of Abraham. It was truly wonderful to talk to this man, but especially to see Jim talk to him and minister to him.

Thursday at the booth, behind the table wasn’t a very eventful day. This year we had maintenance people who really cared, unlike last year. They looked for over an hour for a power outlet for us. When they couldn’t find one close they came up with an alternative plan. There was one about thirty feet away and they told us that we could buy a power cord from the city for fifteen dollars. I knew that we needed two power cords (they were only ten feet long) so I finagled a deal with the maintenance people, our deal being that we’d rent two cords for twenty dollars and then return the cords when things ended on Saturday evening and we’d get our money back. Such a deal!! Tony, our friend from Florida was there and he helped me to hang the banners. We handed out literature to a lot of people, but we all knew that Friday and Saturday would be the big days at the convention center. Most of the people that we talked to were Christians and many were surprised that our ministry existed and that people took the subject of aliens seriously.

One of the more interesting people that we me there is a man whose name is Don Ray Walton. If the name sort of rings a bell there is a reason. Don Ray is a cousin of Travis Walton, the man whose life “Fire In The Sky” was about. I met Don Ray last year when he walked by our table in Roswell. At that time I tried to hand him some literature and some anti-alien stickers. When he saw the stickers he handed them back to me and told me that in his words, “we like the aliens, they make us money.” This year Don Ray came up to the table to hand us some literature about his message. He first told us that his name is now Chance Im Injewell. Don Ray told us that the literature that he was handing us was written through him, through automatic writing. He was ranting about beings that are half human and half alien, claiming that he is one of them. Below is something similar to what he told us at the convention center:

Place or origin Current synopsis Jack-o-lanterns. That is what they called them. The people of Idaho Falls. Strange lights. Maneuvering above their farmhouses at night. Strange movements of lights in the sky like ghosts. Moving at speeds greater than any machine built by 1965. Movements of light Unidentified by man. In Idaho Falls Idaho In the year 1964 A farm Women is abducted from her home and taken on board a space craft before she is returned to her home she is probed operated on and artificially impregnated without her knowledge And given a gift to save the planet Earth from Armageddon of nuclear weapons Alien scientists have placed the DNA structuring codes of YWHI who was the only begotten son and the first man on earth known to us as Adam. Into separate containers. After securing the DNA and programming codes, The Aliens stored two samples until they reached a time when they thought YWHI could return and complete their King’s plan. They artificially impregnated an untouched woman; She generated the seed to motherhood and brought forth a man called Jesus. The second sample was inseminated into a woman in Idaho Falls in 1964 His name is Chance as in a second chance for earth and mankind he brings with him the knowledge of the real truth sent by god our creator…

The information that is directly above comes from Don Ray’s Myspace site, located at the following address: . If you want to see what happens to a person who is totally given over to the UFO lie then you need to visit his site. If I read his page right, he thinks that he and Yeshua share the same DNA and that he (Don Ray) is a “second chance,” hence, his new name, “Chance.” I’ll tell you, having this guy come over to the table right at the start of things really brought things into focus. It showed me, and I think Jim will agree, that our war is against something other than flesh and blood, just like Ephesians chapter six points out.

About five o’clock in the evening the crowds were really thinned out and all that remained were the vendors in the convention center. Jim, Lourdes and I all decided to pack things up and call it a day. We stowed all of our stuff under the table and headed out to dinner. After dinner we went back to the motel where I had to get dressed up a little nicer so that I could speak at the Hispanic church, the name of which is Iglesia La Gracia de Jesucristo, loosely translated, The Church of The Grace of Jesus Christ; cool huh!! . We needed some of the personal testimony people to come with us so Jim and Matt got the Hummer that John had rented while Joyce, Lourdes, Bill and myself piled into the Dodge Charger that I had rented. The directions this time were very easy except for one thing. I thought that Jim had heard me when I gave directions to the church. Well, I guess that he did, but they went the wrong way on Fourth Street and when I saw that I had to double back and chase them down. We all got to the church right about on time.

At the beginning of the service Sebastian Salaz talked for a short while. He then gave me a wonderful introduction and asked me to come to the front behind the podium. As I talked he translated my words into Spanish for the congregation. A couple of times he looked to his wife for words that he might not know. I started out by giving my testimony, my early involvement in the UFO research movement of the 60s and 70’s and then how that lead me down the wrong road to a lot of personal strife and believing and teaching people about evolution. I then went into our ministries, first the Delusion Resistance and how that was formed by Yahweh, and then how later Joe, Jim and I were led to start the AACCOA. I talked with the congregation about the lying signs and wonders and how UFOs always seemed to peek during Christian revivals and during important prophetic events concerning Israel. When the presentation was done I read the prophetic word for Roswell to the congregation and the people blessed Yahweh. Near the end I asked Lourdes to come up and to say some words to the congregation. She talked to them and then blessed them in her native tongue. Then we had the living witness come to the front; Bill, Matt, Joyce and Jim. I had inadvertently forgotten to say something correctly and Matt turned and told me about what I had left out, so the whole presentation was given to the congregation and they blessed Yeshua for what they had heard.

When the main part of the service was over the pastor, Catarino Muñoz came up to the podium and said a few words. During the talk i entreated the congregation, telling them that if time permitted, and if it didn’t interfere with their spiritual obligations, that maybe they could come to our talk on Sunday to support us and pray for us. When the pastor spoke he said that the church would be glad to hold us up in prayer on Sunday. He thanked us for coming to the church and then he said that there would be a time of praise and worship and then the congregation would be dismissed. Sebastian came to the front and said a couple of things and invited everyone to join in song with the band. at that time I just couldn’t believe my ears. The band started to sing Israeli songs; “Shalom Alechiem”, “Hava Nagila” and a few others. In the middle of all of this, some of the ladies and a few gentlemen got up front and started dancing something like the hora dance. This was heaven on earth and it almost made me cry, really it did. I looked up front and Bill Deffendal was up there dancing and then Joyce went up and then someone came and got Jim and led him up there. Lourdes danced with our new brothers and sisters in Yahweh and there was such a sweet presence of the Ruach Ha Kodesh there that I truly believe that if Yahweh decided to take us all to heaven at that moment that we would not feel much of a difference.

At the end of the festivities I was approached by a man who had some papers in his hands. He introduced himself as Serapio and he showed me some of the papers. The papers looked familiar and after looking at the pictures once more I recognized them as being David Flynn’s work, but all of the words were in Spanish. Serapio spoke in broken English but I understood him pretty well. It was noisy in the church so I asked him if there was a place where we could talk where it was quiet. He led me to the fellowship hall where we sat at a table and talked some more. After some more time it finally hit me; this man is a Mexican David Flynn! I stressed to Serapio that he needed to come and hear David talk on Sunday, even telling him that if he couldn’t afford it I would pay for him to get in. He gave me his business card and other information.

After a while in the fellowship hall others started to come in. There was a woman in the room that was tidying up and Serapio introduced her to us as his wife and then he introduced his young son to us; a wonderful family. Sebastian came in with his wife Jochabed and Elizabeth and Juanita joined us too. The wonderful thing about all of this is that although this was our first time in this church, we felt like it was our home church and that we had attended it for a very long time. After a while we all realized that we were hungry so many of us got in our cars and went to, you guessed it, Whataburger! After a time of fellowship there we walked over to our motel, bidding goodnite to Sebastian and his wife and the others too. I walked Lourdes to her room and then went to mine. I had a new roommate, Matt, and he was fast asleep. Joe went to stay with others in his CE4 Research Group. Me, well, I stayed up and quietly worked on the presentation.

Friday – July 04, 2008:

Friday morning arrived way too fast. I picked up Lourdes at her room and since we were running late we decided to pick up Jim and then to eat somewhere other than the motel restaurant. We got to Mike and Jackie’s home and were greeted by Jackie. Jim was just about ready so while we waited we talked with Jackie about some of the things that concerned us about a variety of different things. Jackie always has a fresh and simple way of looking at things and that blesses both of us. In a short time Jim was ready and we started to leave. Jackie said that she and Mike would be down to the convention center later that morning and bid us farewell.

For a change, we went to the Not of This World Cafe for breakfast. I was bound and determined to pay for my food this time and thankfully the people who worked there charged us for the food. Pastor Lawrence and Margie had been so gracious to us while we were in Roswell, many times giving us free food and drinks. They really blessed us and I know that Yahweh will in turn bless them many times over. After we ate we went to the convention center. We got the material out on the table and immediately were swamped with visitors. It was the Fourth of July and I knew that today and Saturday would be busy at the booth. It was amazing to see all of the people there, more than last year. One thing that I found different than last year was that there were many people from Roswell who were walking around the convention center. It is customary for Roswellians to avoid the goings on in Roswell during this week. I changed my greeting from, “Hi, where are you folks from,” to “Hi, are you folks from Roswell?”

During the morning many people passed by the table and I tried to get material into all of their hands. I started to include an “no aliens” sticker with each packet of material that I gave out. I felt led to do that because Yahweh revealed to me that even if they wouldn’t accept the our literature, they would accept a free sticker. It is hard for people to pass up a freebee. One fellow came by and I handed him some literature. He was a nice fellow and we talked for quite a while. He is a believer in Yeshua and was happy, and surprised to see us doing what we were doing. I remember apologizing to him that our literature wasn’t stapled together and I told him that when I got a chance, I would slip away and buy a stapler at the store. What a surprise it was when he came back about an hour later with a stapler in his hands. He gave it to me, telling me that the guys from the military recruiting booth were handing them out for free. I still thanked him for thinking about us and blessing us. He came back a couple more times to chat.

Another person who joined us at the booth was a man named Keith. Keith is a faculty member at Wheaton College in Illinois. He is a believer in Yeshua and is fascinated in what we do. He came to talk to Jim and to observe what we did at the booth. Keith is like a sponge, soaking up everything and then, like a true educator, evaluating what he has taken in and rightly dividing the truth from fiction. He and I had several conversations and I found him to be a wonderful brother in Yeshua!

Things happened at the convention center that caused us concern too. One such thing happened on Friday and it has echoed in my mind ever since our time in Roswell. I had always known that the enemy’s work is subtle and that there are many whom he has won over to his side, but it became evident at the table this day. I was handing out stickers to every young person who would walk by. I’d give the kids the stickers and I’d give the parents the literature, a good trade-off. Just after noon on Friday a woman walked down our aisle and she had two little girls with her. I would estimate their ages to be probably ten and twelve. When I tried to hand the older girl some stickers she looked at them and politely told me “no.” I asked her why, explaining that all of the other kids were taking the stickers. The older girl looked at me and said, “I want to be abducted.” Sort of being in shock, I asked her to repeat to me what she just said. Again she said, “I want to be abducted,” but this time her mother told me what the daughter said, sort of repeating it for me so that I would finally get the message. I told the little girl that she was playing with fire and didn’t realize what she was saying. I told her that the aliens are evil and that she should watch out what she asked for because it was an open door. They started to walk away and I asked them to stop for a minute. When they stopped and looked around at me I told all of them that if they ever did get abducted, and they became scared (and I stressed that they would get scared) that they could call on the name of Yeshua and that would make it stop. They smiled and walked away, like it was something else that they heard me say. The fact that the girl wanted something evil to happen to her was pretty bad, but the fact that the mother accepts this and just allows it to happen really floored me. How could anyone love their child and not want to protect them? Well, the mother is probably given over to the alien agenda too. Either that or she has fallen into what a lot of parents have fallen into in contemporary times; that is, let the kids do what they want because making the kids happy is what it is all about, irregardless to what the results of their actions might be.

Mike and Jackie came later in the morning and stood with us while we gave out literature and talked to people. Mike likes to talk and he did so with a few people too. After a while Jackie mentioned that she needed to do some shopping for clothes and stuff and since Lourdes had her shopping radar turned on she immediately picked up on what Jackie said and soon both of them were off to the stores. They were gone for at least a couple of hours and that was nice because they got to know each other better and they bonded. It was a good thing to see Lourdes becoming friends with my friends and it is important because they’ll be both of our friends forever.

I got a little hungry so I decided to head outside to one of the many food vendors so that I could get a funnel cake. As I was coming back into the building there were many people there, almost too many if you know what I mean. There were many dressed in costumes and other regalia. There was a group of five or six teenage girls who were dressed up in alien costumes and it seemed that they were everywhere I went. After a while they became friendly and started to wave and say hi when they would see me and/or Jim. One thing I saw really amused me. When I was coming back into the building I noticed that there was a young girl, probably only about six years old and she was over by one of the many alien mannequins that were around the place. As I looked, she was kicking the alien in the groin area over and over again. I laughed a lot and then I got her attention. I told her that she was being good and that if she ever saw one of those creatures in real life that what she was doing was exactly what she should do to them. She smiled and continued to kick the creature. Who knows, maybe she’ll have to take my advice someday.

Toward the end of the day I noticed that my voice was starting to get raspy and that my throat was getting sore. It wasn’t because I was getting sick, but because I had been talking all day long. Friday’s booth time was coming to a close and we packed up everything and stowed it under the table. We got into the car and headed down to an Albertsons supermarket to pick up supplies for the evening. It was Fourth of July and we were going to spend it at Mike and Jackie’s home. This has become sort of a tradition.


Stephanie and Tony having some fun at Hanger 84

Joe had been working hard all week, organizing and coordinating plans for the speakers at Pearson Auditorium. Late Friday afternoon he went with others to Hanger 84 out at the old Roswell Army Airfield where many of the speakers from both events were meeting. The UFO Museum in Roswell was having a separate event with its own lineup of speakers and the meeting at the hanger was to get the speakers together. He also had plans to go to a “meet and greet” at the auditorium that evening.


Matt, Joyce and Bill at the hanger

Lourdes, Jim and myself were all invited to these events but after a day of talking to people all we really wanted to do was rest. We talked about it and agreed that since Joe had gone through the expense of getting us all down to Roswell and such, we were obligated to attend these events for his sake. I called him and asked him if we were needed at the events, telling him how tired we were and such. Joe said we were not obligated to go and he blessed our time together at the Slack’s home.


Daniel and Stephanie Jordan with Stanton Friedman

There are some people who have been given the talent of barbecuing, and Mike Slack is one of them. Mike could be the poster man for barbecuing, pictured standing behind the grill with a barbecue apron on and a barbecue fork in one hand and a pair of tongs in the other. I’m not being cute here, the guy really is The Barbecue Knight! Mike and Jackie’s home has always felt like a city of refuge inside the confines of Roswell. I feel relaxed whenever I am there and we always have a great time of discussion and fellowship. Friday night was no different. As Mike was barbecuing I went outside to keep him company and Lourdes soon joined us. I told Lourdes that I wanted to show her the property and we walked around the home and into the backyard. Jackie joined us and as we were looking around Jackie asked us if we wanted to see a real live vinegaroon. She took us to a tree at the back of their property and there it was, a very large vinegaroon on a tree trunk. They are neat looking animals, related to scorpions but with a whip instead of a stinger tail. Truly it looked like something from another planet, but it was fun to antagonize it with a stick.


A vinegaroon – ugly no matter what way you look at it

People in Roswell celebrate the Fourth of July like no other people in the United States. Every neighborhood has at least five fireworks shows, mainly conducted from people’s yards. We sat on the Slack’s porch and didn’t want for any fireworks displays. From sundown till midnight and after the sky is filled with lights and the air is filled with whistles and loud booms from fireworks. The city did have a fireworks display, but nobody I know in Roswell ever goes to it. Why should they when the neighborhood is a display. A special treat for this evening was that Mike and his friend Bernie both have telescopes. Mike has what looked like a four inch reflector and Bernie’s telescope looked to be fourteen inches. We looked at several stars and Saturn and the big prize was looking at Jupiter, but trees obscured our view and most of us had to get to sleep well before we could see the big planet. We bid good night to everyone and Lourdes and I headed off to the motel to sleep.

Saturday – July 05, 2008:

Saturday morning came very quickly. I called Lourdes’ room and she was already up. I got cleaned up and picked her up at her room. We were running very late this morning and we thought it best to pick up Jim and get breakfast at NOTW again. Afterward we headed back to the convention for our final day behind the tables. It would be a very eventful day for sure.

We weren’t there very long when a woman came up and started to talk to Jim. I didn’t hear the conversation but Jim told me later what had transpired. Turns out that the woman is a Wiccan but that she was brought up to believe in Yeshua, although she has walked away to practice her current religion. She told Jim that she has been getting a lot of messages from the spiritual world and after talking to Jim and listening to what he had to say about the spiritual realm and those who inhabit it, she wanted to know for sure who was really talking to her. Jim asked her if she would like to pray and she accepted his invitation. Jim prayed that Yeshua would reveal the truth to her and give her the answers to the questions that she was asking. You know, there are times when we pray and it feels like the prayer was good, but not as good as it could be. The prayer that Jim prayed with lady was the opposite. It was one of those prayers that feel like you’ve hit the fast ball and the ball is leaving the stadium – a home run or a grand slam.

It was lunchtime and I told Jim that I needed to head to NOTW for our lunch. Pastor Margie told me earlier in the week that they wanted to supply lunch for those who were visiting Roswell and working in ministry there. There was a plethora of Mexican dishes and Lourdes and I put a little or everything on our plates. Juanita and Elizabeth were there and they both brought some food to feed us in addition to what the Pastor’s had prepared along with pastor’s mother. We prepared a plate for Mike Slack and I asked Margie if I could buy a sandwich for Jim since he didn’t do well with spicy food. She volunteered to make him a turkey sandwich with the trimmings. I can’t express how much Lawrence and Margie and all of the other believers blessed us during our time there and for their kindness we pray that they will receive bountiful blessings in Yeshua’s Name.

Not long after we finished lunch, the teenage girls in the costumes came up to the table. They asked about our ministries and we told them about what we do. They were interested and at least two of them said that they knew that the aliens are evil (even though they dressed like them..go figure). Jim was the one who mostly talked with them and they got an earful about aliens, demons and just about everything pertaining to our message. There was a look of sincerity in their faces as they agreed with us. Each of them took our literature and Jim gave each of them one of his booklets.

Well it wasn’t too long after that, that I noticed the same girls all huddled together listening to Don Ray Walton, the fellow I talked about earlier in this timeline. He is one of those people who you’d rather not listen to, but to be honest, he is sort of scary looking, having that deep demonic look in his eyes and I could only imagine how those girls felt. Before I could say anything to Lourdes she was heading over to this group and she confronted Don Ray. She told the girls that his message wasn’t from Yeshua and she told him that he was deceived and was listening to the devil. The girls thanked Lourdes as Don Ray headed quickly in another direction.


Costume judging by Peter Robbins – These two costumes contained
two of the girls that we witnessed to about Yeshua.

As the day progressed we talked to many other people and gave out a lot of literature. Mike and Jackie saved the day when they brought me staples and some more copies of the flyers that we were handing out. At five o’clock we took down our banners and packed up what was left of the materials and such. We put stuff into the car and into the Slack’s Volkswagen “Thing,” and headed off to their home to drop off the stuff. We were all hungry and we decided to go to a rib joint at the north side of town. Lourdes and Jim were with me in the car and the Slacks would soon follow. We got to the restaurant and saw that the prices were way out of our range. It was nearing the end of the trip and money was dwindling so we had to take it easy. We then went to Applebees but the wait for a table was forty five minutes to an hour and we just couldn’t wait that long. So, we all went to Dennys, and even though it is probably Jim’s least favorite place to eat, he was gracious and went into the place.

When we finished eating Lourdes and I took Jim back to the Slack’s home. We didn’t stay there long because this was the last night for Joe and I to finish the presentation so that it would be ready the next day for our talk. I called Joe and made arrangements to get together with him. Not long after we got back to the motel room Joe knocked on the door and after he came in we started to finish the preparations for our talk. There were a few changes to make and a couple of additions to make but all in all, the modifications went well.

As I made the changes to the presentation my glasses broke and I didn’t have any tools to tighten the screw back into its place. With this in mind and with the reality that I had run out of socks for the trip I told Lourdes that I needed to go to Walmart and asked her if she wanted to go with me. Even though it was well past midnight she agreed to go. It didn’t take long in the store to find the things that I needed and we were soon back at the motel. I saved the PowerPoint presentation to the computer, to a disk (for the computer at the auditorium sound booth) and I saved it to the website server. I didn’t want to take any chances. I know how the enemy works and he excels at crashing hard drives and corrupting computer files. He wasn’t going to prevail in this situation! I walked Lourdes back to her room and bid her goodnight.

Sunday – July 06, 2008:

Sunday morning had finally arrived and I awoke with a bit of nervousness. I had never really spoken before any large crowds before and I was apprehensive as to if I would do a good job or not. I know that everyone says to trust that Yahweh will give you the words, but I think that even the people who say that get nervous when they speak. The night before I had done an internet search about public speaking and nervousness. I picked up a few tips and would see how they worked in just a couple of hours.

I went to Lourdes’ room to get her and we went to the motel restaurant for our breakfast. I drank an extra cup of coffee so that I could be more attentive and alert. After we ate we went to Pearson Auditorium and I gave the disk containing our presentation to the people up in the audio/visual booth way up in the nosebleed section. I then went down and talked with Joe for a moment until he was interrupted by a woman who would be speaking that day also. I interrupted their talk a few minutes later and told Joe that we were going to go to the Slack’s home to pick up Jim. He really had his hands full with this woman but he acknowledge me and we were off to get Jim.

I brought my nice clothes with me to Mike and Jackie’s house. I felt more comfortable changing there than I would in a dressing room at the auditorium. After a while we were on our way back to the auditorium, but not before stopping at McDonalds so that Jim could get some breakfast. When we arrived back at the auditorium that Paola Harris was doing her talk so we just sort of kibitzed at the sign-in table with Bill and Matt. Bill Deffendal had been put in charge of getting all of the speakers to sign the posters of the conference. He asked me to come over and sign a bunch of posters so that they would be ready to give to the speakers at the end of the sessions this day. I can’t remember how many posters I signed, but there were a lot because I had a severe case of writers cramp when I was finished.

It wasn’t long before Paola Harris was finished speaking. During the brief intermission between her talk and our talk I took the time to visit with some of the people in the audience. This is one of the things that I read about on the internet the night before. By talking to them like I did, they actually became friends rather than strangers coming to hear the talk and it is easier to talk to friends. It wasn’t long before we gathered by the foot of the stage and listened to Peter Robbins as he read our bios and introduced us.

Joe started the talk by going through his usual talk about his testimony and how he was called into our phase of the ministry. Afterward, both Joe and I read from the first section of the presentation which showed that everyone involved in the UFO research phenomenon was in fact a member of a jury in a cosmic courtroom. The Defense (the secular research group) was presented as having the witness stand for the past sixty years and we said that now it was the turn of the prosecution to present its case. We showed how many of the researchers in the secular realm either came to the conclusion or postulated the theory that the inhabitants of the UFOs are really interdimensional or demonic. There were quite a few quotes that we had to read through quite quickly.


Joe and Dave citing witness testimonies

The next part of the talk was my part. I stressed to the audience that now that we had heard from the secular side, and that they had said that these beings probably didn’t come from spatial time it was now time to listen to what Yahweh had to say about the whole thing. I read scriptures that pertained to Yahweh’s greatness and that He is the only authority to take seriously. Then I read scriptures that tell about Yeshua, His preeminence and His deity. Then I posed the question that was asked last year at the panel discussion, that question being; “Why are all of the aliens, the grays, the reptilians and others, why do they fear the name of Yeshua?” I went into a little about how there is a conflict between Yahweh and some of his created beings (angels and demons) and that there is a war, quoting Ephesians chapter six. Then I talked about the instances in Judea and the rest of Israel where Yeshua encountered demons and they recognized His authority and his status. I read the scriptures about Satan’s rebellion and showed the audience the state of war that exists in the spiritual realm, which spills into the physical realm.


Dave reading more witness testimony

After my reading was complete Joe talked again. He explained that the using the name of Yeshua to terminate alien abduction is the only repeatable event in UFOlogy. He explained that repetition in an experiment leads a theory to become a fact, or a scientific law. He explained how we have many cases on file where abduction was terminated and said that since this was true then it is a viable area of study and also that it is the truth. Next Joe called people up to the stage; Lourdes and myself, Jim Wilhelmsen, Jackie Slack, Bill Deffendal, Matt Kiss, Joyce Ahrens, as well as Guy and Nicole Malone. Joe explained to the audience that each one of the people standing on the stage was a living testimony, proof that the name of Yeshua can free a person from alien abduction / demonic oppression.


The witnesses: unknown; Nicole Malone, Guy Malone, Joyce Ahrens
Jackie Slack, Matthew Kiss, Jim Wilhelmsen, Bill Deffendal,
Lourdes Peredo (Ruffino), Joe Jordan and David Ruffino

The last part of the talk was probably the most profound and the part that caused the most problem in the mind of those who were offended by the talk. Yahweh told me that we needed to play a trump card before the enemy plays his hand. There are a lot of people who suppose that there will be some sort of official disclosure in the near future. By this they mean that the governments of the world will come out and say that there is an extraterrestrial reality. Yahweh told me that there has been an official disclosure for two thousand years, and that disclosure is the Gospel of Yeshua Ha Mashiach. The last three slides talked about mysteries, specifically the Mystery of Yahweh and that the Mystery of God was revealed in the Gospel of Yeshua Ha Mashiach. The last slide that had instruction had the heading, “The Disclosure That The World Is Waiting For” and underneath we had John 3:16-17. I was a little jealous because we were taking turns reading the slides and Joe got to read that one. It was a glorious time, presenting the truth about the UFO/alien abduction phenomenon and telling the audience about the salvation of Yahweh Yeshua.

After our talk Jim, Lourdes and I met with David Flynn in the auditorium. We all expressed that we were hungry so we decided to head down to the McDonalds down the street. I have always admired David Flynn. Yahweh has blessed this man and given him a wonderful mind. He’s a genius and unlike every other genius I have met, David is incredibly humble. He loves Yeshua with all of his heart and he gives Him the glory for everything that he presents to the public. After lunch we got David back to the auditorium because he was going to make the next two presentations. I didn’t sit in for any of the other talks, but I made sure that I stayed for David’s talks.


Our esteemed brother David Flynn

David presented some more of the sacred mathematics information, sort of building on what he talked about the last time he was in Roswell. For his second talk he expanded even further and showed how the polar axis is moving in a way that it is pointing to a change Virgo the virgin to Leo the lion, basically that we’re about to enter into a time celestially when Yeshua could come back as the Lion of Judah. There was a lot more to it and I would suggest, that when the videos become available that everyone buy them from CE4 Research Group. 

Just a little after David finished his talks Peter Robbins called all of the speakers together. He told us that, taking into account all of the information that was presented, there was certainly a possibility that tempers could flare. He told us that we all needed to be civil with each other and to treat each other fairly. Good advice Peter. Peter then called us all onto the stage and then he stood sentinel over the only microphone afforded the audience for them to ask questions. Peter told the audience more or less what he told us speakers and he invited the audience to start asking questions. There were a few people who asked questions and frankly, my memory fails me as to what those questions are. About two thirds of the way through the question period Peter asked a question of Joe and I. He mentioned that he personally knew some of the people that we quoted and he said that he was aware of other quotes from those people that would contradict the quotes that we used. He then asked why we didn’t use their other quotes as it would have been more fair. He also mentioned that in the course of our talk we used a mock trial format, saying that we were the prosecution and he felt that by us doing that we made them the defendants and he wanted to know what we put the secular UFO researchers on trial.


Panel Discussion: David Flynn, Joe Jordan, David Ruffino, Farah Yurdozu,
Karyn Dolan, Richard Dolan, Dennis Balthaser, Alejandro Rojas, Greg Bishop and Paola Harris

Yahweh was quick to give me an answer for Peter. I explained to him that for the past sixty years all of the other comments that the UFO researchers that we quoted were all out on the table. I told him that all of those things were already out there for everyone to see. But I said that in order for people to have all of the information, or all of the evidence, the quotes that we used had to be on the table too. Then I told Peter that we were clear in our presentation, and that the the beings on trial were the entities themselves, not the UFO researchers. I don’t know, for a second it looked like Peter was processing what I had told him. Maybe Yeshua was working through it with him, but when that moment was over, Peter thanked me for making those things clear.

Most of the rest of the time was spent by the other speakers hashing through what we had said. Many thought that it was unfair of us to present “religion” in our talk, saying that we were dogmatic and strict, not wanting to bend for other ideas or philosophies. I could understand what they were saying, but I didn’t agree with their assertions. When you know that you are right it is not even a question that bending is a possibility. It’s like knowing that smoking will give somebody cancer. Which way is better to tell them the truth. Example one: “well, you know that it’s probably not good for you to smoke. Some people have gotten cancer from doing that.” Example two: “smoking killed my grandfather, my uncle is dying because he smoked and millions of others have died because they smoked. Stop killing yourself and quit smoking now!” Some would say that the second person was harsh, insensitive and how dare they come at me like that. They’re not doctors, they don’t know!” Example one showed that the person sort of cared. Example two said that the person cares for sure. They presented evidence and argued their case with assertiveness. I’d listen to example two and I’d shine on example one.

In another part of the panel discussion one of the speakers brought up the notion that we shouldn’t judge the aliens to harshly. They suggested that we are lower life forms and that since the aliens were more evolved, they had our best interests in mind. Farah Yurdozu broke it down even further. She used an analogy of animals. She said something to the effect that a dog or cat would think good of humans. Humans feed dogs and cats and care for them. On the other hand, other animals, such as laboratory animals have fear of mankind because they are experimented on and killed on a regular basis by humans. Over all, for someone trying to make a case for the aliens this was a good analogy, but it had one big flaw. I told everyone that we could take the case of a serial killer who is married. He has a wife and a son and both his spouse and child love him. They don’t know that he is a serial killer. They know him to be a good man who brings home the food for the home, whose wage puts a roof over their heads and so on and so forth. But to his victims, he is a ruthless killer who has no redeemable qualities. I told them that a person has to be measured by all of the fruit that they bear, and that one tree cannot bear two kinds of fruit so we have to measure them in that way. There was another question posed and Peter said that we had not answered that one, so Joe took it and to me he answered it satisfactorily. Right after that the allotted time ended and the conference concluded.

After the talks ended we headed back to the motel. It was evening and we needed to start packing for our trip back home the next day. We gave Dave Flynn a ride back to the motel and that is the last we saw of him. Jim said that he thought it best that he stay in the motel that night because the Slacks would be retiring early that evening because they had to work the next day. We went to their home to say goodbye and to retrieve Jims bags. It is always hard to leave Mike and Jackie and when we leave there is a little bit of our hearts that remains there. We got back to the motel and Joe was at the front desk paying for the rooms. We told him about Jim staying at the motel and he told the desk clerk to put a roll away bed in the room. Although it was later in the night now, we needed to eat and so Jim, Lourdes and I went over to Whataburger. After a burger, some fries and a milkshake we headed back to the motel. When we got there Matt was almost asleep. He woke up and talked with Jim for quite a long time. He finally made some plans to get a ride with Bill the next morning. I went over to visit Lourdes for a little while and she was already packing her bags. After a short while I bid her good night and went back to my room. Matt was asleep and Jim was getting ready to do the same. I felt incredibly tired and I felt that this night’s sleep would be the best one that I would have since getting to Roswell a week before. I felt a sense of accomplishment, like Yeshua was giving me a spiritual pat on the back, telling me that I’d done a good job. All because of You Yeshua!

Monday – July 07, 2008:

I got a pretty good sleep during the night but awoke before any alarm. I was excited about our trip back to Albuquerque and then back home. Jim got up about the same time and within an hour or so we were cleaned up and ready to head out. I called on Lourdes who was putting the finishing touches on packing her bags. I picked them up and they were heavier than mine. I was thankful that earlier last week she bought a new suitcase with wheels and a telescoping handle. We left the bags and went to get some breakfast, our last free one. The three of us ate, taking out time and talking about of all things what the trip in 2009 will be like. We finished our meals then we got our bags and checked out of the motel. We got some gas at the Sam’s Club station and soon we were bidding Roswell goodbye.

The trip back to Albuquerque was uneventful. Jim and I talked most of the way back and Lourdes slept. We did see some deer and antelope along the road but aside from that, nothing else. The next stop was in Albuquerque to gas up the car and to get some junk food which we ate in the car during the last few miles. We returned the car, and got the bus to the airport. When we got to the airport we planned to walk with Jim down to our gates and to say goodbye there. A problem arose though; Lourdes and I were about six hours early for our flight, and the Express Jet counter couldn’t take our bags for another hour and a half. I found Jim and told him our dilemma. We said goodbye there and Jim was off to the TSA security area. That was the saddest part of the trip. I returned to Lourdes and we sat and waited the hour and a half. After that time was up the clerk motioned for us to come up and check our bags in. My bag was about six pounds overweight so I had to move some stuff to my computer bag to lessen the weight of the bag. It was still a couple of pounds overweight but the clerk looked the other way. Lourdes and I cleared through the TSA checkpoint without much bother. I was amused though because as they x-rayed the Shofar in its carrying pouch they kept looking at it and asking themselves with it was and if it was okay to send with me. I told them that it was a musical instrument, a trumpet so to speak and they finally ascertained that it was okay.

We still had more than four hours to wait for out plane so we sat in the dining area by the gates and enjoyed some pizza as we talked about almost everything. Lourdes had her first cannoli (an Italian dessert) and I was glad that it was one of the better ones that I’ve ever had. I would have felt bad if she had to base her initial response on a bad cannoli. Actually, a lot of people would have hated having such a layover at the airport, but it was a nice time with Lourdes and it gave us time to wind down from all of the activity of the week in Roswell.

It was finally time to board the plane and soon we were off to California. I opted for the window seat this time and it was a good idea. There were a lot of clouds and quite a few thunderheads to look at. About the time we were half way through Arizona the clouds were gone but there was a strange cloud cover on the ground. After a short while I surmised that it was smoke from all of the fires in California that happened to be blowing over the Southwest. As we got closer to Sacramento the smoke became very thick, obscuring the ground completely and the fire up in the Sierras was making such a high plume that it looked like a thunderhead. We landed and when we deplaned we realized that we had returned to the same smoky conditions that we left over a week before. We picked up my truck and drove back to Sacramento.

When we got back to my part of town I decided that maybe it would be a change of pace to get a different motel room for Lourdes’ last two nights here. There was a motel near the freeway that looked pretty nice so we decided to stop and see about prices. We went inside and I asked the woman if the place was safe, explaining that my fiancé would be staying there and I was concerned for her safety. The woman behind the desk assured me the she had never seen a problem in the motel. I paid for the room and we went down to the room. When we got inside the room was small and it looked dingy and something just didn’t seem right. I looked at the back of the door and noticed that there was a black power on the door and then it hit me, it was fingerprint dust. We got Lourdes’ bags and put them back in the truck. I went to the office and demanded to have my money refunded but the woman said that she wanted to look at the room. We went back to the room and I pointed out the fingerprint dust and asked her why she lied to me? She didn’t say anything other than she would refund my money, minus five dollars because we had used one small towel to dry hands after using the restroom. When I returned to work a couple of days later I mentioned this to a coworker and she told me that the motel had been the scene of a rape earlier in the week. Thank Yeshua that He showed me the dust on the door. We went back to the motel that Lourdes had stayed in before we went to Roswell and got her a room there.

I stayed home from work on Tuesday we rested the whole day. Lourdes took me out to breakfast and lunch later at The Olive Garden. Late on Wednesday night Lourdes boarded her plane back to Mexico City and our vacation was over. We had a wonderful time though, ministering to people in Roswell and meeting so many wonderful believers in Yeshua. We got to tell Roswell, and via the DVD’s that will go around the world, the real identity of the entities that pose as extraterrestrials and we got to present the gospel to people who otherwise would not have taken time to hear it in any other format. She and I got to see that we can minister together and that our gifts of prophecy and teaching and many other Gifts of the Ruach Ha Kodesh are the same and it further proved to us that Yahweh has brought us together and that our relationship is of Yeshua.

Will there be a Roswell 2009? Well, only Yahweh knows the answer to that. He has shown that He will start a revival in Roswell and that someday the town will be known for what Yahweh does there rather than what Satan does there. There is a possibility that there will be some sort of Christian conference there to counter the secular one that will probably happen there next year. In either case, the Church in Roswell has awakened and she is stirring from her sleep. She will be a powerful force in the days, months and years to come. Yahweh will win over Roswell and it will be glorious. His name will reign there and Satan will be evicted. He will lose his lease and this will be the start of greater things to come. When the governments of this world finally come out with their “official disclosures” there will be a line drawn in the sand because Yahweh has shown his disclosure and it will trump any hand that Satan or his political or religious puppets dare to show. Baruch Ha Shem Ha Mashiach Yeshua, Baruch Ha Shem Adonai!


A Heartfelt Decision and How it Was Made

By David Ben Yakov


As believers in Yeshua we have important decisions to make sometimes. We’re supposed to remain a holy people; set apart for Yeshua and His service. I’ve never been one for fads; especially fads that I can discern are ploys to make money in the Christian arena. When I came to know Yeshua as Adonai and Savior I put aside fads. IF we decide to follow Yeshua and if we take Him seriously then we really have no time for the trivial things of the world, or things that the Church sees as new revelations from the Almighty.

Yeshua gave us commands by His own mouth and through the mouths of the apostles. The commands and lessons that we are given in both Covenants are for our benefit and the benefit of those we love and respect as well for anyone that we have contact with. Where my affiliation with MUFON is concerned, I had to listen to Yahweh when He spoke to me about this association. I’ve been a member of MUFON for four years and a field investigator for three of those years. During this last year I have been hearing Yahweh echo the following scripture in my mind over and over again, and I just cannot ignore His voice.

Do not be unequally yoked together with unbelievers. For what fellowship has righteousness with lawlessness? And what communion has light with darkness? And what accord has Christ with Belial? Or what part has a believer with an unbeliever? And what agreement has the temple of God with idols? For you are the temple of the living God. 2 Corinthians 6:14-16

Actually, the scripture that he echoed in my mind wasn’t just for my MUFON membership, but for things in general. I’ve spent about a year being called to circumspection; a critical self examination of the things of my life. Our lives are like a fantastic lawn that is planted by Yeshua and as you all well know, weeds like to sprout up into a beautiful lawn. Circumspection, when guided by the Ruach Ha Kodesh really helps us to find those weeds and to dig them out by the roots before they take over the lawn. As we sit and examine our ways Yahweh is faithful to point out our weaker areas. I always imagine it to be like a some sort of super sophisticated rifle scope with night vision and infrared capability that scans our lives for intruders. One of the things that this scope found is that I have been unequally yoked with MUFON. There were times in Roswell where I stood in booths that were plastered with MUFON banners and other things and although we had our material with us and gave it out to countless people I still couldn’t get over the feeling that I was standing there for MUFON rather than Yeshua. This last year we went without the MUFON advertisements, and while not as many stopped by our booth, the people that we did receive were quality people and not just lookyloos. 

We have to seriously look at what being “unequally yoked” means. In our high-tech mechanized world with all of its so called sophisticated marvels we tend to miss the mark when it comes to understanding agrarian terms. In the past animals were used as beasts of burden for mankind. They used alone to pull chariots (as in horses) or in tandem with other beasts to pull plows and carts. When beasts of burden were used to pull a cart or anything with wheels it was very important that animals of like kinds and like statures were used for any one cart. For instance, when two oxen were chosen to pull a cart they had to be the same size and roughly the same age. This would insure that the wagon would be pulled by two animals with equal abilities. It is pretty simple to imagine what would happen if two different animals or two animals of different stature were used. The ability of the weaker animal would not match the ability of the stronger and the wagon would in effect be pulled around in a circle. Ask any pilot who is skilled in flying an airplane with two engines what happens when one engine stops working. He or she has to make great allowances to ensure that the airplane will fly in a straight line. Better yet, try driving a car which has one front tire with only half the air pressure of the opposite tire. The steering wheel pulls toward the tire that is under inflated.

What Paul was telling the church in Corinth is that if they had associations with nonbelievers or even believers who didn’t take their walk with Yeshua seriously then their walk with Yahweh was in danger of getting off of the straight pathway. We see such things all of the time. We see marriages where one person is a believer and the other isn’t and in most cases the believer lives in misery because the excess friction that the unbeliever brings into the relationship causes a lot of hardship. We see it when our kids become involved with bad kids in the neighborhood; they almost always are the ones that are corrupted by the bad kids and very rarely do the bad kids come around to a correct way of thinking. In personal relationships being unequally yoked almost always leads to unhappiness and corruption in ourselves or in our brothers and sisters in Yeshua.

We have to keep in mind though that Paul wasn’t just talking about personal relationships. He speaks of a much wider scope of association. The advice that Paul gave to the church in Corinth applies to every part of our lives, our associations and our business dealings. For instance, if a Christian goes into a business venture with an unbeliever there is a very high probability that the believer will be asked to compromise his or her faith in one way or another. In today’s business environment businesses are many times forced to compromise by cutting corners, lying or cheating in order to remain lucrative. When two unequally yoked business partners face hardships the worldly person would not be bothered by doing something unwholesome and there would be many problems that would arise if the Christian business partner were to stand on holiness; however, the temptation would be present that would cause the believer in Yeshua to reason that if they just cheated a little here or there they would be successful and would prosper.

We see these things in Biblical example first in the story of David and Bathsheba. David ran to many dark corners to keep his secret from the public and foolishly he tried to hide it from Yahweh too. David of course was found out and he was forgiven for his sin, but it is clear that he had to pay consequences for that sin. In the New Testament we find Ananias and Sapphira who sold some land and laid some of the money at the apostles’ feet, claiming that the money that they brought was all the money that they got from the sale; but they had kept some of the money back. Because they had tried to lie to Yahweh they both suffered physical death.  Cheating and cutting corners are practices that are never honored by Yahweh and in most cases those things will catch up to the offender somewhere down the road.

Another area where an unequally yoked state would be unethical is where associations are concerned. By associations, I am referring to organizations. Organizations always operate under a philosophy or a mission. If the organization, club or society that we associate with doesn’t have Christian foundations then we are already in compromise. What might be surprising to some is that even some entities that label themselves as “Christian,” do so only by name and not by deed. It is so very important to determine beforehand who and what we are associating with. We carry the name “Christian,” or “Messianic,” and those names carry an association themselves because we are not just ambassadors of Yahweh, we are His Sons and Daughters.

In the rest of the passage Paul makes great contrasts, telling us that some things and some persons just aren’t designed to coexist with each other. In each of our lives there is at least one person or thing that we just don’t like being around. It might be a relative or a classmate that really repulses us. It could be a certain food that we don’t like or perhaps a smell that turns our stomach whenever we smell it. One such thing with me is the herb cilantro. To me, anything that contains cilantro is not worth eating. The taste of this herb is highly offensive to me and it ruins any culinary delight that I might have found in the food that contains it. I am blessed that my Mexican born wife, who used it in many of her recipes has abstained from using it when she prepares meals for me.

I’m reminded of something amusing that happened to me a few years ago. Well, it is amusing now, but it wasn’t back then. Early one week I talked with my friend Lloyd. I had just left my church and was looking for a place to worship the next Sunday. Lloyd worshipped in a church that was about 45 miles from my home and I wouldn’t have gone but Lloyd told me how great the worship was and he liked the teaching too. He gave me directions that I followed to a tee. Lloyd drove trucks for a living, so his directions should be perfect right? Wrong! I got to the general area where He said the church was located but couldn’t find it. After driving around for about ten minutes I heard singing and noticed a nice brick building that looked like a church, so I pulled into the parking lot.

I got out of my truck and headed for the front door. When I got to the door I noticed two neatly dressed gentlemen who wore white shirts, black ties and black pants and I thought that Lloyd must have joined a fellowship where a nice wardrobe was required. The gentlemen greeted me and welcomed me, even though I was wearing a black shirt and blue jeans. I went inside and didn’t see Lloyd but decided that since I had not found Lloyd’s church I would sit in this one and go home after the service.

It was at this time that I started to feel very uncomfortable. There seemed to be a presence in the place that felt opposite of the feeling of the Ruach Ha Kodesh that I so often felt in churches. I looked around some more and I noticed that all of the men in the church were dressed like the two men outside the front door. I was the only man with a black shirt and I felt like a black ball in a hat full of white balls. I began to feel even more uncomfortable, not because of the different attire, but the spirit that I felt there was not from Yahweh, it was a strange spirit and I felt like it didn’t want me there. I was starting to feel like I concurred and wanted to leave, but I didn’t want to be rude or discourteous. A woman had been speaking for some time and I thought that when she was finished there would be a lull and I would slip out of the building. Right at that time I heard the woman proclaim, “this is why I love the Book of Mormon.”

I started to get fidgety and wanted to leave but I waited for the lull, but it never came. So I thought to myself that I would never see any of these people again so even if they do get offended there will be no scene. Finally, with my Dakes Study Bible tucked under my arm I bolted for the door. When I drove out of the parking lot and got down the road a bit I noticed a school that had cars in front of it so I drove through the lot and noticed the church sign on it. I found Lloyd’s Church. I found Lloyd and sat down next to him, thanking him for his bad directions and then told him my story. We both laughed through the rest of the worship service and the teaching too.

So how does this story relate to anything? Well, I made quite a few errors that day. I saw the two men outside and it should have clicked in my mind that these men were Mormons and not Christians. When I went inside their attire should have confirmed again to me that this was not where Lloyd would be worshipping. Third, when I discerned that the spirit was not the Ruach Ha Kodesh I should have just got up and left. There was no way in heaven or on earth that the people in that Mormon Church and me would ever be equally yoked and I knew that. I could have never stayed in that place for the whole service, nor could I have ever visited again.

The point of my story is that the Ruach Ha Kodesh warns us about unevenly yoked things. Christians and Mormons are not equally yoked. Not only that, but there are totally different animals in the yokes. If we listen to His voice we will avoid a lot of heartache.

It is interesting to see the examples that Paul uses in his letter to the Corinthians. In each example he uses a good thing compared to a bad thing; the first thing always conquers the second. Righteousness triumphs against lawlessness; light overcomes darkness and so on. The third example is Christ over Belial. If Messiah (Christ) is called the Prince of Peace, then Belial must be the opposite, and that is exactly what we find. The Dead Sea Scrolls contains a book titled, “The War of the Sons of Light Against the Sons of Darkness,” which explains exactly who Belial, the Leader of The Sons of Darkness:

‘But for corruption thou hast made Belial, an angel of hostility. All his dominions are in darkness, and his purpose is to bring about wickedness and guilt. All the spirits that are associated with him are but angels of Sweed, a type of drug.’

Paul then uses these examples to enforce the two opposed groups where we are concerned; believers having fellowship with unbelievers. Building on that, he then shows that we are not just believers, but temples (dwelling places) of the Ruach Ha Kodesh; and since we are then we should have no relationships with worldly people, who are being equated to here as idols.

Some might be quick to make the assumption that we are saying that we should avoid contact with the nonbeliever altogether, perish that thought! That would mean that we would not leave our houses and would become hermits. No, we’re just not supposed to enter into covenants with them and we’re certainly to avoid any of their ways and practices that countermand Yahweh’s ways or compromise our Messianic witness to those in our communities. This is especially true when a person is given a ministry from Yeshua; a work that is in public spotlight so to speak. This doesn’t exempt each and every believer in Yeshua, because when you think about it, we’re all given a ministry; the Great Commission.  

As I mentioned, this year has brought a great deal of circumspection. I really desire to know what is right and what is wrong in my life as far as Yahweh is concerned. I think that a lot of believers in Yeshua are feeling the tug of the Ruach HaKodesh in this respect. Compromise has always been something that Yeshua has disdained, from the Garden of Eden to this very day. He wants us to be Holy in every part of our lives; to live as a called out people, sanctified and set apart for Him. Simply put, we either strive for righteousness now while it is a choice, or we can learn it later when everyone if forced to make a choice for Yahweh, or for the man of perdition. As for me and my house, we will serve Yahweh!!

It is a wonderful thing to see how the world reacts to a person who is striving to live a righteous life. As you the reader are probably aware, Lourdes and I do not traditionally celebrate certain holidays. After researching the occult origins of many of the traditions of holidays like Christmas and Easter, we choose to celebrate in a way that is fitting to the true meaning of the days. We won’t get into all of that now. Let’s just say that there are those in our families who think of us as rather odd because we don’t accept a lot of time honored traditions that we don’t see as Christian in origin. Another thing that is noticed by people trying to live a righteous life is that Satan’s disciples come out of the woodwork to wreak havoc. My pastor, Pastor Tom has said on more than one occasion that if a person wants to live a righteous life dedicated to Yahweh then they automatically become a target. This is a time proven truth. It’s not only Satan’s people who will come against a righteous person, but even those whom have been friends and acquaintances will suddenly become an enemy. Recently, one fellow whom I have always thought to be a level headed individual who loved Yeshua started writing some of the vilest and evil letters to me. He’s taken my letters to him and to others out of context and turned around the things that I have written for good and made a spectacle out of them. Normally I would see these things as being hurtful, but instead I see them as being tools that will hone me for the battle that will get much worse in the days to come.

One yearly event that has been growing in popularity with most of the population is Halloween. After studying its origins we renounced that day and we avoid every part of it altogether. A few years ago our workplace was having a celebration for Halloween and I did not participate, which is what I have always done since I’ve served Yeshua. I spent the time talking to a couple of coworkers who think the entire hubbub about Halloween is childish folly. One of my fellow coworkers, Abdullah, who is a Muslim, came back to where we were and he asked me why I wasn’t involved in all of the celebratory stuff in the break room. I informed him that I am a believer in Messiah Yeshua, and that Halloween is a Satanic day and that my love for Yeshua precluded me from joining in the madness. Abdullah got a puzzled look on his face, sort of like you could imagine a computer would get if it couldn’t process a command. He then looked at me and said, “finally, a Christian who practices his faith,” and he walked away and went back to work. If we’re walking with Yeshua like we should be we would hear that all of the time and it would make us feel happy that the world recognizes us not for what we say, but for what we do. Maybe then we’d have more credibility and people would listen to us when we tell them about salvation. The world doesn’t want to listen to Christians because they see us as basically just like them. I can’t really blame them for their views because in a lot of cases they describe many Christians adequately. Believers in Yeshua need to wake up and claim what they’ve so willing given away to the enemy.

One day last month I sat quietly and wondered what I could do to help with our financial situation. Yahweh again reminded me of my MUFON membership and I started to reevaluate the importance of belonging to this organization. I had originally joined for two reasons. I wanted to learn about what the world was saying about UFOs and their origins and to keep up on these sort of things. I also wanted to make an attempt at talking to some of the people in their community so that I could tell them about Yeshua and hopefully evangelize the MUFON crowd. It was nice to keep informed of the newest things in the research of the UFO phenomenon and I did learn quite a bit during my membership.

I tried to start a dialogue with the director or MUFON and even tried to submit a letter for publication in their journal but received the brush off both about the letter and the dialogue with the director. One thing I did learn about MUFON is that it is slowly making a paradigm shift. Over the months there has been more and more mention of New Age things in their publication and it has alarmed me for more than a year. So having seen this develop over the years and knowing that it was bound to happen I received permission from Yeshua to cancel my membership with MUFON and to resign my Field Investigator status. I’d write more about it, but when you read the letter you will get more of an idea of why I made my decision to leave. Now I present to you the letter so that you can read it and see why I made the decision that I made.

Dear James, January 17, 2009

It is the middle of January of 2009 and the time approaches for me to renew my membership.  Because the time approaches I have to take time to assess what MUFON means to me and if it has been a source of education for me; and of course I have to see what I have done for MUFON in return.

I joined MUFON in March of 2005 after meeting Joe Jordan, who is your state section director for Brevard County in Florida. Joe is a charismatic sort of fellow whose excitement about anything makes people want to join in with what he is energized about. It wasn’t just Joe who persuaded me to join. I have watched MUFON from afar for many years, probably since its inception. I was brought up in the UFO culture, my dad having been an ardent researcher, even before MUFON came into being.

So aside from Joe’s excitement about MUFON; what other things attracted me to your organization? Well, primarily it was the scientific study of the phenomenon. I was a seeing is believing sort of guy early on in my life and I believed that only science could answer all of life’s questions. In my younger days I felt that if I couldn’t touch it, it didn’t exist. I felt a sort of kindred spirit with MUFON because I felt that it saw things through the same glasses that I looked at the world through.

James, we have corresponded before and you know my take on things. We’ve met twice in Roswell, New Mexico during the UFO Festival. You also know me because I sent a letter to you a couple of years ago explaining my take on the UFO and alien abduction phenomenon and also I sent you a letter where I made a plea to the UFO community to listen to the Biblical Christian angle on UFO and their occupants. You were kind enough to write back to me and to explain that you would try to print my letter in the MUFON UFO Journal and you explained that you needed to run the letter by your editor for approval. Knowing that you are the international director, and that you could have printed it if you wanted to, I took the silence that followed as a polite brush off of me and my views. That’s okay though because I am the sort of person who realizes that things don’t always work out in these regards.

Later that same year I wrote a letter to you and asked you if you had considered putting a Christian Researcher on your staff, or at least one who could contribute to your Journal and you wrote back and told me that the only way that I could fill such a responsibility is if I had a Masters Degree in Divinity (or religion, I can’t remember now) which pretty well ended any Christian’s ambition in such things; seeing that there are no courses in any Theology College that I know of that offers a degree in UFO and/or alien abduction studies.

Wondering if your polite brush off was just toward me, or toward the Christian UFO Research Community in general, I set out to ask questions of some of my colleagues. I contacted several of them, all who are current of former members of MUFON and they all told me that MUFON takes no delight in Christians doing research and that they too have been snubbed. One such person is Jim Wilhelmsen, who has done years of study into the UFO phenomenon, and was an expert of NAZI ufology long before any of the current so called “credible” people came onto the scene.

People like Joe Jordan, of CE4 Research, who as I mentioned above is a State Section Director of your organization, and who has investigated hundreds of alien abduction cases, to my knowledge has never been interviewed by MUFON about his research. Why is this James; maybe because he is a believer in Jesus Christ?

James, one of the things that Jesus Christ told us is that you can tell a tree by its fruit. If MUFON truly is purely scientific in nature in their research, they will prove that premise by their works. I do believe that MUFON started out with purely scientific motives because the original Mission Statement stated MUFON’s purpose:

MUFON’s mission is the systematic collection and analysis of UFO data, with the ultimate goal of learning the origin and nature of the UFO phenomenon.

Scientific Method is denoted in the statement above. Earlier in the decade however, MUFON decided to change its mission statement to read the following:

MUFON’s Mission is the Scientific Study of UFOs for the Benefit of Humanity Through Investigation, Research and Education.

In the original statement it is stated that “the ultimate goal of learning the origin and nature of the UFO phenomenon.” If the current statement supersedes the first then one can only assume that MUFON has come to the determination that UFOs and/or their occupants are benevolent. Basically, your current statement says that now that MUFON has found that UFOs and their occupants are benevolent, we are now going to research their ways, using science and that you will educate the public about their benevolence and mankind will benefit from what you find.

Actually James, this comes as no surprise to me, and probably to others. I’ve taken the time to go through my past volumes of the MUFON Journal and have discovered something. When John Schuessler was director there was rarely, if any mentions of things that might be deemed occult or New Age. However, since you have taken the reigns there has been an explosion of such things such as:

  1. A review of a book titled; “From Sirius to Earth – A Therapist Discovers Soul Exchange”
  2. An advertisement for a book titled; “Diary of a Psychic Visionary.” – Advertised for nearly a year.

I know that other occurrences exist but I don’t have more time to research these things.  James, I know what you are thinking. You’re thinking that I forget that you let me put an ad in the Journal about our Counseling webpage; The Alien Abduction Crisis Centers of America, and technically you might have a point, but nowhere in our ad did we mention Christianity or our basis in the Bible.

James, we are grateful for the opportunity to advertise in the Journal, but at the same time we think that a Journal that is printed by an organization that claims to have foundations in real science really shouldn’t be advertising occult or New Age things. You are scientific, or you are not, there is no middle road.

Well, that brings me to my next to final point. It is quite obvious that there is a reason why people with such a scientific background haven’t found out the truth yet. That reason is that the entities that inhabit the craft aren’t of a solely physical nature, but are a physical manifestation of a spiritual origin (or interdimensional origin if you like that word better) that science will never be able to explain as long as it denies the spiritual world, specifically God (The God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob).

Finally James, I don’t know exactly what is happening with MUFON, but I know that it is changing, and I don’t like the change. Judging from what I have seen, I can only surmise that you know that science can’t explain these things, but the spiritual can. You are starting to go over to the occult explanation of UFOs and alien abduction which will lead to the occult sciences which will sometime down the road lead to some sort of demon worship. I know that it sounds so farfetched that you are considering throwing this letter in the garbage but before you do, mark my words. You and the others in MUFON are getting into things that will ultimately lead to your spiritual demise and if you don’t put a check on it your eternal condition is in jeopardy. I challenge you to go to my webpage about getting saved. Even if you just go there and read it for amusement, read it. If you take it seriously, it will change your life. The page is at

In conclusion, I want to inform you that I am resigning my field investigator membership with MUFON. As a believer in Yeshua Ha Mashiach (Jesus Christ) I can no longer continue with an organization that is moving into the occult. Be blessed in mighty ways in Yeshua!


David Ruffino

You know, I really cannot blame MUFON and those who run that organization for what they do. So quickly we Christians point fingers at worldly people, calling them worldly and sinful; but isn’t that the way that the world is supposed to act? It is sort of akin to pointing at the family cat and declaring boldly, “you know what, you’re nothing but a cat.” Sounds sort of foolish huh? But what I think that Yahweh asks of us in these circumstances is that we point out that there is a difference between worldliness and holiness. Most of the world thumb their noses at us for doing this. When working with people who claim to be scientific in their look at the world it is hard to show sin, mainly because they deny Yahweh so that they cannot be put under the burden of being a sinner. There are ways to approach this sort of person, but explaining that would take a whole other paper.

One thing that one can do where scientific minds are concerned is to watch and see if they are violating their own dogma. As I mentioned in the letter to James Carrion, scientists are supposed to deduce things by using scientific method. MUFON was established on that premise. It has always been an uphill struggle to present holy spiritual things to MUFON, its members and the secular UFO community in general. They’re very quick to close their eyes and stop their ears whenever Yahweh is mentioned. This same community however bends their ear, sometimes stealthfully and sometimes in plain sight, to hear the ramblings of New Age fanatics and/or the rantings of any other religious sect; but Christians and Jews who want to present Biblical answers are quickly ignored. If however someone wants to take Biblical scripture and twist it to suit molds such as the ancient astronaut theories, then scripture is allowed as a valid source of information.

It took less than a week for James Carrion to answer my letter to him. I would like to include that letter now and then to write a little about it. Here is the e-mail that I received from Mr. Carrion:

Hi David,

I am sorry to hear that you are resigning as a MUFON Field Investigator and I thank you for your service to MUFON.

I disagree with your assessment that MUFON has become more new age. We are more scientific now than we have been at any time in the past.

As to the aspects of Ufology that may have spiritual/religious connection, I don’t have an opinion one way or the other, and I haven’t ruled it out as a possibility. I do know that there is a huge element of deception in this phenomenon, and the problem lies in trying to determine who or what is responsible for the deception. MUFON does not in any way label the perpetrators as benevolent or malevolent. The bottom line is what don’t know enough to make that determination and are still searching for the answers.

I wish you all the best in your future pursuits.


I found the third paragraph of James’ letter to me sort of disturbing. First, I was glad to see that he thinks that there is a lot of deception in the UFO realm and I think that we call all agree on that. He then says that MUFON doesn’t label the “perpetrators” of the deception as benevolent or malevolent. The last time I looked the word “perpetrator” is used for someone who conducts criminal activity. As a matter of fact, the Merriam Webster online dictionary defines the word thusly:

Main Entry: per·pe·trate   Pronunciation: pər-pə-trāt   Function: transitive verb   Inflected Form(s): per·pe·trat·ed; per·pe·trat·ing   Etymology: Latin perpetratus, past participle of perpetrare, from per- through + patrare to accomplish, from pater father  Date: 1537

1 : to bring about or carry out (as a crime or deception) : commit 2 : to produce, perform, or execute (something likened to a crime)

So, knowing what it means to perpetrate something, what could Mr. Carrion be talking about? We know that “benevolent” is a adjective that means that the person or being (as is being suggested in this context) is friendly and has our best intentions as the foundation for their actions. We also know that “malevolent” is the exact opposite of “benevolent.” It is fairly easy to come to terms with the idea that evil beings can bring evil intentions (deceptions) upon mankind, but why does Mr. Carrion lump supposedly “good” beings in with this. It doesn’t seem possible to reconcile the notion that benevolent beings can bring deceptions.

There is however one way that this can be reconciled, and it comes from the annals of UFO thought and conjecture. This conjecture is that since the supposed extraterrestrials are “more advanced” than we are socially and intellectually, then perhaps this can be compared to a scientist in relation to a laboratory rat. In the halls of medical research rats are taken and caged. Rats are experimented on, cut into, injected with foreign fluids and more; all in the name of research and for the ultimate betterment of the researchers and in perhaps some cases, even for the rats.

There are some in the UFO research community, and even some of the UFO enthusiasts who think that since these beings are much more advanced than mankind (in their opinion), that the morals and values of these advanced beings (if they are capable of morals and values) supersede the morals and values of humankind. In other words, since they’re more advance, then their ways are more advanced too. Their thought is that giving that their contention is correct, we should submit ourselves to these “higher ideals” and let the alien have their way with us, much like the laboratory rats do not rebel, but let the scientists conduct experiments on them. I am reminded of the character Pastor Matthew Collins in the 1953 production of “War of The Worlds.” In this film there is a pastor who is the uncle of the mail female character, Sylvia Van Buren. As the first of the Martian machines comes out of its nest the pastor gets the strange idea that he wants to be peacemaker, figuring that since the beings are more advanced they should be “closer to the Creator for that very reason.” Well, the pastor was wrong and he gets zapped by the Martian death ray and is no more. Technologically advanced usually means the opposite when it comes to morals and values. For some reason we really don’t read accounts about 19th century America that mention the murder of the unborn, pornography, child abduction or rampant homosexual activity. But what is the difference between then and now? Hmmm, oh that’s right, they believed in Yahweh and lived by His laws and precepts.

The fallen angel agenda also plays into the notion that all that we see, all we feel, all we hear, smell and taste all happened because of evolution. Such people have taken the “God Equation” out of the mix, reducing us down to common animals that are not endowed by Yahweh with inalienable rights. This is yet another way that evolution and the UFO enigma have interwoven themselves together. Throw into the mix that the “aliens” are telling many of the abductees and contactees that they are the ones who have created us through DNA manipulation and there is nothing left but to line up much as cows do at the slaughter yard.

This is the only way that anyone could ever subscribe to the notion that benevolent creatures are the authors of deception. This also has to be the meaning of the change of the mission statement for MUFON which reads:

MUFON’s Mission is the Scientific Study of UFOs for the Benefit of Humanity Through Investigation, Research and Education.

In 1962 an episode of The Twilight Zone aired with an interesting plot which should be taken as a warning to humankind. In the episode, titled “To Serve Man,” an alien race comes to earth and they promise to bring peace and to share their technology. Almost everyone on earth are taken in by these “benevolent” visitors who end world hunger, bring peace and prolong the lifespan of people. They bring to the United Nations a the book in their language with bears the title of the episode, “To Serve Man.” Linguists spend days trying to crack the language of the visitors and all but one give up. The main character decides that he is going to trust the aliens and he goes so far as to book travel on one of the spacecraft to go to the alien’s planet. As he climbs the stairs for the craft his coworker (who didn’t give up on cracking the language) runs up to the line and tells the man to not to go. She tells him that the book that the aliens left was really a cookbook. It is too late and the man is taken into the craft.

What does this have to do with MUFON and their mission statement? It is quite easy really. If what is written is correct, and MUFON believes that these entities are benevolent (with deceptive intentions) then they have bought the lie that our supposed “extraterrestrial visitors” are trying to convey; that they are really looking out for our best interests, according to what their (the aliens) definition of “best interests” really is. Granted, I do not believe that MUFON believes that we are livestock for the alien visitors, but like their mission statement says, they’re going to investigate what those intentions are and they will research those intentions and then they will educate themselves and later, the public about those intentions.

All of this has to do with knowledge and the power that comes to the possessor of that knowledge. Those of us who know the truth about these entities know that they impart power to their pawns, until of course they find other more willing pawns. I have no doubt that the principalities and powers behind UFO’s, the entities we know as fallen angels, will give MUFON the answers. I personally have seen the change in MUFON. Just the fact that they advertise occult books is proof enough for me. People who are bent on scientific knowledge of anything will fervently dismiss anything occult however, those who have dabbled or desire to dabble in occult things will promote those things.

In the March 2009 Delusion Resistance Newsletter I made mention to the letter that I sent to Mr. Carrion and the response that I had received from him. These are the same letters that are in the above paragraphs of this document. About a week later I received a letter from one of the members of the Delusion Resistance who lives in the Northwest. In his letter he told me that he also thinks that MUFON is leaning toward the New Age, and he supplied me with some evidence which had been sent to him in July of 2008. This letter came from MUFON Oregon and I found it to be quite distressing. With this fresh in my mind I wrote another letter to Mr. Carrion. Here is the letter that I sent to him:

Dear Mr. Carrion,

In a recent letter to me in regard to MUFON leaning New Age you said that MUFON isn’t leaning that way and that is more scientific than ever. I got a letter from an associate who sent me an e-mail from MUFON Oregon where they’re encouraging people to go to a Edgar Cayce Retreat where there was a Psychic, whose talk was “Near Death Experiences and The Development of Intuitive and channeling abilities;” another woman who labels herself as an “animal psychic;” and Jim Sparks who was about “the agenda of these beings and the spirit message that they bring to humanity.” James, if these things aren’t new age to you then maybe you should research what the New Age is all about. Just thought you might want to know. If you want proof I have I have attached the Edgar Cayce event calendar to this mailing and you can read the Oregon MUFON Newsletter below. Please write back if you wish.

Respectfully – David Ruffino

The following is the letter from MUFON Oregon that was sent to my friend: Sent out to recepients Tuesday, June 03, 2008 9:29 PM

Greetings to all MUFON members and friends,

Please remember to visit our website,

Our meeting will be Tuesday, June 10, at 7:00 p.m. at the regular location.

Please see the attached document regarding the Edgar Cayce group Fall Retreat. Abductee Jim Sparks will be the main speaker at their retreat the weekend of September 19 – 21. Raymond and Nobie Tarpey, who operate the local Edgar Cayce Group, were guests at one of our meetings where we saw the video of Jim Sparks. They have asked me to let all of you know about this event, and to send the flyer out to all of you.


(1) Organizational business and financial report. About 5 minutes; Tom.

(2) Announcements of events: MUFON Symposium; Edgar Cayce group Fall Retreat. Tom.

(3) Investigations in progress. About 15 minutes; field investigators.

(4) Open discussion.

The meeting will be held in the conference room at Bourne Plaza, 1441 SE 122nd Ave, Portland. This is a business complex on the west side of SE 122nd, across from a Portland Fire Bureau station, between Stark and Division. The entrance door is marked with number 1441 and is on the north side of the parking lot. If you need more specific directions, please call or e-mail me.

For those who wish to grab a bite to eat with us before the meeting, please meet at about 5:45 p.m. at the Thai Garden restaurant on SE 122nd, just south of Stark, next to the Bank of America Branch.


xxx xxxxxx

MUFON OR State Director

On Friday, March 20, 2009  at 3:03 PM I received a letter from Mr. Carrion in which he answered the concerns that I had written in my last letter:

Hi David,

As you know, MUFON is a decentralized organization where state chapters have local leadership and manage their own organizations. I am sure that Oregon MUFON is not the only State Chapter sponsoring such unscientific lectures, but MUFON HQ as a central organization prescribes to scientific standards. If you look for example at the lineup of speakers for the International Symposium this year, it will be apparent that New Age topics are not part of those lectures.

Best wishes,


After reading Mr. Carrion’s response to me I was bothered by it. I had been a member of MUFON for four years and I knew that within that time that MUFON had indeed had New Age speakers hosted in their symposiums, but I could not figure out when it happened or which symposium that had occurred at. Consulting with someone about this they reminded me of a talk by someone named Marshall Summers. Having been pointed in the right direction I scanned through the symposium data from the past four years and found the website for “Allies of Humanity,” which explains Mr. Summer’s thoughts about life and philosophy, and which also has the transcript for his talk at the 2006 MUFON Symposium. It didn’t take very long to find things in Mr. Summer’s speech that showed clearly that his talk was highly New Age in content. Having this information I again wrote to James Carrion about his affirmation that MUFON is not leaning toward a New Age agenda and that they don’t have New Age speakers. Even if none were scheduled for the 2009 symposium, they did have at least one of them speak in the past three years. Here is the letter that I sent to James Carrion asking him to lay his cards down on the table:

Hi James,

I hope you do not mind just one more letter. Thank you for your last letter which explained to me that MUFON is decentralized and that the actions of various state and local offices isn’t sanctioned by MUFON. In your letter you mentioned that MUFON does not take a New Age stance and I still find that a bit hard to digest. If you will permit me, I would like to refresh your memory of the 2006 MUFON Symposium. One of the speakers in that symposium was a fellow named Marshall Summers. His organization is called “Allies of Humanity.” The title of his presentation was “THE ALIEN AGENDA AND THE ETHICS OF CONTACT.” The transcript of his talk at the 2006 MUFON convention is on his website located at: . From some clippings of his talk which I have provided for you below, it is quite clear that Mr. Summers had a New Age agenda in the talk. I know that MUFON must screen the speakers and review their content before the symposium and that anything that a speaker would say that would offend MUFON or teach against what MUFON’s core beliefs are, would be restricted from speaking. Any responsible organization (which MUFON claims to be) would take such measures to ensure fidelity to the essential core beliefs that it adheres to. Knowing that MUFON is an organization that would protect itself from the problems that could arise from allowing unorthodox views from tainting its credibility, it is fairly safe to assume with impunity therefore that MUFON must condone the thoughts and actions of Marshall Summers and his organization as being in line with the beliefs of MUFON. That having been said, this assumption is further established as true by the fact that Allies of Humanity has been an advertiser repetitively for many months in the MUFON Journal. Here are some of the things that Summers said during his talk in the 2006 MUFON Symposium:

In 1983, I had, for want of a better word, an epiphany—contact with a spiritual Presence [doesn’t sound scientific to me] so powerful that it completely blew up my life. This wasn’t a still small voice experience. This wasn’t a little voice in the ethers. This was a consuming Presence. And I had been teaching inner guidance for seven years prior to having this experience, [inner guidance is a New Age teaching] so I thought I understood what this was going to be or what this was. And one of the consequences of this encounter, which continued for me, was the idea, the message that we are emerging into a Greater Community of life and we must prepare, that our understanding of contact is not an adventure in consciousness, it is not a science project—it is the big thing, the big rumbling, the big change that many people—I’m sure many of you—have been feeling for a long time, this sense that the world we live in is going to go through some kind of fundamental shift or change. [like maybe ushering in the New Age] And we feel that inside of ourselves—so much so that I’m sure many of you have had to re-do your life internally, maybe several times over, because you’re moving towards something that is important. You’re trying to get to a place of understanding. While everyone else is looking for comfort and consolation, you keep pushing the envelope, trying to put it together.

As a result of this contact, I received Steps to Knowledge, a 500-page book, in 14 days. I received Greater Community Spirituality, the Theology of Contact, 27 chapters, in four days. [automatic writing] This was material I had never read anywhere, heard anywhere or seen anywhere. And it was this Presence that prepared me for contact with the Allies of Humanity [a spiritual presence] and enabled me to receive the two series of briefings between 1997 and the year 2000. It was not an experience that I wanted to have. I had seen some other “channeled material” [so he’s a New Age channeler] with extraterrestrials, and I was not very impressed. But this happened, and I allowed it to happen. And because of this, the Allies of Humanity briefings are here today. I’m going to share some of these briefings with you tonight. [so he admits that he’s New Age and MUFON allowed him to continue to speak] After saying a few words, I’m going to show a little audiovisual presentation. And I’d like to ask you for this evening, for the time being, to just consider the result of this message, which is far bigger than anything I could present to you in the time that I have with you tonight. [Note: brackets mine]

James, I understand that MUFON is a network and that in regard to the concerns that I voiced in my last letter to you, you said that state and local chapters have the freedom to what they want in their meetings and such. James, that would be okay if it wasn’t for the fact that the name MUFON is placed at the very front of each and every chapter. Since MUFON allows their name to be placed in such a precarious position then they become guilty by association no matter how much MUFON Headquarters tries to deny culpability. For instance James, what if one of the chapters started some strange sort of religious sect like Heaven’s Gate and they all killed themselves? The press would see that their name had MUFON in front of it and I don’t have to tell you what the press would do then. Allowing state and local chapters to run amok without central guidance is one or more accidents waiting to happen.

So you see James, no matter how hard you try to convince me or anyone else that MUFON isn’t leaning toward a New Age foundation, replacing the scientific one that it was founded with; it won’t convince people like me and others who hold meaning to the words and actions said and done by others. You can be in denial all that you want, but those of us who see MUFON losing its grip on good science while it slides into the New Age agenda will not stop trying to convince you and others that you need to grab hold of the roots of science or you will be swept away in the New Age tidal wave that is sweeping over the land.


David Ruffino

This texts is being written only a day after I sent the letter to Mr. Carrion. I will append this article when and if I receive a letter from him.

I think that it is pretty clear that there is a doctrinal infidelity within MUFON. I am just one man who is addressing this issue and it is possible that there are other issues that have not been made clear to me. We as believers in Yeshua Ha Mashiach are told not to be unequally yoked. If MUFON was a purely scientific organization then I could condone my membership with them because true science will always find reason and proof for Yahweh’s existence. Bad science will always turn to the esoteric to find justification for its claims which afterward will cause it to worship the false esoteric entities. MUFON is rapidly moving toward the esoteric and I cannot remain in such an organization.For these reasons, me and The Delusion Resistance have dissolved our relationship with MUFON. As scripture says so eloquently:

Some trust in chariots, and some in horses: but we will remember the name of the LORD our God. They are brought down and fallen: but we are risen, and stand upright. Psalm 20:7-8

And if it seem evil unto you to serve the LORD, choose you this day whom ye will serve; whether the gods which your fathers served that were on the other side of the flood, or the gods of the Amorites, in whose land ye dwell: but as for me and my house, we will serve the LORD. Joshua 24:15

I feel that some levity should be brought to this whole issue. This levity came in the way of a letter from MUFON, dated April 23, 2009 and signed by MUFON International Director James Carrion. I received the letter on May 01, 2009. I now present the content of the letter:

Dear David,

Please note that your membership with MUFON has expired. Since you play such a vital role in the MUFON organization, it is most important that your membership be kept current. We realize there may be extenuating circumstances, which may have caused this oversight on your part to occur, but please take a moment to return your check or money order with the completed renewal form as soon as possible. You are an integral part of the MUFON organization and we want to retain you on the team in our efforts to resolve the UFO phenomenon. Your expiration date is always noted on your ID card, as a reminder when to renew. MUFON also sends expiration reminders in the MUFON Journal for the three months prior to your membership expiring.

We look forward to receiving your renewal and confirmation that you are still dedicated to solving the UFO enigma.


James P. Carrion
MUFON International Director

Well there are two things that you can do when you get a letter like this. First off I laughed at the letter. After the correspondence that I have had with Mr. Carrion and how I have clearly pointed out that he and his organization aren’t scientific anymore, but that they are New Age, or at the very least they are barreling headlong toward the New Age Movement. I should, be on Mr. Carrion’s top ten hit list for people that he would not welcome back to MUFON. I would assume that my name would be blacklisted or highlighted in yellow marker and/or placed on the “not friendly” list. In all probability I am on such a list, labeled as a troublemaker or a malcontent and I probably fell between the cracks at MUFON.

Secondly, there is surely a vital question that must be asked with this mistake that they have made. That question is, “if MUFON can’t handle such an easy database then how could they possibly be entrusted to keep scientific research databases?” If the easy things can be messed up so easily how can the hard things be navigated. However, when you read the admission of Mr. Carrion, that MUFON is a loosely run organization that doesn’t hold it’s lower levels to accountability, and they cannot distinguish between New Age occult science and real science then it is easy to see how such simple mistakes can be made.

Finally, MUFON has ignored people like Jim Wilhelmsen and myself who have discovered what the UFO enigma really is. The only way that anyone can figure out what UFOs are and who ET really is, is to approach the phenomenon from a standpoint that sees the enigma as having a spiritual foundation. Looking at it from any other standpoint is akin to trying to identify an monitor lizard by looking at zoological books of mammals, avians, and insects. Without a book on reptiles you can come to some vague conclusions that will never lead you anywhere and might even leave you more confused than when you started. Only when you have a book on reptiles can you then identify that the animal that is in front of you is a monitor lizard. It is only then that you find out that that contrary to your previous opinion, this lizard is aggressive, especially in packs and that if you are bitten by one of them you will most likely die from infection if you aren’t treated immediately. When UFOs and aliens are studied from a Biblical background they are found to be spiritual and contrary to your hopes and desires, they are malevolent and will harm you eventually if you do not come against them in Jesus’ name, which is the only thing that ever works.

So unless I receive any more correspondence from MUFON or any of its officers I feel that this matter is closed. MUFON has refused to listen to me or to Jim Wilhelmsen or any of our many associates. In Jesus’ name I hereby turn MUFON over to its own devices and those of the enemy. They refuse help and they refuse to know the truth. So let them pursue the lie if they so wish. We however will continue to serve Yahweh (the Lord God of Israel) and we will press forward in the war as warriors of the Kingdom of Heaven, led victoriously into every battle through Yeshua Ha Mashiach (Jesus Christ) and in the power and authority of His Name!

Wherefore God also hath highly exalted him, and given him a name which is above every name: That at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, of things in heaven, and things in earth, and things under the earth; And that every tongue should confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father. Philippians 2:9-11


© 2009 David Ben Yakov (David Ruffino)



David Ben Yakov


I preface this document by making a disclaimer. Some might well see the title of this article and think that it is an attempt to malign the Catholic people. Please read the entire contents of the article. I love Catholic people and most of my ancestors were of the Catholic faith. The purpose of this article is to show how Roman Catholicism, in its perpetual attempt to win converts and keep those who are already in the church, will use any means possible even if it means embracing new ideas, though they are unsound or unholy according to Yahweh and his Holy Word, the Bible.

The article below and the interview that follows concern a certain Monsignor in the Roman Catholic religion. When I was talking to Resistance Brother Jeff about this article he asked me what a Monsignor is and I didn’t know. So, after a bit of study in the Wikipedia Online Encyclopedia the following definition and description is offered.

Monsignor is an ecclesiastical honorific for clergy of the Roman Catholic, Eastern Catholic, and Episcopalian churches. The word derives from the French Mon Seigneur, meaning “my lord”. In English, it is abbreviated Mgr., Msgr. or Mons.

In some European languages Monsignor (or its equivalent) is the simple style for bishops (including archbishops) who are not cardinals, as opposed to the formal style of Your Excellency. In English-speaking countries, however, the title of Monsignor is not given to bishops, but only to those priests who have been included in the Pontifical Family under one or more of the following three ranks:

  • Apostolic Protonotaries (the highest and least common form)
  • Honorary Prelates of His Holiness (formerly “Domestic Prelate”)
  • Chaplains of His Holiness (formerly “Papal Chamberlain” or “Papal Chaplain”)

The title of Papal chamberlain (Cameriere di spada e cappa) was one of the highest honours that could be bestowed on a Catholic layman by the Pope, and was often given to members of noble families. It was mostly an honorary position, but a chamberlain served the Pope for one week per year during official ceremonies. Franz von Papen was probably the most famous modern chamberlain.

A number of changes in the office of Monsignor were introduced by Pope Paul VI’s motu proprio Pontificalis Domus of 28 March 1968. One year later, an Instruction of the Secretariat of State simplified the dress and the forms of address.

Before these reforms, the monsignori or lesser prelates were divided into at least 14 different grades, including domestic prelates, four kinds of protonotaries apostolic, four kinds of papal chamberlains, and at least five types of papal chaplains. Chamberlains and chaplains were grouped together as chaplains, a specifically priestly-sounding category. Papal Chamberlains were formerly called “Very Reverend Monsignor” and the higher ranks “Right Reverend Monsignor”. In the reform this was simplified to prescribe for all the form “Reverend Monsignor”, often reduced simply to “Monsignor”. Papal Chamberlains used to be appointed only for the lifetime of the Pope, so that the appointment had to be obtained anew from his successor. This distinction too was eliminated by Pope Paul VI.

Chaplains of His Holiness may use a purple-trimmed black cassock with purple sash. Honorary prelates use a red-trimmed black cassock with purple sash. The red is the same shade as that used by bishops. Honorary prelates use a purple cassock as their choir dress.

Apostolic Protonotaries can be numerary or supernumerary. The former are very few, usually seven, who have an actual function to perform in the direct service of the Pope. Appointment as an Apostolic Protonotaries Supernumerary is simply the award of a title with certain privileges. Their dress is the same as for Honorary Prelates except that they have the option of also using a purple ferraiuolo or cape. In English-speaking countries, they sometimes add the letters, “P.A.” (for Protonotarius Apostolicus) after their names.

Apostolic Protonotaries de numero (and other superior prelates of the offices of the Roman curia who are not bishops) have the same dress as other Apostolic Protonotaries, but wear the mantelletta in choir. They may be addressed as “Most Reverent Monsignor” (as is also allowed when addressing bishops), and may wear a black biretta with a red tuft.

Vicars general have the rank of Apostolic Protonotary durante munere and are therefore styled Monsignor as long as they hold that office. Episcopal vicars are often accorded the same title under less-specific rules of appointment.

Well, after reading all of that are you confused? Now can you see why Yahweh hates politics in the Church? When you read in Revelation about how Yeshua hates the practices of the Nicolatians you now know why. When I stand before Yeshua I want Him to say “welcome David, my good and faithful servant.” People with authority like above will come in announce themselves a high potentate rootin tootin the grand pubah of the ninth district of (you pick the city) and in most cases Yeshua will say, “depart from me workers of evil as I never knew you.” These sort of people spend their whole lives climbing the corporate ladder of Catholicism (and other mainline sects) blind to the real intent of what true service is. If you’re reading this and are in the religious hierarchy of the Catholic or any other similar structured church and are offended, well maybe you need to be offended in order to wake up. But those of you who still have some inkling of truth in you will realize that what I’ve written is the truth and perhaps you’ll be led to true repentance.

It is no secret that we at the Delusion Resistance are fighters of what is called extraterrestrial, whether it be the beings that pass themselves off as being outer worldly; or the philosophy that they perpetuate. With that in mind, I’d like to present to you an article that was featured in the MUFON (Mutual UFO Network) Journal, May of 2006. Below is that article. Let’s read it and then talk about it a little bit:


Monsignor Corrado Balducci says Mexico blessed with UFO Sightings

By Paola Leopizzi Harris


At a conference in Rome organized by Starworks Italia and Area 51 Magazine featuring special guest Mexican journalist Jamie Maussan, Monsignor Corrado Balducci told the audience that Mexico was blessed with so many sightings because of its incredible openness and faith.

He says he will continue to be spokesman for the opening up of public opinion and church attention toward the people from the stars. “I will ask the Vatican to dedicate the religious feast Christ, and King of the Universe to include “all its inhabitants.”

Both Maussan and Monsignor Balducci were awarded the International George Adamski Award at the event in Rome.

Maussan explained to the audience that he became interested in the UFO phenomenon after viewing them when they appeared during the last solar eclipse over Mexico.

“After that,” he said, “I told the Mexican people to look to the skies to record the objects with their digital cameras. Now, I have more footage of flotillas, of moving orbs, and of flying humanoids than any other journalist.”

“I am now getting films of live aliens after showing the amateur cell phone footage taken by boys playing soccer who encountered a tall being who tried to grab one of the boys.” [See February 2006 Journal.]

After seeing these films, Monsignor Balducci said that the Vatican is very interested in this phenomenon, and that he was designated spokesman.

He told the audience that he had written a note about the importance of his presence at the x-conference in Washington, DC, in 2005 to the current Pope Benedict the sixteenth, and that he also knew that the late Pope John Paul followed his TV appearances speaking about UFOs.

He added that, in the Bible, Jesus is called “King of the Universe” and that in this phrase it is understood as the “universe and its inhabitants.”

“There is such a variety of animal and plant species on the planet, do we not assume God would only create one type of life?” he asks. “I always wish to be the spokesman for these star peoples who also are part of God’s glory, and I will continue to bring it to the attention of the Holy Mother Church.”

“Opinions in favor of the habitability of other worlds are held not only by secular scientists, but also theologists and people who died and were made saints.”

“I can also mention Cardinal Cusano (1402-1464), who wrote, ‘There is no star from which we are authorized to exclude the existence of beings, who may even be different to us.'”

“The Jesuit and astronomer, Father Angelo Secchi (1818-1866), wrote, ‘It’s absurd to consider the worlds that surround us as uninhabited deserts.’ And I could go on.”

Oh, where should I begin to dissect this article. Well, let’s start with the Catholic Church appointing Balducci spokesman for the Vatican concerning the UFO phenomena. By doing this act, the Roman church has officially accepted an extraterrestrial reality. This should in no way come as a shock to anyone who has studied this entity (the church) in any depth. Catholicism has always gone out of it’s way to adopt many of the traditions of any and all societies that it has infiltrated. In Mexico and other Latin American cultures the church accepts and participates in such events as “The Day of The Dead,” a day to celebrate dead ancestors; a pagan festival. As a matter of fact, in all of Latin America, Catholicism had compromised true faith in Yeshua in order to gain converts. It seems that quantity is more important than quality where the church in Rome is concerned. It would be no different that a Christian becoming a bartender, offering people the mind altering drug of alcohol and then claiming that they were doing it to evangelize the “happy hour” crowd. Whenever Holiness is compromised it rarely leads to righteousness, but to utter destruction.

So the Pope follows the antics of Monsignor Balducci? Well, throughout history Popes have endorsed a variety of debacles and travesties. Popes gave lands and rewards to those who murdered upwards of 70 million Bible believing Christians over the centuries. My German heritage is low royalty and acquired land from just such a sin. Popes have condoned inquisitions, pogroms and other atrocities. Popes have presided over counsels that have in essence elevated Yeshua’s mother to equality with and even higher authority than her son; the only Begotten of El Elyon. The fruits of the Popes are for the most part, rotten worm ridden emblems barely hanging on a diseased tree. So, when the article says that the Popes and their many minions are keeping an eye on the extraterrestrial agenda; it doesn’t only not surprise me, but it makes me remark, “man, about time they admitted it.”

Is Yeshua called “King of The Universe” in the Bible? A study of the King James Version and the Catholic Bible (The Latin Vulgate) yield no such phrase. Sure, one can find scriptures that imply that Yeshua is King of The Universe, and we know it to be true, but Balducci is quoting a phrase (quotation marks his, not mine) that is not there. So much for his being a respected theologian.

Then the issues of “being made saints” come into view. Anyone who has read the Bible knows that saints are people who come to faith in Yeshua through a Born Again relationship with The Father through Yeshua. Faith in Yeshua makes people saints, not some starched collared bigot who thinks that he is God’s vicar on earth.

But we’ve been able to save the best for last. Balducci talks about two men (Catholic scholars) who supposedly prove to him that acceptance of an extraterrestrial reality is not a new idea in the church realm. First we have Cardinal Cusano who believed that people actually lived on stars. He didn’t mention planets, but stars. Star systems (stars with planets orbiting them) were not a concept during the time that Cusano lived. As a matter of fact, in his time it was universally accepted that Earth was unique in the universe and a special abode for creation of life; and the only abode at that. It was also thought at that time that the earth stood in one place and that the sun and planets orbited the earth. Amusingly enough, it was also thought that the earth was flat; something that Columbus, some 28 years after the death of Cusano had in the the back of his head during his trip to the new world. Also note that it wasn’t until 1530 that Copernicus published his De Revolutionibus which proved the true state of the solar system and the movements of the planets.

We then come to who Balducci titles; “The Jesuit and astronomer, Father Angelo Secchi” who claimed that it was absurd that the surrounding planets in our solar system were deserts that could not support life. Gee, who do I want to believe; a Jesuit astronomer who made an ignorant claim, or the many space craft that have flown by all of those worlds and found some of them to be desert wastelands, some uninhabitable ice worlds, and some, giant worlds with noxious and poisonous gas that would make life impossible. I think I’ll side with the scientific and photographic proof.

Sorry Monsignor Balducci, but your suppositions are cracked vessels that can hold no water and your supposed theologians are at the very best quite ignorant. Bailiff, call the next witness.


Before we go on to scrutinize the next article I have to make something clear. I found this article on the internet and it was in raw text format. The article clearly stated that the author wanted to be contacted before the article was used in any publication. There was not a copyright assigned to the article, but one was implied by the request. The Delusion Resistance has tried numerous ways to contact the author. The e-mail address at the beginning of the article is no good; the mail being rejected with a “mailbox not found” error. Writing to the author of the website resulted in our being told that he didn’t have any address for Mr. Forgione. Finally, letters sent to an Italian magazine where Mr. Forgione is said to be a contributor have yielded no response. Therefore, we consider this article to be public domain. My notes will be interspersed after each answer and will be italicized.

Interview with Monsignor Corrado Balducci

“Other intelligent beings exist”

The reality of the UFO phenomenon and its theological implications: using reason, extraterrestrials are here. A glimpse of their nature and a mention of the Third Secret of Fatima.

by Adriano Forgione
(translation from Italian by Dawn A. Bissel)

I met Monsignor Corrado Balducci at the Second Ufological Conference of Ancona, entitled “Alien civilizations: between doubt and reason” on 17 April 1999. Balducci, a demonologist of the Vatican is a very open person with a pleasant manner who is quite well known in the ufological circuit for having openly declared that he believes in the possibility that extraterrestrial intelligences are interacting with Earth. Are his statements made on behalf of the Vatican? I tried to examine the religious repercussions of contact with Monsignor Balducci.

Monsignor, where does your interest in extraterrestrial intelligences spring from?

I really became interested in ufology a couple of years ago, even though I started talking about it on TV about four years ago, in 1995. Actually, it all started in 1959 when I began to devote my time to studying demonology. As I had to explore fields such as psychiatry and parapsychology, I indirectly came into contact with topics linked to ufology. I remember that in the Fifties, there was a tendency to deny at all costs the object of parapsychological studies amongst the public, some scientists and also amongst us clergymen. They said that there was no basis for acknowledging parapsychology and phenomena which were called nonsense and fantasy. To put it simply, they denied everything. This was reflected in ufology, which is linked to other frontier topics. As I collected material, I realized that this generalized denial stemmed from illogical fanaticism. There must be something there, even if you just use your common sense, and, using reason, the phenomenon is undeniable. Strict criticism goes against common sense because it goes against the value of human testimonies. In recent years, accounts of ufological events have greatly increased and yet there are still too many people who tend to pass everything off as nonsense. Of course, in many cases, natural phenomena for example, may be wrongly interpreted, but it’s absolutely unthinkable to put everything into that category. Total skepticism is completely unjustified.

First, Mr. Balducci says that he has studied demonology and parapsychology. Demonology is pretty easy to define; the study of demons and their behavior. Some sources on the internet ascribe the title of exorcist to Mr. Balducci, which would fit into this scenario. Separating demonology from parapsychology is something that someone not versed in these things might see as a valid practice. But, when you consider that those of us who have had brushes with demons and know their practices and manifestations know that reality, parapsychology is only the study of the effects of demonic activity. As a matter of fact, the definition of parapsychology in the Merriam Webster Online Dictionary is:

Main Entry: para·psy·chol·o·gy
Pronunciation: "par-&-(")sI-'kä-l&-jE
Function: noun
Etymology: International Scientific Vocabulary
: a field of study concerned with the investigation of evidence for paranormal psychological phenomena (as telepathy, clairvoyance, and psychokinesis)

It would be akin to someone studying baseball pitchers (pitcherology) and then also studying (throwingology), words made up of course, but only to prove a point.

Now if a person studied demonology they would be familiar with several aspects of demons; assuming of course that they were being taught right. Lord knows that the Catholic Church takes some bizarre turns in its teaching on what should be simple Biblical precepts, so I guess that perhaps their stance on demonology could be warped too. Aside from that, a simple study of UFO’s, their behavior; their supposed occupants and their behavior; and the anti-Christian message that they promote tips off even the most novice researcher that these entities are anti-Bible and anti-Christ. The only way that a person could not see it is if they are biased toward the “aliens” and blinded because of that bias.

And what’s happening at the moment in your field?

I’ve never told anyone this, but I’ll tell you: some theologists have said to me “Balducci, what are you doing, it’s all just fantasy! “, and they were important theologists, not just anyone. Then when I explained my interest, I defended it tooth and nail so as to say that it’s time to change this attitude because if we go on like this, we’ll end up weakening and destroying the value of human testimonies. This is what worries me because human testimonies are the basis for our life as an individual, our life in society but above all the basis for the spiritual life of Christians, given that the Divine Revelation is a historical fact that was testified to. God’s Revelation is testified to by people and by the gospels. If we believe in the accounts of Biblical miracles, then using reason, we must also believe the accounts of extraordinary events that happen today. It’s obvious that we must prove that every affirmation is based on credible foundations. Above all, I decided to get involved in ufology in order to defend human testimonies.

When answering the second question, Mr. Balducci goes out of his way to stress that when dealing with the UFO question, we have to consider the testimonies. He alludes to the fact that testimonies are very important, even talking about the Gospels in the Bible and how they were written by witnesses to the events enclosed therein. I agree that testimonies are very important. But Mr. Balducci left out that there are many testimonies that prove that the entities that purport to come to us from other worlds often show that they are not benign, but in fact hostile. What about the testimonies of forced abduction, rape, physical examination against the will of the victim and the psychological scars that so many abductees have.

What about the evidence that comes to us from people who claim that they have been given a special message concerning the religious state of this world. Many of those messages refer to Messiah Yeshua (whom Balducci also claims to represent) saying he’s not divine, but one of their own who came to enlighten the world. Mr. Balducci, make up your mind; either you’re for Messiah Yeshua, the only begotten Son of God, or you’re not. You can’t serve two masters.

And finally, what about the testimonies that prove that abductions can be stopped by using the name of Yeshua (Jesus). On our PAAPSI site we have numerous cases where abductions were terminated using Yeshua’s name. If Mr. Balducci were really a bonafide demonologist he would know that the demons quake at the mere mention of Yeshua’s name. Two plus two still equals four in our universe Mr. Balducci.

On various occasions you have said that the occupants of UFOs could be more highly evolved spiritually than we are.

I must start by saying that angels do not use spaceships. As purely spiritual beings, they are where they want to be and if they wanted to show themselves, they wouldn’t have any trouble taking on  visible forms. So, when we talk about extraterrestrials, we have to think either of beings like us or, preferably, other types of beings who always combine a spiritual part with a material part, a body, even though they have a different relationship compared with us terrestrial humans.

It’s true that angels are spiritual beings. It is also true that they can manifest in the physical. But who is to say that an angel can’t manifest as a UFO to dupe the beholder. In every account of abduction that I have read about, the victim becomes immobilized and even if they are not, all mention that they have appeared to be in an altered state of reality. Mr. Balducci evidently doesn’t know the true makeup of the human being. Every human has three parts, the body, the soul (mind) and the spirit. He seems to be ignorant of the fact that each of us is a spiritual being as well as a physical being. We always combine a spiritual form with a physical one, but are blind to this because of our fallen state. If Balducci had read his Bible at any length he would know this. Yeshua himself made a statement on the Mount of Olives when the disciples had fallen asleep after he had asked them to be alert and pray for him. He said, “the spirit is willing, but the flesh is weak.” By the testimony of the very person Balducci is supposed to represent here on earth we can see that mere humans are fleshly beings, each one having a unique spirit of his or her own.

And  yes Mr. Balducci, angels of either variety, godly or fallen, can manifest in the physical. In the case of extraterrestrials, that form is often a little gray creature, but sometimes come in reptilian or insectoid varieties. And Mr. Balducci, you can bet your life that they have a different relationship with Yahweh than we do. They have fallen and have no chance whatsoever at any redemptive process to bring themselves back to Yahweh. Their state is such that Yahweh created a special place for them to live for eternity, and if you haven’t read it sir, it is called the Lake of Fire. You sir, on the other hand, have a chance like the rest of humanity of getting right with Yahweh and I pray that you do it before it’s too late!

Nowadays, science accepts the existence of forms of life in the cosmos, even though it doesn’t want to take into account the fact that these intelligences could already be here in our planetary sphere, at least in an obvious form. How does theology tackle this problem?

Opinions in favour of the habitability of other worlds are held not only by secular scientists, but also theologists and people who died and were made saints like Padre Pio. The book written in 1974 by the priest Don Nello Castello, “Padre Pio” (“Thus Spoke Padre Pio”), says that someone in Padre Pio’s confraternity asked him “Father, I thought Earth was nothing compared to the stars and all the other planets”, to which Padre Pio replied “Yes, and if we leave the Earth we are nothing. The Lord certainly didn’t restrict his glory to this little planet. On other planets, there will be beings without sin.”. I can also mention Cardinal Niccol Cusano (1401-1464) who wrote “there is no star from which we are authorized  to exclude the existence of beings, who may even be different to us”. The Jesuit and astronomer, Father Angelo Secchi (1818-1866) wrote “It’s absurd to consider the worlds that surround us as uninhabited deserts”. And I could go on and on. Of course, we still don’t have scientific confirmation of this particular issue. However, in the field of theology and the Scriptures we can make some observations. As God’s power is limitless, it is not only possible but also likely that inhabited planets exist. In fact, there is a great difference between angels, who are purely spiritual beings, and ourselves, who are made of spirit and matter and whose soul is limited in its actions by the abilities of the body itself. This is explained by the axiom that Nature doesn’t take jumps. And so it’s likely that the distance between us and angels is reduced by beings who, although they have a body, maybe a more perfect one, have a soul which is less conditioned in its evolution. Probably, not only is this possible and likely but, in my opinion, also desirable. In a not so distant future, these beings could help us, especially on our spiritual path.

I find it quite interesting that Mr. Balducci quotes the figures above with such adoration. For instance, he has no problem quoting an individual named Padre Pio. This person had the audacity to say that he’s convinced that there are planets out in the cosmos that harbor beings that have no sin. Padre Pio obviously didn’t take into account that the whole universe is suffering from atrophy. Basically, that means that it is in a decaying state. This process is a result of sin and sin happened with the rebellion of Adam and Eve. So, if the universe is in decay from the consequences of sin then it is impossible that some planet can have beings who do not suffer the ravages of sin. What this statement is setting people up for is the lie that someday will be perpetuated from beings that will come to earth claiming to have the answers for all of our society’s ills. They in fact even claim now through their contactees that they are more highly evolved than humankind. Mr. Balducci has bought into the lie and the great delusion and he is teaching it. Be careful Mr. Balducci, even now you’re being fitted for quite a large millstone.

I find it quite alarming how, at the end of his answer to this question, it appears that he is setting the stage; preparing if you will, the world for the return of the Nephilim. It is the opinion of not only myself, but many other researchers, that the sperm and ovum that are taken from abductees are being used to create a race of soulless humans who will be infested with the spirits of demons. Anyone who has done serious study of demons knows that the are only the spirits of the Nephilim that lived before the flood and in some cases after the same event. Yahweh has restricted the angels from mating directly with human females like they did before the flood. So, in lieu of that, they are creating bodies so that their sons can live yet again and enslave the world. So it comes as no surprise to me that Mr. Balducci, by making the statement that the beings who will come to help us in our spiritual path will be beings who are less evolved than angels but more evolved than human beings. That is exactly what the Nephilim were and will be again.

Some researchers think that this already happened in the past.

That’s an interesting point. It’s arguable that these beings have been protecting and helping us for a long time. Some people have put forward the hypothesis that some disasters have been avoided thanks to them. If intelligent beings from other planets really existed, we would find the solution as to how to reconcile their existence with Christ’s redemption. If Christ is the centre and head of all creation, no world exists which doesn’t refer to Christ, as everything is under the influence of the divine Word and His glory. And no glory is possible without the existence of intelligent beings who can understand it. In any case, it’s absurd to think that the only form of intelligence is our own. Other intellectual forces, different to the human one and constructed with a different type of structure is not only possible, but extremely probable.

Mr. Balducci is quite crafty in the statement he makes, saying that if intelligent beings from other worlds existed, we would find the solution as to how to reconcile their existence with Christ’s redemption. In the prior section, he quotes a source that says it is possible that there are worlds where there is no sin. So what is it Mr. Balducci, sin or no sin? Why all of the circular reasoning? Well, because the whole subject when presented from the world view or a pseudo-Biblical view can only survive with the use of circular reasoning. Linear reasoning destroys the concept. If a Biblical concept is used in a linear form, starting from Yahweh and ending with Yahweh, and we use Yahweh’s Word then the only explanation for extraterrestrials really points to demonic and evil angelic entities.

But if you’re a Catholic what should really scare you is the phrase that Mr. Balducci uses; “If Christ is the centre and head of all creation..” and should be viewed as suspect of what Balducci really believes. The use of the word “if” causes one to think that Balducci really questions if Messiah is the center. A person who was sure of Messiah’s role in the scheme of things would have used a better word, like the word, “since.” Who does Balducci really represent, one has to wonder?

As a student of the Bible for quite a few years I’ve found that if one studies it quite carefully and diligently, one can find that it has the answer for every question, even in this contemporary time. I feel, and I do believe that my sentiment would be echoed by many other Bible believing Christians, that if Yahweh had created other intelligences (tangible ones that is) He would have told us in His Word. There is no mention in His Word of life existing on other worlds. Maybe that is why so many of the messages that are channeled by mediums or given to abductees from these beings go to such lengths to discredit the Bible. It’s food for thought. So Mr. Balducci should be careful when He says it’s absurd to think that life doesn’t exist elsewhere. If Yahweh didn’t create something it is absurd to believe that it exists.

Is your research personal or is it on behalf of the Vatican?

It’s personal. Twenty years ago, Father Domenico Grasso spoke publicly in favour of the UFO phenomenon. Was it personal research for him too? This research is absolutely personal. The Vatican doesn’t decide anything. We aren’t told “study this or study that” but it gives great freedom of action to individuals. In the Vatican will be pleased when it knows that Balducci too has spoken about ufology. We don’t work according to specific orders, absolutely not.

Okay, but what about guilt by association? The Catholic Church had no problem sanctioning the murder of millions of Protestants during the Reformation and it has never resolved to remove the over 100 anathemas against Protestants. It had no problem with the Inquisitions or other persecutions. Point made; that when the Vatican wants something done it gets done and when it wants something stopped, it will go out of its way to see that it is stopped. The only time that the Vatican gives freedom to individuals is when it knows that the end will justify the means. With that in mind, I find no problem believing that Balducci is working as an investigator and perhaps an ambassador to the so called extraterrestrial agenda. And as is quite evident, he’s a great public relations manager for the same cause.

In your opinion, what are the possible implications of the phenomenon for our current civilization or for the near future, if we acknowledge a possible interaction between man and extraterrestrial intelligences?

That’s a question which leads me to think that it would be better if we knew what these beings are like. I have already gone into this and I justified my opinion with “likely”. What you want to know depends on whether they are inferior or superior to us. If they are like us, there wouldn’t be many implications, as they could have a civilization on the same level as our own. It would be different if they were superior beings. In that case a lot of presuppositions could change.

Okay, so here we have a person who has been studying (at the time of this writing) for 47 years. He started the same year that I was born, 1959. Yet, with all of this time to study, with his supposed intellect concerning demonology, parapsychology and all of the testimonies that point to the malignancy of these entities; he still can’t figure out if the good guys or bad guys.

Okay Mr. Balducci, let’s look at the facts. If they were tangible beings they would have to have a sin nature, since the universe is in atrophy and decay; direct results of a fallen creation. Since that is the case, if they were on the same level as us, they would have to be in decay spiritually. Look at human society today Mr. Balducci, would you want beings like us visiting us; I sure wouldn’t. If they were superior beings then they would be in a greater degree of decay (sin) which all the evidence seems to point to. Fallen angels are just that, fallen, and fallen farther than we are because they were in the direct presence of Yahweh and yet still rebelled.

But the sad story is that Balducci’s sentiments are held by many in society. That is why when the Nephilim finally do arrive, and they have the answers to all of life’s mysteries, can heal diseases and give man a false sense of security; people will flock to them like they are messianic figures. Sad state of affairs we have today and they will only get worse.

According to some studies, visions of Blessed Virgin Mary are connected to the UFO phenomenon. Some associated phenomena seem to be of a ufological nature. What do you think?

It’s absolutely out of the question. For pity’s sake, Our Lady can do what she wants, and definitely doesn’t need a UFO.

Looks like the interviewer really hit a raw nerve with that question. Isn’t it sad that Balducci said a couple of questions prior, “If Christ is the centre and Head of all Creation..” yet when the validity of Mary is brought up she is defended like she has preeminence over El Elyon’s own Son. Simply put, manifestations of Mary are simply an evil principality that comes in a Mary mask to deceive those who have throw out Messiah. It is the same apparition that ancient societies knew as Astarte, Athena, Diana and occultists today refer to as the Queen of Heaven or the Mother. Come on Balducci, you studied demonology, or so you say, so you should know better. 

Two years ago, an article was published in ‘Il Messagero’ which quoted some of your statements about a nuclear war and a celestial cataclysm which will happen within ten years.

That was a sensationalist article. The truth is, I said that they are two risks we are running. The nearest is a nuclear world war, a danger that’s more real when there are two powers involved. So, I speculated on who could be a possible opponent for America, and I said China or the Arab world, but I didn’t mean that this would happen tomorrow. I pointed out that for near future I meant around 2030. China first has to develop its commerce and industry to the point where it has enough military power to involve the West in a future war. (At the time of the interview, the war in Kosovo was already under way – Ed). The danger could also be that Russia, being in a destitute state, has already sold arms, technology and people to Third World countries. But I think that however small a country is, it thinks before dropping an atomic bomb on the USA.

Finally, something we can agree on. It looks like Balducci perhaps has read his Bible a little bit anyway. Can you say Ezekiel 38-39. But one thing I disagree about is the time frame. Perhaps we should consider sometime before 2012. 

And what do you think the other, more distant danger is? An asteroid hitting Earth.

I hadn’t thought of that. I was actually referring to an ecological crisis which is growing because of the increase in pollution which is faster than any human corrective measure. But of course I’m not talking about only surviving ten years.

Well Mr. Balducci, did you ever hear of the Book of Revelation? Check it out where it talks about a mountain falling into the sea. Asteroid maybe? Wait till Yahweh starts pouring out His wrath on Earth, you’re going to see one heck of an ecological disaster.

Staying with this issue, in an edition of the magazine ‘Visto’ three years ago, you partly confirmed the text of the Third Secret of Fatima which has been around for thirty years but has never been backed by the Church.

Yes. There are two things in the Third Secret of Fatima. Everyone noticed the first, but very few noticed the second. The first tells of a nuclear war before the end of the millennium. From the context, that’s clear. In fact, the text talks about the use of arms that are more powerful than a thousand suns. It’s clear what arms are intended if we look at what the text goes on to say: “the living will envy the dead”. This means that the people who survive the nuclear weapons will suffer from radiation. The other, less known aspect, is the doctrinal crisis of the Church. Three years ago, I was interviewed by Canadian TV. I said: “Yes, the Madonna of the Third Secret of Fatima says this, but no-one has noticed that she first says that it will happen if mankind doesn’t mend its ways.”. So its all conditioned by this previous remark. But I am optimistic. We, as people, can influence the realization of a prophecy, change the date and the intensity of the prophesied events and mitigate them. The renewal of spirituality in the young is a good omen. I mean to say, spirituality based on the rules of the Church.

What is the evidence of a false prophet? Well, it is that the prophecy doesn’t come to be. I didn’t notice a nuclear war before the end of the millennium, did anyone else? Looks like the Madonna has a bad batting average. Sorry, I’ll continue to rely on God’s Word for my prophetic needs.

So the Madonna says that things can be averted if mankind changes and mend’s its ways. Isn’t it interesting how so many channelers are getting messages from their demons that say the same thing. But they go one step farther. They say that if mankind doesn’t mend its ways then the extraterrestrials will come to rescue us at a time of great distress, ecologically speaking. They say that the earth (which they believe to be a living entity) will try to destroy mankind and then they will intervene, bringing us to our next evolutionary level. Gee, do you think that Madonna and the demonic realm have the same information source? They should, they are one and the same.

At first I was offended at how Balducci said that people could change prophecy by changing their ways. Well, first of all, Fatima was a false prophecy. Changing something that is false is easy, you just create another deception. Cults have been doing that for years. Biblically speaking, there are two types of prophecies, tentative and affirmative. A example of a tentative prophecy would be Jonah’s prophecy over Nineveh. When he finally decided to do what Yahweh told him to do, he prophesied to Nineveh that it was slated for destruction and that if they repented then Yahweh would not destroy the city. Nineveh repented and the city was spared. There are quite a few tentative prophecies in the Tanakh and very few of them were heeded and the prophecy was then fulfilled. An example of an affirmative prophecy can be seen where Cyrus the Persian was concerned. Isaiah proclaimed in chapter 44 verse 28; 150 years before Cyrus ruled Babylon, that he would be the one to rebuild the temple in Jerusalem, and history records that he made such a proclamation. Anyway, Balducci tries to tell us that the Marian vision was a tentative prophecy, saying that if mankind improved itself the nuclear war would not happen. But mankind hasn’t improved itself. Plus, the real clincher is that a time frame is given; the declaration that the nuclear war would happen before the end of the millennium. It is currently six years after the millennium started and I’m not glowing in the dark!

Do you believe that non-terrestrial intelligences could intervene in a possible future cataclysm?

I’ve already said that it’s possible for these beings to come to the aid of mankind. Anyway, we shouldn’t expect help from anyone, it has to be us who change and mature.

But I’ll bet that he really wanted to add to the end of the answer, [but if we don’t, they will come and help us to mature.]


Balducci isn’t a man who lives up to the credentials that he claims to possess. He claims to be a demonologist but he really doesn’t know about demonic activity. If he did, he would be able to equate it with extraterrestrial activity. He obviously has some sort of mind knowledge about the person of Yeshua, but no heart knowledge of Him. He’s a Monsignor, which means that he should know about the character and qualities of Yahweh, yet he can’t even resolve in his mind or heart if Yeshua is the center and head of all creation. He enforces the common Catholic Marian conception that she is equal in status to her son, the only begotten of El Elyon. He quotes three persons who are in error, all of them Catholic theologians. The two older sources knew nothing of the true nature of our solar system and show their ignorance by what they say. The third person, who is a priest and should know scripture and the fallen state mankind and the universe makes a blanket statement that there could be planets in the cosmos that contain beings who possess no sin. The list goes on and on. Can such a person be trusted for giving information that could make the difference between a person’s soul going to hell or to heaven? I say no. Here’s a new campaign slogan; “Just say no to Balducci.”

Mr. Balducci is a dangerous man. He is deceived and in a position of high authority. He has potential influence over perhaps more than a billion Catholic souls around the world. Calling the Mexico sightings a blessing and teaching those souls that extraterrestrials (evil angels and demons) are good, and passing them off as potential saviors is one sad state of affairs. The Bible is quite emphatic about teachers being more accountable in God’s eyes on the Day of Judgment.

It is my estimation that he is a valuable tool of the enemy. Why do I say this? Well, I see the Catholic Church as being the main catalyst for the one world church that will exist during these last days. This religion, known as Mystery Babylon, will be the culmination of all faiths, with the exception of a remnant of people who will not participate in her idolatries. When the time is ripe, a man who we know as the anti-Christ will emerge, probably ushered in, by some sort of extraterrestrial reality. People like Balducci will be the first to stand up and proclaim these entities as the saviors of the world and will most likely proclaim anti-Christ to be god.

It is an unfortunate reality that people in most faiths don’t like to think for themselves. Given the choice, they would receive a lie told to them rather than investigating the truth for themselves. People in higher authority in Catholicism will sell the lie to those who refuse to think for themselves and it will result in the biggest cosmic deception that will every come upon mankind.

Right now, people like Balducci are like some sort of tempter of misguided children. They leave a loose trail of candy for the deceived to follow and the trail leads to utter destruction. It is my hope and prayer that by publishing things like this article that I will cause people to think. Sure, some will be offended. But I would rather have a thousand potential thinkers mad at me than to have one ignorant person on the road to hell. If you are a Catholic soul and you’re mad at me then praise God. Get mad, get pissed, curse me and threaten me. I’ll accept that gladly if it causes you to think about why you’re mad and it causes you to question the validity of what your priests, bishops, cardinals and even the Pope have force fed you over the years. If I can shed light on people like Balducci to just one of you than it is worth all the effort, criticism and abuse.

If you’re not of the Catholic faith and you adhere to people like Balducci because it shows you that even so called Christians believe like you do then I have news for you. For every Balducci, there are thousands of us who know the truth. We’ll fight with our very lives to present the truth to you. What you do with the truth after that is up to you. But please, don’t think that just because a person has a title before his name that he or she represents the majority of Christendom.

It is my heartfelt prayer that everyone who has read this will be blessed with knowledge and wisdom from El Shaddai (God Almighty) and that the impartation of wisdom that you receive will guide you in the knowledge of Yahweh’s own truth. And I pray a hedge of thorns around you so that the enemy of Yahweh will not be able to lie to you while Yahweh is showing you the truth. Be blessed in Yeshua Ha Mashiach (Jesus Christ). Amen

David Ben Yakov

Firefighter’s Guide for
Disaster Control
( The UFO Chapter )

I found this file on the alt.alien.visitors news group which shares information that in the Firefighter’s guide in the U.S., there exist a chapter about UFOs and what to do in such an emergency. Judge for yourself if you believe this to be real but clearly it is a sign of the times ….

FEW RESIDENTS of the United States, except for those in Hawaii, have experienced an enemy attack on their hometown in this century; some think they have. The Great Los Angeles Air Raid of February 26, 1942, began at 2:25 A.M. when the US Army announced the approach of hostile aircraft and the cities air raid warning system went into effect for the first time in World War II. “Suddenly the night was rent by sirens. Searchlights began to sweep the sky. Minutes later gun crews at Army forts along the coast line began pumping the first of 1,433 rounds of ack-ack into the moonlight. Thousands of volunteer air raid wardens tumbled from their beds and grabbed their boots and helmets. Citizens awakened to the screech of sirens and, heedless of the blackout warning, began snapping on their lights . . . The din continued for two hours. Finally the guns fell silent. The enemy, evidently, had been routed. Los Angeles began to taste the exhilaration of its first military victory. “(1) ——————


In this chapter we will now turn our attention to the very real threat posed by Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs), whether they exist or not. The well-documented and highly publicized War of the Worlds radio drama by Orson Welles shows how even a perceived existence to alien creatures can cause very real disaster-like conditions and panic among a given populace. In addition, if the apparent visits by alien beings and their space vehicles should pose any type of threat, it will, as always, be the fire service that is called upon to provide the first line of life-saving defense and disaster mitigation. On April 25,1991, radio station KSHE in St. Louis, Missouri was fined $25,000 by the Federal Communications Commission for broadcasting a mock warning of a nuclear attack during the Persian Gulf War. The seriousness with which the FCC treated this case is indicative of the very real panic that can be created from even illusionary or fictional phenomena. Certainly if these unexplainable events become more prevalent, the possibility of panic could be even greater; and again, the fire department will be the agency called upon to handle the situation.(35) Hence, as we near the year 2000 and move beyond, any comprehensive disaster plan should address the potential for panic and other deleterious effects that might befall a populated area when unexplainable phenomena occur. We will see, as we continue our discussion in this chapter, that widespread blackouts, communication disruptions, and other potentially disastrous conditions have been linked directly to UFO sightings. Hence, fire service leaders who want to ensure that their disaster planning is complete will not neglect an appendix to outline those things that could be done in preparation for the occurrence of such phenomena. Throughout this book, many of the references to actual events are based on the experiences of both of the authors. However, in this area of UFOs and their potential, we are relying largely on the research and experiences of Charles Bahme. Chuck has made a considerable study of this subject and is acquiring many publications and VCR tapes to augment his library on this and related phenomena. His interest in UFOs was greatly heightened when Congress in 1969 adopted a law (14 CFR Ch. V Part 1211–Extraterrestrial Exposure) which gave the NASA Administrator the arbitrary discretion to quarantine under armed guard any object, person, or other form of life which has been extraterrestrially exposed. The very fact that our congressmen believed there was a necessity for such drastic authority made Chuck wonder if they had only our astronauts in mind when they adopted it. Could it be applied to anyone who has had a UFO encounter? Whether it has or not is not likely to be a topic for public dissemination.


The subject of UFOs (Unidentified Flying Objects) was not included in previous editions of this book. The first edition was the Handbook of Disaster Control which Chuck personally published in 1952 following his release from active naval duty in the Korean War. Although his services in the conflict as Security Coordinator for the Chief of Naval Operations involved the creation of a worldwide disaster control organization for the protection of the physical properties of the Navy, it must be admitted that the directives approved for this new organization did not reflect any significant concern for a flying saucer threat to its shore establishment. That was in the 1950s. Now that we are in the 1990s it is doubtful that the UFO potential would be brushed off so lightly by our military security forces. This change of attitude was evidenced as far back as December 24, 1959, when the Inspector General of the Air Force issued the following Operations and Training Order: “Unidentified Flying Objects– sometimes treated lightly by the press and referred to as ‘Flying Saucers’–must be rapidly and accurately identified as serious Air Force business….”(36) There is no uncertainty about the reality of the war between nations on our planet and the disastrous effects of military actions. The 200 sorties flown every hour against Iraq in the Persian Gulf provided ample evidence of global war’s destructive power. On the other hand, there are many persons who may believe that a discussion of the theoretical harm that could be caused by a real or imaginary invasion of UFOs would be ‘far out!” But this is not so for the thousands of witnesses of unexplained aerial phenomena. To them it is also serious business. Chuck’s interest in UFOs commenced during the early morning hours of August 26,1942, while he was roller skating from his house to the nearest fire station a few blocks away; the wail of sirens had signaled his recall to fire duty, and with the stringent blackout orders in effect. driving was not wise; besides, it was much more exciting to be out in the open where he could see the spectacular aerial “fireworks” that filled the heavens all around him. Few residents of the U.S. had ever experienced a real or imaginary invasion of UFOs like that which occurred in what has become known as “The Los Angeles Air Raid of 1942.” The Army announced the approach of hostile aircraft and the city’s air raid warning system went into effect for the first time in World War II. The defense to this “attack” is described in dramatic terms in the opening paragraph of this chapter. But what enemy had been routed? No one ever knew. All the fire fighters saw in the sky were the 15 or 20 moving “things” which seemed to change course at great speed apparently unaffected by the flak from bursting shells all around them. Rumors that one had been shot down were never verified, nor was the explanation that these zig-zagging invaders were weather balloons ever taken seriously. In any event, for Chuck, that unforgettable episode aroused a continuing interest in UFOs, rivaling his professional fields of law and fire protection. The fact that he subsequently was a member of a group whose sighting of a flight of UFOs was authenticated by airport radar helped to sustain that interest.


With no intention of trying to prove or disprove the authenticity of the numerous UFO encounters often related by very credible witnesses including airline and military pilots, astronauts, police officers, fire fighters, members of Congress, and even a U.S. President, the balance of this chapter will present a brief history and nature of UFOs and their alleged occupants; their widespread sightings over the globe since ancient times; their appearance, propulsion origin, and possible motives for continuing reconnaissance. A quick look at some of the classic accounts of encounters documented in numerous foreign and U.S. publications might help us judge the magnitude of their threat, if any, to social stability, and, if deemed desirable, propose a fire service plan for coping with some of the conceivable catastrophic effects that UFOs could produce on cities and densely populated areas. For readers who already have made up their minds that there is no such thing as a UFO notwithstanding the overwhelming evidence to the contrary, it should be pointed out that there is circumstantial evidence that disastrous effects have already been attributed to UFO activity in more than one nation, including the United States.


William Shakespeare put a fitting observation in the mouth of Hamlet, the Prince of Denmark, that went like this: “There are more things in heaven and earth, Horatio, than are dreamed of in your philosophy.” Whether Hamlet was referring to those strange lights or objects that appear in the sky or near the ground and have no known cause, we will never know, but the World Book Encyclopedia defines such things as UFOs.(37) Several theories have been propounded as to what they might be. Some scientists believe that they are of extraterrestrial origin– coming from other planets. Military officers conjecture that they might be alien aircraft. Some attribute them all to natural causes, such as meteors, comets, sun dogs, light reflections, marsh gas, ball lightning, even though they must admit that scientists cannot explain all UFO reports in that manner. Still others are inclined to believe that they may be forms from other dimensions which can materialize and dematerialize at will perhaps by making a wavelength or frequency transition so as to become invisible to humans. Some believe they are time travelers from the future.


Dr. J. Allen Hynek, Northern University Professor Emeritus of Astronomy and an advisor to the Air Force’s Blue Book Project adopted a very simple classification system based solely upon the manner of observation:

1. Nocturnal lights

2. Daylight disks

3. Close encounters (day or night)

4. Radar readings. He concluded that this system tells us nothing about the nature of the UFOs, but can suggest a means for gathering data.(38)

He found that while a large number of such reports were readily identifiable by trained investigators as misconceptions of known objects or events, a small residue (about 1.000) were not. These came from credible witnesses from such widely separated places as Canada. Australia. South America, and Antarctica. He concludes with: “Although I know of no hypothesis that adequately covers the mountainous evidence, this should not and must not deter us from following the advice of Schroedinger: to be curious, capable of being astonished, and eager to find out.”(39) Dr. Hynek has an excellent, well-illustrated article on UFOs in a 1982 book which gives a detailed history of the UFO sightings, together with the reports of some well-known people who made them, including President Jimmy Carter while governor of Georgia.(40)


Witnesses have described the shapes of UFOs as anything varying from a sphere to a boomerang. Some have resembled flying saucers with a lid; others a glowing tube; some as semi-spherical with colored apertures; some with reddish-orange glows, or fire-like or sparking discharges. Incredible speed and maneuverabilities not attainable by aircraft of any kind are commonly observed. Many of the books and articles in Appendix H have excellent photographs of these unexplained visitors–photos that have been checked by experts for their authenticity.


For hundreds of years mysterious objects in the sky and strange moving lights have been reported by many people, including the military pilots in World War II who called them foo fighters, (“Where there’s Foo, there’s Fire”). In the middle of the 1900s flying saucers were increasingly observed in the United States and other countries. Scientists at the University of Colorado hired by the Air Force from 1966 to 1968 to study this type of aerial phenomena could explain most of the UFO reports as a star (Venus), meteor, planet, balloon, rocket, artificial satellite, etc. Sometimes atmospheric conditions, aircraft exhaust trails, or unusual lighting conditions may produce optical illusions that observers thought were UFOs. After investigating more than 12,000 reports, the U.S. Air Force was unable to explain where the unexplained UFOs come from, but apparently concluded that the national security was not threatened by them.(41) The emphasis of the university’s team, headed by Edward U. Condon, seemed to be more concerned with the establishment of the emotional stability or instability of those who reported the sightings than with other evidence. Psychiatrists have examined the witnesses who claimed to have encountered UFOs and even been taken aboard their craft, such as the two shipyard workers in Mississippi, and found that they are not unbalanced people.(42) “They’re not crackpots. There was definitely something here that was not terrestrial.”(43) Dr. J. Allen Hynek agreed, and added. “Where they are coming from and why they are here is a matter of conjecture. but the fact that they were here on this planet is beyond a reasonable doubt.”(44) The Air Force. after 20 years of being deluged with UFO sightings and spending millions of dollars on their investigation, decided to drop the inquiry business and turned the project over to a Kensington, Maryland, group called NICAP (National Investigation Committee on Aerial Phenomena). This left NASA (National Aeronautics and Space Administration) with part of the task of trying to run UFO sighting reports, including many by its own Apollo and Skylab astronauts. By 1974 over a score of astronauts saw and photographed UFOs during their flights beyond the earth’s atmosphere. Early in the Apollo 11 mission, which culminated in the moon walk, astronauts Neil Armstrong, Edwin Aldrin, and Michael Collins reported sightings of what seemed to be a UFO during the first half of their flight to the lunar surface. There were many more sightings by U.S. and Soviet Astronauts. On November 11,1966, Gemini XII astronauts Jim Lovell and Edwin Aldrin said that they saw four UFOs linked together, and on October 12, 1964, three Russian astronauts aboard Voskod reported that they were surrounded by a “formation of fast-moving disc-shaped objects.”(45)


In addition to NICAP, some of the other organizations that study UFO phenomena are MUFON (Mutual UFO Networks), CAUS (Citizens Against UFO Secrecy), GSW (Ground Saucer Watch), CUFOS (the Center for UFO Studies), and APRO (Aerial Phenomena Research Organization), an Arizona nonprofit scientific and educational organization, founded in 1952.(46)


In their book UFOs Over America, authors Jim and Carol Lorenzo charge that the CIA (Central Intelligence Agency) has been closely involved in the collection and suppression of UFO information. “Witnesses to the phenomena have been bribed, coerced, and threatened by the CIA, who wanted valuable evidence given to them alone.”(47) One reason given is that military intelligence may view the UFOs as a tool of either a known or unknown potential enemy. “If these vehicles prove evasive and surreptitious, all the more reason to suspect them…. the probability looms large that the minds behind these vehicles may well be gathering intelligence of their own.”(48) Another reason for secrecy may lie in the hope of obtaining knowledge relating to advanced propulsion methods and anti-gravity systems before other potential enemies on earth may acquire it. Hence, though many nations are secretly investigating UFOs, they are reluctant to share their findings. Robert Lofton, in his book Identified Flying Saucers, claims that the Air Force became the “goat” in the effort of the CIA to debunk many sightings by pilots, radar technicians and reliable civilian observers. He thinks that the suppression of information about how dangerous UFOs can be is wrong. After citing a case where a child was burned over 50 to 60 percent of her body by a low flying UFO and then taken to an Air Force hospital, no one would explain why her clothes were not burned at the same time. He also describes another burn case in New Mexico and another man who recently received a sledge-hammer like blow that knocked him unconscious by the force field of a 100-foot diameter UFO. “The public ought to be told the danger! . . . Nothing helps rumors and panic more than ignorance.”(49) Major Donald Keyhoe describes in his book “Aliens from Space: The Real Story of Unidentified Flying Objects”, the difficulties he had in 1957 in trying to get the truth from government agencies after he was director of NICAP, the world’s largest UFO research organization with over 30 subcommittees in the U.S. and abroad.(50) According to some UFOlogists the attempts at cover-up by the CIA extend to destruction of evidence that it could not confiscate. Apparently some of our nation’s important leaders have been denied access to some UFO secrets in the possession of an agency of the United States, the very existence of which is classified above top secret.(51) Senator Barry Goldwater, a retired Air Force Reserve Brigadier General and pilot with many decades of flying experience, was quoted as saying “I certainly believe in aliens in space. They may not look like us, but I have very strong feelings that they have advanced beyond our mental capabilities.” He said he was refused permission to check the Air Force files on UFOs and added, “I think some highly secret government UFO investigations are going on that we don’t know about–and probably never will unless the Air Force discloses them.”(52) He said that he put faith in the reports of the Air Force, Navy, and commercial pilots who reported instances where a UFO would fly near them–right off their plane’s wing–and then just zoom away at incredible speeds. “I remember the case in Georgia in the 1950s of a National Guard plane going after a UFO and never returning. And I recall the case in Franklin. Kentucky, when four military planes investigated a UFO. One of them exploded in midair and no one knows why.”(53) Unleashed by the policy of Glasnost (greater openness) the Soviet media felt free to include accounts of UFO sightings. A Tuss report of October 10, 1989, reported a large shiny ball or disk hovering over a Voronezh park; residents saw the UFO land and three creatures similar to human beings emerged, accompanied by a robot.(54) Apparently the Russians felt no need to suppress this report which was poked fun at in Newsweek and Time magazines(55) but not in U.S. News and World Report: “A scant few decades ago, both the U.S. government and the media treated flying objects as no laughing matter–which even Congress looked into. In 1966, Representative Ford responded to a rash of sightings in his home state of Michigan by calling for, and getting, a House hearing on UFOs.”(56)


Many reasons have been advanced for the purpose of the UFOs visits to our planet. Although some of the persons who apparently have been the subjects of genetic investigation, such as the family of Whitley Streiber may not agree, the majority of those who have studied possible UFO visitors feel that they are friendly. Mr. Streiber described his experience as terrifying, and believes that these “little figures with eyes that seem to stare into the deepest core of being are asking for something. Whatever it is, it is more than simple information. The goal does not seem to be a sort of clear and open exchange that we might expect; whatever may be surfacing, it wants far more than that. It seems to me that it seeks the very depth of soul; it seeks communion.”(57) From the thousands of reports he has studied. William Spaulding, aerospace engineer and head of the Arizona-based Ground Saucer Watch, believes that a pattern indicates that UFOs are here on a surveillance mission: the fact that a majority of sightings occur around our military installations, research and development areas leads to the conclusion that a methodical study is being made of the earth and its defensive and offensive capabilities. “The phenomena is not unlike our own space explorations: scout ship survey: soil samples; landing.”(58) In his book Incident at Exeter, John Fuller discusses the seeming affinity of UFOs for electrical power lines in the northeastern part of the United States. In a later section of this chapter dealing with the effects of UFOs on our terrestrial activities, we will see how this affinity may have been responsible for causing 36 million people to lose power over an area of 8,000 square miles.(59) Because of our recent adventures into space, there are some who speculate that UFOs are more concerned with what we will do there than in settling here. In any event, the Air Force’s official publication (issued by the Government Printing Office 1968) called Flying Objects says that ‘No UFO has been determined to represent a threat to our national security.’ That conclusion, however, should not rule out less disastrous consequences than the overthrow of our government.


Regardless of its past evaluations, the Air Force could be wrong about a number of things. “It can’t even guess within a couple of billion dollars what one of its planes is going to cost; maybe, despite the skepticism of the scientists and other investigators, the UFOs sent from other planets do exist and have visited earth.”(60) And maybe they have exhibited some destructive effects, whether or not intentionally in every instance, which we need to consider when drafting a plan for coping with an emergency situation where UFOs are involved. Some of these documented effects are as follows.


The two principal hazards noted with relation to UFOs have been attributed to powerful electrical fields which they can project in a general or localized area and the psychological effects they have produced on the general populace or individual contacts.


The disruption of air and ground travel has often been reported in the presence of UFOs. The ignition systems of auto and aircraft engines have apparently been affected by energized force fields to such an extent as to stop their operation; the headlights and radios have also ceased to function. Here are a couple of examples. In Buenos Aires, on March 29, 1978, “A strange force shut off their engine and headlights of their Citroen CG, lifted it 15 feet off the road, then set it down a minute later and 75 miles to the north.” The driver had noticed a yellow and violet light shining in his rear view mirror while driving the last leg of a long stock car race, and he realized that it was approaching too fast to be a competitor. A month later a Colombian bank manager and a navy officer had their car headlights go off when buzzed by a UFO, with the navy man suffering temporary paralysis. Other South American countries in which similar actions were reported around that time included Argentina, Chile, Peru, and Uruguay.(61) These effects have also been noted to influence the controls and instruments of aircraft, e.g., the pilot of a Piper PH-24 reported that his controls became inoperable when he was approached by three disk-shaped objects, 10 to 12 feet in diameter, over Mexico City on May 3,1975.(62) Similar cases have been reported by military pilots, illustrated by the classic case of the near mid-air collision of an army helicopter with a UFO on October 18, 1973, over Ohio, where not only did both the UHF and VHF radio wave- lengths go dead temporarily, but the downward movement of the helicopter with its four occupants was levitated upward by a green beam from the UFO in time to prevent its crash into the ground.(63)


In addition to the impedance of radio transmissions and reception, such as that described in the preceding incident, telephone interference has occurred, illustrated by the chagrin of President Lyndon Johnson in having his conversation from the Texas White House cut off while talking to assistants in Washington, D.C.(64) The ability to render inoperable all electronic forms of communications, including those that control the launching of defense weapons systems, has been considered within the range of UFO capability. Whether this could extend to the erasing of recorded computer data such as bank records, personnel data, FBI, CIA, and NSA files, along with critical information of every kind, is not beyond the realm of possibility.


It has long been suspected that UFOs have the capability of blacking out a city, state, or many states by exerting a force field sufficient to overload the circuits of public and private utility installations. “Few things are more disturbing than to be plunged into pitch darkness without warning; it is dangerous for masses of people. It paralyzes cities, blocks highways, stops trains, leaves elevators suspended between floors. In general it simply plays hell with the modern way of life.”(65) You would think that the power companies would have achieved sufficient reliability in their high tech systems that a mass failure such as that which blacked out New York and New England in 1965 would never happen–but it did. Although, as we have mentioned before, it was known that UFO activity was associated with disturbances with compasses. instruments, ignition systems, radios, etc., it was inconceivable that it could also interfere with generation and distribution of electrical power. Such a connection was also inferred in November 1953, when a glowing red object went over a residential area of New Haven, Connecticut, causing lights to dim out on both sides of the object’s path and then come on when it went out of sight. Power failures were also reported in association with UFOs in Brazil in 1957 to l959~ Rome, Italy, in 1958; and Mexico in 1965. Likewise, in Uberlandia, where the power station operators promptly closed the circuits when the UFO apparently caused them to open, it did no good, and they were unable to restore the power until the UFO departed. “The Granddaddy of all blackouts to date was the stygian blanket that fell over 30 million people in the northeastern corner of the U.S. during the early evening rush hour period on November 9, 1965.”(66) Relay services that were supposed to automatically transfer the load in case of failure in one area to an alternate source malfunctioned. Military communications relying on public power without alternate backup systems also failed, but communications were operable to make a quick public announcement that there was no military emergency. Though it was largely over by the next morning, the official explanation about a malfunctioning small device in a Canadian hydroelectric generating plant never accounted for the failure of millions of dollars worth of electronic devices to shift the load when the breakdown occurred.


Airplane pilots reported that UFOs were being chased across Pennsylvania about 4:30 P.M., and electronics and construction engineers who were driving in the area of the Syracuse airport saw UFOs moving about 5:30 P.M., just prior to the Great Blackout. A veteran flight instructor who had been flying over Syracuse on a training flight saw a glowing globe over the power lines leading to the Niagara Falls generating plant. Hundreds of others saw the glowing object in the sky on the night of the big power failure. That was on November 9th. On December 2nd, about 700,000 persons in Texas, New Mexico, and Mexico also had their power fail. It was said to have originated in a regular failure in El Paso; then on December 5th, three nights later. 40,000 homes plus military installations in the area of East Texas were also blacked out– overloaded! Missile grounds (White Sands), Fort Bliss, Holloman Air Force Base, and numerous airports were all blacked out (with no emergency power backup), and this was when President Johnson’s telephone call to the White House in Washington, D.C. was cut off. In response to his request for an explanation, President Johnson was told that his calls were fed into a cable system that went dead when the surge of power caused by the El Paso regulator blow-up hit it, and the backup batteries didn’t work. Though it may be debatable whether the above cases of electrical transmission failure were merely coincidences with UFO activity, an incident on April 18,1962, involving a UFO that had been tracked from New York, through Kansas to Eureka, Utah, was well documented. The Air Force spokesman admitted that the object had landed, and during the 42 minutes that it was on the ground near the power station there was no power, but it was restored when the UFO left. The object was pursued by jet interceptors summoned from Phoenix and Stead Field in Reno until it exploded over the Mesquite Range in Nevada in a brilliant glare that was visible over five states.(67)


The second major disastrous effect that UFO activity, real or imagined, can have on the populace, is the creation of fear, panic, flight, and all kinds of irrational behavior. We have mentioned already the rather well-documented case of hysterical contagion and mass hysteria created by War of the Worlds, the radio drama by Orson Welles about an invasion of Martians. It was broadcast on Halloween of 1938 during the period of the invasions of Germany into Austria and Japan into China. “The drama, realistically presented in the form of news bulletins and interviews concerning an alien spaceship landing in New Jersey, resulted in many kinds of hysterical actions, including thousands of panic-stricken phone calls, wildly fleeing automobiles, and impromptu shot gun brigades.”(68) Though most persons reporting UFOs do not interpret them as personal threats, it is possible that some of the large volume of reports may be attributable to hysterical contagion. In any case, one of the reasons often cited for the tight secrecy on government UFO research findings is the need to prevent the possible panic that a revelation of the truth might arouse. Rumors that people were being abducted, dematerialized, burned, made radioactive, rounded up and impounded, liquidated with ray guns and lasers or shipped off to Mars or Venus might well give rise to fear–fear of the unknown. Hysteria could cause frightened persons to imagine that their water was poisoned, the air contaminated with undetectable but lethal aerosols or nerve gases. With hundreds of UFO squadrons zooming across the landscape from California to New York, Toronto to Mexico City, communications disrupted, widespread power failures, airports and railroads paralyzed, highways turned into giant parking lots of immobilized vehicles full of terrified motorists, the problem of restoring order and sanity would be a tremendous challenge to all of the emergency services, assuming their personnel would remain calm, detached. and able to resist the human impulse to put the safety and well being of their own families ahead of the public’s. To make matters worse, some of the more excitable gun owners might be tempted to rush out Rambo fashion, and in utter disregard of the damage that falling bullets might cause innocent residents below their fallout, start firing at the evasive objects regardless of the range.


The force field affects on the physical environment– communication, transportation, illumination, and computerized data storage–have already been considered. We might have added that some physical effects have been observed at locations where UFOs have landed– circular patterns of crops destroyed by heat or radiation and baking or sterilization of the soil at the site. On a more practical basis there may be grounds for concern that more than just the environment can be adversely affected by UFO actions. While pursuing UFOs, military aircraft have disappeared in mid-air, exploded, and suffered harassment. Persons on the ground have sustained serious burns, paralysis, and “blows” from a force field, radiated emissions, or rays and beams that have been described like that of a “stun-gun”(69) In 1980, three witnesses saw a red ball of light hovering above houses in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, when suddenly a bolt of blue light shot down and two houses burst into flames.(70) An Indiana man saw a bright light flash pass his window; the power went off in his house so he went outside to investigate and found a brilliantly lit object hovering above him; when he started to walk toward it his body commenced to tingle and he was unable to move until the object disappeared. A similar tingling sensation swept over another man in Lvnn, Massachusetts. one night when he approached a domed object with a red glowing cone rising from a parking lot. He too was immobile until the object moved out of sight. Some believe that even animals may be at risk by UFOs; in trying to account for the death of 15 ponies, the leader of an investigative team believed they were crushed by the anti-gravity field of a flying saucer as it took off.(71) Thus, UFOs may not only have the power to control some of our military and industrial establishment’s highly technical scientific hardware, they may also possess the ability to impose pain and control over people who attempt to attack them, even to the extent of “liquidating” them in one way or another.


In view of the fact that many UFOlogists believe that we are fast approaching a time when overt landings of UFOs will become less remarkable, and in the absence of our knowing whether their visits are friendly or hostile, it would not be remiss to give some thought to the part that fire departments might play in the event of the unexpected arrival of UFOs in their communities. For example, what would be your course of action as an incident commander at the scene of a school ground where a UFO has crashed into the boiler room, rupturing a fuel line, and ignition has occurred in the spilling oil, endangering the occupants of the craft who are trapped in the wreckage? If your rescue attempts are successful, and two of the five small alien creatures are injured but still alive, how do you dispose of the dead and treat the survivors? How would the presence of children on the school grounds affect your actions? What persons and agencies would be notified? The authors have never read any advice on these matters. The following admonition was printed on the inside front jacket of Frank Edward’s book on flying saucers:

WARNING “Near approaches of UFOs can be harmful to human beings. Do not stand under a UFO that is hovering at low altitude. Do not touch or attempt to touch a UFO that has landed. In either case the safe thing to do is to get away from there very quickly and let the military take over. There is a possibility of radiation danger and there are known cases where persons have been burned by rays emanating from UFOs. Don’t take chances with UFOs!”

In view of the federal law (cited earlier) empowering NASA’s administrator to impound, without a hearing, anyone who touches a UFO or its occupants. it would be inadvisable to make personal contact unless you are willing to submit to NASA’s quarantine requirements, should the law be invoked. Besides the possible physical effects of approaching a UFO, e.g.. burns, radiation, etc., there may be psychological effects produced by force fields that could induce a hypnotic state in the viewer, loss of consciousness, memory relapse, and submission to the occupants. Jacques Vallee, author of “The Invisible College” cautions that we should consider psychic effects, such as space-time distortions experienced by percipients of craft-like devices which appear to fade away–dematerialize–and then reappear; of alien, strange voices or thoughts that may effect involuntary changes in the manner in which witnesses may react in such circumstances.(72) Perhaps the above warnings of Edwards and Vallee are a little too cautious and apprehensive to adopt as a general pattern of conduct in every situation. In the absence of overt acts indicating hostility, there may be no danger in approaching a landing (or landed) UFO with a positive, solicitous attitude of wanting to be of service. This nonaggressive mental state may be telepathically sensed by those aboard or emerging from the craft; a form of nonvocal communication is a possibility. It goes without saying that any display of firearms or other weapons on your part could be construed as unfriendly and likely to thwart your intention of conveying a helpful attitude. In a best case scenario, you may be able to obtain guidance as to the appropriate actions to take, whether of a life-saving nature, e.g., in quelling a fire, abating a spill, and of preservation of property, or even in the reduction of apprehension on the part of your response team and the spectators. In a less optimistic scenario, you may have engine trouble upon approaching the scene, and radio contact could be lost with your dispatcher. If at night, your headlights could go out, the city could be blacked out, and your portable generators may malfunction when you attempt to use them for fans and portable lights. It would certainly be an inopportune time for your comrades to announce that they had decided to take their pensions, effective immediately. In any event, the incident could provide invaluable experience for further training in coping with rare and difficult emergencies. Whatever “inside” information you are able to pass along to your fellow officers and citizens of the world might help to alleviate unreasonable fear, so that there would be less likelihood that we would ever again experience the panic and hysteria that was created by War of the Worlds a half century ago. Truth is the best cure for the unknown. A list of some of the available books on Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs) is found in Appendix H.


Some fire chiefs have little confidence in disaster plans, especially those dealing with UFOs or enemy attack. If you develop a plan that sets forth your responsibilities, resources, organizations, supplies information, telephone numbers, and special data that will be useful in obtaining help and fulfilling your role in disaster control, commit it to an electronic medium, a computer with a capability for continuous updating through modern word processing. Bring it forth when the need requires. With a good plan, good leadership, and adequate resources, you may save many lives in any disaster, including attack from possible enemies.


1. Smith. Iack. “The Night L.A. Bombed.” Los Angeles Times, September 9, 1975, Part 1, p. I .
World Book Encyclopedia, Volume 21, p. 21, Chicago, IL Field Enterprises Educational Corporation, 1976.
Cloud, Stanley W. “Gathering Storm” in Time, September 3, 1990, pp. 24-28.
“Secret History of the War” in Newsweek, March 18,1991, p.28.
“Snubbing People Power” in U.S. News ~ World Report, April 8,1991, p.38.
World Book Encyclopedia, Vol. 21, p.22. Field Enterprises Educational Corporation, Chicago, IL 1976.
“Preparing for Iraqi Chemical Warfare,” photo and story in Time, September 3,1990, p.26.
“Steel Rain’ in Newsweek, March 18,1991, p.31.
See note 2, volume 9, p. 416.
See Chapter 8 for a more in-depth discussion of terrorism.
Gilliam. l. “A-Bomb Materials Can Be Stolen, Expert Says,” Los Angeles Times, December ll. 1975, Part Il, p. 1.
Nuclear Blackmail Emergency Response Plan for the State of California, Officer of Emergency Service, State of California, June 1976.
“After the Storm” in Newsweek, March 11, 1991, pp. 26-29.
Nuclear Attack and Industrial Survival, McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Special Report, 1962, p.52.
Willenson, K., and L. Norman. “Missiles on the Move” in Newsweek, February 16, 1976, p.42.
CBS News broadcast, April 1991.
Disaster Planning Guide for Business and Industry, Defense Civil Preparedness Agency, 1974, p.7, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
L. A. Postal Report, Volume 10, No. 9, April 23,1965, p.2, Los Angeles, CA.
Worldwide Effects of Nuclear War–Some Perspectives, a Report of the U.S. Arms Control and Disarmament Agency, 1975, p. 5, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
Ibid. p. 6.
“Turning Up the Heat on the Greenhouse” in Newsweek, April 22, 1991, p. 69.
See note 19, p. 6.
Seenote 19, p. 5.
“Deadly Meltdown” in Time, May 12, 1986, p. 39.
“A ‘Big 50’ for Pearl Harbor in USA Today, Thursday, May 9, 1991. p. 3A.
Bahme,.Charles W. Fire Officer’s Guide To Disaster Control, Ist ed., Boston, MA: NFPA 1978, p. 340.
Fire Effects of Bombing Attacks, Technical Manual 9-2, October 1959, Office of Civil Defense Mobilization, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
Fire Aspects of Civil Defense, TR-25, Office of Civil Defense, July 1968, p. 4, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
World Book Encyclopedia, 1991.
Disaster Operations, Defense Civil Preparedness Agency, 1972. p. 29, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
Bruno, Hal. “The Wait May Be Over at FEMA” in Firehouse, Vol. 15, No. 5 (May 1990) p. 10.
See note 30, p. 40.
The U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. has several publications available as of 1991 which suggest measures that can be taken to safeguard dwellings and other buildings, in preparation for a nuclear attack; they illustrate the relative protection afforded for fallout radiation by various types of construction and in various locations within a building. Two available from the U.S. Government Printing Office, are Fallout Protection and ln Time of Emergency, both Office of Civil Defense.
Weldon, Curt. “The Fight for Fire Protection” in Firehouse, Vol. 16, No. 4 (April 1991), p. 20.
Radio Broadcast on station KSHE, St. Louis, MO, reported on April 25, 1991.
Edwards, Frank. Flying Saucers–Serious Business, NY: Lyle Stuart,965. p. 315.
World Book Encyclopedia, World Book Inc., 1988, Vol. 20, p. 19.
Sagan, Carl, and Thornton Page. UFOs–A Scientific Deoate, Cornell Univ., 1972, p. 44.
Ibid. p. 51.
Readers Digest. Mysteries Of The Unexplained, p. 219.
Steiger, Brad, Editor. Project Blue Book. NY: Ballantine Books, 1976, p. 170.
Uphoff, Walter and Mary lo, New Psychic Frontiers, Colin Smyth Ltd., 1975. p. 152.
Ibid., quoting Dr. James Harder, University of California.
Ibid. p. 152.
Macomber, Frank. “UFOs Spotted by Astronauts Still Haven’t Been Identified,” Santa Cruz Sentinel, April 17, 1974, p. 30.
APRO’s addre$s was given as 3910 E. Kleindale Rd.. Tucson, Arizona, 85716.
Lorenzen, lim and Coral. UFOs Over America, NY: Signet. 1968, pp. 182 et seq.
Ibid. p. 186.
Lofton, Robert. ldentified Flying Saucers, NY: David McKay Co., 1968, p. 86.
Kehoe, Donald, Major. Aliens From Space, The Real Story of the UFOs, New York: Doubleday, 1972.
Friedman, Stanton. Cosmic Watergate, New Realities, 1979; Hvnek, l. Allen. “UFOs.” This World, Aug. 30, 1981, p. 13.
Zullo, Allan A. “I Believe That Earth Has Been Visited By Creatures From Outer Space,” National Enquirer, December 1973.
Ibid. p. 2.
Press Democrat, October 10, 1989, p. A-5; also reported in weekly news magazines; see notes 22 and 23.
Time, October 23,1989; Newsweek, October 30,1989; UFO update, Omni, January 1990.
U.S. News ~ World Report, “UFOs in Uncle Sam’s Closet,” October 23, 1989, p.19.
Streiber, Whitley. Communion, NY: William Morrow, 1987, p. 15.
Adamski, George, lnside the Flying Saucers, NY: Paperback Library, 1967. p. 11.
Fuller, John. lncident at Exeter, cited in UFO Update, in New Realities,1978. p.52.
“Shooting Down The Flying Saucers,” Los Angeles Times, December 15,1959, Pt. Il, p. 5.
Boudreaux, Richard. “South Americans Take UFOs Seriously,” Los Angeles Times, November 29, 1978. Pt. VI, p. 7.
See note 6, p. 224.
Randles, Jenny. The UFO Conspiracy, NY: Sterling Pub. Co.. 1990, p. 105.
See note 1, p. 267.
See note 1, p. 255.
Ibid. p. 259.
Ibid. p. 269.
See note 4, p. 216.
Blundell, Nigel, and Roger Boar. The World’s Greatest UFO Mysteries, NY: Berkeley Books, 1990, p. 175.
Ibid. p. 176. 71. Ibid. p. 179.
Vallee. Jacques. The Invisible College, NY: E. P. Dutton, 1975 p. 6. – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –

A P P E N D I X – H

BIBLIOGRAPHY ON UNIDENTIFIED FLYING OBJECTS (UFOs) Above Top Secret, Timothy Good, William Morrow, NY, 1988. Aids to Identification of Flying Objects, Air Technical Intelligence Center, Gov’t Printing Office, Supt. Doc., 1966. Aliens Among Us, Ruth Montgomery, Fawcett Crest, NY, 1985. Aliens from Space–The Real Story of UFOs, Donald E. Keyhoe, Doubleday, NY, 1972. Beyond Earth. Man’s Contact with UFOs, Ralph and Judy Blum, Bantam Books, NY, 1974. Breakthrough to Creativity, Shafica Karakulla, M.D., De Vorss and Co., Marina Del Rey, CA, 1967. Chariots of the Gods, Erich Von Daniken, Putnam, NY, 1970. Clear Intent, Barry Greenfield, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1987. Communion, Whitley Streiber, William Morrow, NY, 1987. Extraterrestrial Visitations from Prehistoric Times to the Present, Henry Regnery Co., Chicago, 1970. Flying Saucers–Letters to the Air Force on UFOs, Bill Adler, Dell Books, NY, 1967. Flying Saucers–Serious Business, Frank Edwards, Lyle Stuart Inc., NY, 1966. Identified Flying Saucers, Robert Lofton, David McKay Co., NY,1968. In Search of Extra Terrestrials, Alan Landsburg, Bantam Books, NY, 1967. Inside the Flying Saucers, George Adamski, Paperback Library, NY, 1967. Insights for the Age of Aquarius, Gina Cerminara, Theosophical Pub. House, Wheaton, IL, 1973. Intruders, Budd Hopkins, Random House, NY, 1987. Mysteries Of the Unexplained, Readers Digest, Readers Digest Assn., Pleasantville, NY, 1982. New Psychic Frontiers, Walter and Mary Jo Uphoff, Colin Smythe Ltd., and Bolger Pubs., Minneapolis, MN, 1975. Project Blue Book, Brad Steiger, Editor, Ballantine, NY, 1976. Strange World, Frank Edwards, Lyle Stuart, NY, 1965. Strangers Among Us, Ruth Montgomery, Fawcett Crest, NY, 1979. The Intruders, Budd Hopkins, Random House, NY, 1987. The Invisible College, Jacques Vallee, E.P. Dutton, NY, 1975. The Possibility of Intelligent Life Elsewhere in the Universe, U.S. House Committee on Science and Technology, Govt. Printing Office, 1975. The Roswell Incident, William L. Moore, Grosset and Dunlap, 1980. The UFO Conspiracy–The First Forty Years, Jenny Randles, Sterling Pub. Co., 1989. The Unexplained, Allen Spraggett, Signet, NY, 1967. The World’s Greatest UFO Mysteries, Nigel Blundell and Roger Boar, Berkeley Book, 1990. The World’s Last Mysteries, Readers Digest, Pleasantville, NY, 1978. UFO Abductions, Philip Klass, Prometheus Books, Buffalo, NY, 1989. UFO . . . Contact from the Pleiades, Lee and Brit Elders, Genesis III Pub. Co., Phoenix AZ, 1984. UFOs From Behind the Iron Curtain, lan Hobana and Julien Weverbergh, Bantam Books, NY, 1975. UFOs Over the Americas, Jim and Coral Lorenzen, Signet Books, NY, 1968. UFOs–A Scientific Debate, Carl Sagan and Thornton Page, Cornell University, NY, 1972. We Are Not The First, Andrew Thomas, Putnam & Sons, NY, 1971. – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – Copyright ~ 1992, Fire Engineering Books & Videos Park 80 West, Plaza Two, 7th floor, Saddle Brook, Nl 07662


DR. WILLIAM M. KRAMER has baccalaureate degrees in Industrial Management and Business Administration, a master s degree in Industrial Relations, and a Ph.D. in Administrative Management from the University of Cincinnati; and a master’s degree in Business Administration from Xavier University. He has edited numerous course guides for the Open Learning Fire Service Program and published numerous fire service journal articles. He is chairman of the seven- University National Open Learning Educational Consortium, Associate Professor and Director of the Open Learning Program at the University of Cincinnati, a District Fire Chief for the City of Cincinnati and the educational commentator for American Heat video productions. CHARLES (CHUCK) BAHME is the author of many fire service articles as well as books, including the Handbook of Disaster Control, predecessor to the Fire Officer’s Guide to Disaster Control, Fire Service and the Law, Fire Officer’s Guide to Dangerous Chemicals, Fire Protection for Chemiculs, Fire Officers Guide to Emergency Action, Firemen’s Law Book, and Fire Officer’s Guide to Extinguishing Systems. After responding to a devastating chemical explosion in the City of Los Angeles he wrote its Dangerous Chemicals Code, the first comprehensive set of regulations ever adopted by any municipality pertaining to hazardous materials. Following his naval service in World War II he was called upon to write U. S. Navy: Structural Fire Fighting for the Chief of Naval Operations. In thirty years of service with the City of Los Angeles Fire Department he advanced through the ranks from recruit to deputy fire chief, the rank he held at the time of his retirement. During that period he augmented his A.B. degree from UCLA with a Juris Doctor degree from Southwestern University. Through the same years he served with the U. S. Navy: six years of active duty during World War II and the Korean conflict, and twenty-eight years with the Naval Reserve, in which he retired with the rank of Captain. Chief Bahme is an attorney at law with admission to practice in California, before federal district courts, the Supreme Court of the United States, and the highest court of military appeals. He has taught courses in fire protection engineering a UCLA, and fire administration at USC and various state, national, and international conferences. He has served in Europe and the Far East for the Department of Defense and the U. S. State Department. In recent years he has been teaching a course in Political and Legal Foundations of Fire Protection as a faculty member of Cogswell College’s Open Learning Fire Service Program. He has also served as the NFPA’s Fire Extinguishing Specialist, its Western Representative, and as chairman of its Committee on Hazardous Chemicals Fire Fighting. Upon his moving to Lake County, California, he served as the chairman of his local Kelseyville fire district’s board of directors and as a disaster control visor to his local Red Cross chapter.


By David Ben Yakov


I’m writing this article after seeing a movie the last Saturday in March or 2009. The name of the movie is “Knowing.” My wife and I went to see the movie out of curiosity because so many discerning believers in Yeshua were telling us that we needed to see the it. They told us that they saw the movie and found it quite interesting. That is really all that they told us because they didn’t want to jade our opinion one way or the other. So, we caught a Saturday Matinee and settled in to watch it. We found the movie to be both fascinating and disturbing.

I have always found special effects in a movie to be one of the earmarks of a good movie. Let’s face it, if the special effects of a movie are good then you can surmise that the makers of the movie really wanted convey some sort of message. When we were kids back in the 50’s and 60’s special effects were an attraction, but aside from a few good films, most of the films had cheesy special effects that the discriminating eye could pick out pretty easily. This changed in the 1980’s and special effects has continued to become more of a refined art. In the movie “Knowing,” this was definitely the case. There are probably some of you who will disagree with my statement about the special effects in this movie, but maybe you’re spoiled because you go to the movies all of the time. I really don’t visit the movie theater too much because I don’t like Hollywood nor do I like padding the pockets of actors who will funnel my hard earned money into causes that are trying to destroy my faith or traditional American society.

Having done decades of research in the UFO, extraterrestrial and occult phenomenon (yes, they are all the same) I watched “Knowing” and saw it to be riddled with New Age philosophy and every bit of UFO phenomenal agenda that there is. There is one Christian book on the UFO phenomenon that I found the movie to parallel. Having read Jim Wilhelmsen’s “Beyond Science Fiction,” I found that the movie quite similar to his book and I wondered (and still do) if those who wrote the script for the movie might have borrowed from Jim’s book. It was really scary how they are akin to each other. In all fairness, Jim’s book is copyright dated a few years ago so the revelation that Jim presents in his book by far precedes this movie. The truth is that Jim’s book is a revelation about the New Ages’ conspiracy that was revealed to him by the Ruach Ha Kodesh whereas “Knowing” is a primer given from the New Age itself, shall we say from a source that is the antithesis of the Ruach Ha Kodesh.

Let’s Review:

The movie starts out in a 1959 schoolroom where a little demonically harassed (probably possessed) girl is constantly hearing whispers in her ears. She looks very disturbed as she should because what she is experiencing is not normal. Her teacher gives the class an assignment where each child is to draw a picture and their pictures were to be placed in a time capsule that same week. The time capsule was to be opened fifty years later. I found this freaky because I was born in 1959 and I turned fifty this year. Not that there was any correlation, but it made me feel old. Anyway, our little schoolgirl, instead of drawing a picture, is found to be writing a series of numbers on both sides of the paper. The teacher looks a little disgusted and takes the paper away from the girl before she is finished. The papers are put into envelopes and stored in the time capsule. On the day of the internment of the capsule the little girl suddenly disappears only to be found later that day hiding in a closet. They find that her fingernails are all bloodied from writing with them in the door, although they never reveal the writing at that time in the movie. Evidently, the teacher had interrupted the writing of the little girl and the little girl wrote the final string of numbers on the door with her fingernails.

So what does this have to do with the New Age. The first thing that is noticed is, like I said above, that the girl is somewhat disturbed. Having worked in a psychiatric hospital for a couple of years when I was younger I had seen that look many times. The girl was obviously demonized and her demeanor showed that of a girl that was confused and sad about her condition. Many today would call her schizophrenic. Another New Age indicator was that the girl was getting messages from unseen powers. The numbers that she was writing on the paper were not her own and she was writing as though someone else were writing through her hands. For many years the New Age has called that “automatic writing,” and currently it is being called “channeled writing.” There are many in the occult (New Age) who channel messages in this manner. Incidentally, many of those who channel messages from supposed extraterrestrials use this method of communication. The channeler goes into a trancelike state and when they are finished they regain their composure and their personality, sometime having written many pages of information from the spirit world. We are warned several times in scripture by Yahweh and told not to have anything to do with this sort of activity because it is information that is coming from evil sources. 

The movie jumps ahead fifty years to our present day and we meet the two main characters in the movie. The first is Nicholas Cage who plays the father of a young boy who attends the grade school that the little girl attended back in 1959. The little boy has an attitude problem and we find that he gets an attitude with his father several times in the movie. In the movie the boy is sort of characteristic of what the New Age refers to has Indio Children. According to New Age thought, there is a new race or people being born that are specially endowed and are evolutionary advanced over their parents. You can go to the Delusion Resistance website and read more about Indigo Children. The basic premise to the Indigo Children fallacy is that they are just children who are allowed to run amok. The New Age says that if parents believe that their child is an Indigo Child, that they are not to be corrected and that they should just be allowed to run their own direction without being taught proper rules and regulations about living in a society. In other words, the New Age is telling parents that they should let their kid grow up to be narcissists, sociopaths and psychopaths. While this is not totally the case with the young kid in the movie, the picture does enforce that the child is special and that the adult is the child and the child is the adult. It is subtle, but the suggestion is there.

Pretty soon we find ourselves back at the grade school that the little girl attended. It is the day that the school will disinter the time capsule and each student is given an envelope after the time capsule is opened. Yes, you guessed it, he gets the envelope with the little girl’s number sequence. Our young hero steals the letter and brings it home. This shows kids that it is okay to steal if your larceny is for a higher purpose. The father tells the kid that his stealing is wrong, but keeps the letter because it interests him. There is something in the numbers that he sees. Nicholas Cage’s character starts to reminisce about his deceased wife. Cage and his son get into a heated discussion; the son saying that he believes in God and Cage reaffirming that he doesn’t believe in God. The son goes to sleep and Cage gets drunk. Of course this enforces to kids and adults alike that it is okay to hit the bottle to drown your sorrows; again subtle but evident. While inebriated, Cage starts to see that there is a pattern to the numbers and by the time that the night is over he has found that the numbers correspond to disasters that have happened between 1959 and our present day. The numbers also give the number of people who died and later Cage figures out that other numbers that he couldn’t decipher the first night were actually coordinates of the disasters. In the movie Cage is employed as a physicist in a university. Because of this one is led to believe that Cage’s ability to decipher most of the letter in one night is because of his education. There is however a subtle hint that he got the revelation through spiritual means. In essence, nobody is that smart on their own, especially when they are incapacitated by alcohol.

In the mean time Cage’s son starts to hear the same whispers that the little girl did back in 1959. He doesn’t reveal what the whispers are telling him until near the end of the movie. At one point the boy walks out to the street as if he was told to go there by the “whispers” and he encounters two beings in a car. The beings have blond hair and they have Germanic features. Anyone who has studied UFOs and aliens with any seriousness knows that these beings are supposed to be what is known as Nordic Aliens. The Nordics have always been described with these features, blond, tall and looking Germanic, even with blue eyes. The only difference between the classic Nordic alien and these characters is that they have jet black eyes. One gets the idea that in the beginning of the movie that these Nordics are sinister, but the movie tries to change that assumption at the end. In one scene of the movie the boy starts to hear the “whispers” again and he wakes up to find one of the Nordics in his bedroom. The Nordic points at a window in the boy’s room and the boy walks over to the window. When he looks out he beholds an apocalyptic scene of the whole landscape being on fire and the animals of the forest running out of the forest on fire. The boy screams and Cage finds him on the floor huddled and crying. Cage looks out of the window and everything had returned to normal, except for the fact that one of the Nordics was standing outside. Cage runs outside with a baseball bat but doesn’t catch the alien. Later in the movie he does catch up with one of the Nordics only to be blinded by a very bright light that emits from the Nordic’s mouth. One gets that idea that perhaps this is a perversion of the scripture in Revelation of the two witnesses who have fire that comes out of their mouths that consumes people.

The fact that the Nordic shows the boy and apocalyptic scene is another New Age idea. The New Age is fraught with people who bring to each other prophecies that they have obtained through channeling and/or automatic writing. This is also true with the messages that people bring back from their alien abduction encounters; where they say that the aliens showed them scenes of earth changing catastrophes but the messages always seem to have a writer attached to them, in that these things can be avoided if humans change, take on a New Age personae and let the ethereal powers take control of their lives. The only difference between the “Knowing” prophecies and those of other New Age prophets is that in the movie there is no hope for salvation of mankind as a whole. However in the prophecies that come from extraterrestrials in real life the message coveys that bad things can be averted if we allow the aliens to have control. It is all about control.

As mentioned earlier Cage realizes that the numbers that he didn’t initially decode were actually land coordinates of the disasters. He realizes that there are still three or four that haven’t come to pass and they are dates that are approaching within days. He sees one of them play out on television which confirms to him that the dates are correct and after he figures out that the remaining numbers are coordinates he decides to be at the scene of the next disaster, but he doesn’t know what it will be. While waiting in stopped traffic on a highway he is startled to see a jet liner coming in for a crash landing, the wingtip of the plane scraping the ground just feet from where he’s standing. The plane crashes in a field just a couple hundred feet from him and he runs to the scene braving explosions and shrapnel that is flying all over the place. His good friend and astrophysicist; now a believer in the list tells Cage to stop his research and move on. Cage forsakes his friend’s advice and travels to New York to stop the next disaster, having called the FBI the day before. He arrives in New York at the coordinates and after a bit of searching finds an Arab looking fellow who looks suspicious while standing on the subway platform. Cage chases the individual and both are chased by the NYPD. During the chase an oncoming subway train jumps the tracks and Cage narrowly escapes with his life. The man he chased, his only crime that he stole books and was hiding them under his coat, becomes a victim of the tragedy.

Cage meets the daughter of the little girl we saw back in 1959 and finds out that her mother is dead. After freaking the woman out a little Cage gains her confidence when the woman sees that his New York prediction comes true and she joins in the research, along with her little daughter who we learn has been hearing the “whispers” too. Cage realizes that the last prediction in the string of numbers is really the final one for mankind and that the world is going to be destroyed. Later he goes into the closet at the school, removes the door, brings it home and scrapes the paint off of it, which reveals the coordinates where they need to go. As the picture goes on the Nordics continue to appear on the scene, even kidnapping the kids from a gas station while the girls mother pays for gas. The woman, who thinks that she is going to die soon because of her mother’s predictions does die in an auto accident while pursuing the kidnappers. The Nordics tell the kids that the mother is in a better place now. Cage goes to the coordinates that he found on the door and finds the kids and a whole bunch of Nordics that are protecting the kids.

The kids reveal that they have been receiving messages for the whole time and that they need to go with the Nordics. Cage, thinking that he is invited too is told that only the children can go. They are the ones who have been hearing the “whispers” and they are the only ones invited to escape the calamity that is coming upon the earth. Cage accepts his fate as though he receives some sort of divine revelation. The moment is an emotional one as Cage lets his son go, giving him his blessing. One gets the impression that this is akin to Elohim giving His Son a tearful goodbye before He came to earth to save mankind. Sort of the supreme sacrifice. While Cage watches, the Nordics shed their human form and become angels of light. One can see their wings as they enter the New Age representation of Ezekiel’s Wheel and are brought up in a beam of light to a crystalline spaceship. The children leave and Cage goes home to be with his estranged born again Christian parents and sister. He makes amends with his father who has resigned himself that they will die soon. Cages’ father makes a remark that their fate isn’t the end. They all embrace before fire sweeps the earth and destroys it.

The next thing the viewers are shown is a close-up of what appears to be some sort of grain plants, like some sort of wheat, and then the two children come into view. They start to run and as they do other crystalline space ships are seen leaving the planet. Those of us watching the film are supposed to assume that other children are being left there too. As the children run the camera follows them and it is revealed that they are running toward a tree that seems to glimmer, like it is illuminated by some sort of force. One is left to assume that the tree is the tree that was in the Garden of Eden.


The only assumption that a Holy Spirit led Christian can draw from the end of the film is that the makers are trying to show people the New Age belief that humanity on Earth is an experiment. We are caused to assume that in the beginning the aliens brought life to Earth and that they are our makers. The new planet is symbolic of the Garden of Eden and the appearance is that mankind is being given another chance by the aliens who placed us on Earth to begin with. The Nordics never mention Yahweh and their only message concerning life after death is that some of the people who have departed are in a better place.

The movie is a wonderful propaganda film for the New Age. It makes the Christians in the film look weak and defeated. Those of us who have always thought that the Nordic form of alien were actually fallen angels are shown in the film that we have been right in our belief in this matter. However, the fallen angels are made out to be saviors of mankind, which is another thing that we have thought that they will do in the last days. The way that they “raptured” the kids reaffirms what we have thought all along, that there will be a false rapture and that it will entail the taking away of New Age people. Of course this will cause quite a few Christians to lose heart and fall away.

The insidious forces of evil have done people a favor by showing them this film. This is true especially for Christians who should see this film as a New Age primer of the plans of darkness. Evil uses the “same but opposite” way of bringing about their plans. It is the New Age Gospel presented in a movie form. The movie was overflowing with occult devices and symbology. For instance, just like the gift of prophecy is valid today in the believer in Yeshua through the Ruach Ha Kodesh, so the film portrays that the gift is valid in the prophets of the New Age. Just as angels of Yahweh operate in the lives of believers of Yeshua, the fallen angels (Nordics) were involved in the lives of those in the film. Written prophecy is given to us in the Bible and written prophecy was given to the characters in the film in the way of numbers that corresponded to dates of tragedies in the movie and also apocalyptic scenes. The Christian doctrine of “rapture,” or the taking away of the saints before a time of world cataclysm was portrayed in the taking away of the children in the movie.

One of the more interesting things that I picked up on in the movie was how the picture subtly corrupted the meaning of Ezekiel’s wheel. In the prophetic book of Ezekiel the prophet sees something very unique. He describes cherubim and what many have mistaken to be a machine. People like Erich von Daniken equate Ezekiel’s wheel as being some sort of alien spacecraft that visited Ezekiel and that Ezekiel mistook what he saw as the throne of Yahweh and Yahweh sitting on that throne. In the movie this first starts when Cage and his new found female friend visit the mobile home where this woman’s mother (the child at the beginning of the film) lived her last days and died. They find an ancient artist’s rendition of Ezekiel’s Wheel, drawn more like Ezekiel described it, not in its current day perversion. A little later in the film one of the kids colors in the Shekinah glory that is behind Yahweh in the drawing and yells out “the sun.” While this probably passed over the heads of most watching the movie there was a great New Age significance to this proclamation by the child. First, let’s take a look at what the sun symbolizes in New Age thought. This can be summed up by looking at the “sun” tarot card and seeing what it means to the tarot reader. According to most sources, the sun card is:

A bright, glowing card, the Sun casts a favorable aura over a reading. This card suggests that if there have been any problems or difficulties in the past, then they’re about to be resolved. There will be happiness where there has been sadness, harmony where there has been discord and optimism where there has been failure.

The child colored in the Shekinah Glory of Yahweh and proclaimed it to be the sun. Many in the New Age think that Ezekiel’s Wheel was actually an extraterrestrial visitation that Ezekiel mistook for Yahweh. So what was being conveyed in this scene of the picture was that Ezekiel’s wheel would come back soon and that its return would bring with it resolutions to past problems; that happiness would replace sadness, that harmony would replace discord and that humans should be optimistic because their failures would soon be restituted. In other words, it was saying that the aliens would come back and make things right. Interestingly enough, the “sun card” in tarot often has two naked children standing in a garden or a field of wheat or other plant foodstuff.

It gets even better though and the perversion of Biblical truth is extended with more borrowed elements from Ezekiel’s encounter with Yahweh. Ezekiel talks several times about part of Yahweh’s throne looking like a wheel within a wheel. Lo and behold a round structure comes out of the alien spacecraft and the ball has somewhat the resemblance of a whiffle ball, although it looks metallic in the movie. As the ball came closer to earth it had another ball moving with it, hence a wheel within a wheel. It doesn’t stop here though. The main part of the spacecraft looked like it was made of many elongated crystals which grew taller toward the middle, soft of like a very jagged spear point. When we look at Ezekiel we read:

And the likeness of the firmament upon the heads of the living creature was as the colour of the terrible crystal, stretched forth over their heads above. Ezekiel 1:22

The makers of the movie had to have read about Ezekiel and his vision in order to parallel the descriptions so closely. Thus, the movie tries to take Ezekiel’s vision and say that it was really an extraterrestrial visitation, the same lie that von Daniken has been spouting for many years. But if you think about it, it makes those without faith, and even those with a shallow faith in Yeshua think that if Ezekiel actually experienced an alien visitation, then perhaps the rest of the Bible is an account of alien visitations throughout the ages. A little leaven fills the whole loaf so to speak.

Having visited several sites that had opinions by people who saw the movie I came across one review that proves that Christians with a shallow faith could see this movie as having a Christian theme. One such woman made the following comments:

I watched this movie and got a much different message than most. I didn’t go in with any expectations other than to be entertained and the movie does do that. Yes, it does show man’s doubt in God and many things are far from Biblical, but I got a very distinct message from it. The character played by Nicholas Cage was the son of a minister, but had lost his faith. His son however was believing and he told him it was ok to do so if that is what he wanted (believing mother was in heaven).

It was the children that believed that escaped the end of the world.

The spacemen bore a resemblance to “angels” (notice the wings). Cage was not allowed to go with them (non-believer). Cage went to join his parents and sister. The father said “this is not the end” and Cage answers “I know”. This could be liked to those that were not taken from the earth, but were tested and in the end believed.

I am reminded of the scripture “unless you become as a little child you shall not enter the kingdom of heaven”. The very end shows a “golden” field of wheat and a tree. Revelations promises a new heaven and a new earth. The tree was the “Tree of Life”. Did no one else notice the word JESUS in the root work at the base of the tree?

Certainly not a scriptural movie, but I think it had the basic Christian message.

The woman who wrote this review is obviously schooled in the watered down teaching of Scriptural thought. Sure the spacemen had wings and they resembled angels. The thing however is that the writer obviously doesn’t know that there are fallen angels as well as holy angels. She obviously doesn’t know that we’re warned to be aware that Satan and his ministers can come to people as angels of light, which these Nordics obviously were. She likens the people who were “left behind” as people who will be tested and will then believe. This doesn’t suggest a rapture like the reviewer was portentously saying, but in fact it suggests a false rapture where Satan will counterfeit the real rapture before it actually happens and will cause many to lose their faith, thinking that they missed the boat. Besides, in the movie those left behind weren’t tested, they were all incinerated.

The reviewer obviously doesn’t know that Yahweh’s people aren’t appointed to Yahweh’s wrath, but she equates the preacher and his wife as being in a fallen state and receiving the same punishment as the unbelieving world. The movie portrayed the Christians as weak and impotent and as scripturally moronic, lacking any spiritual gifts whatsoever. The woman says that she thinks that the tree is the “Tree of Life” and that she saw the name of Jesus worked out in the root work of the tree. Since the movie is a New Age wonder, and knowing how the New Age works, the tree was probably the “Tree of The Knowledge of Good And Evil,” and if Jesus’ name was spelled out in the roots it would be the New Age equating Yeshua with all of the ills of the world. It would also mean that if one ate from the tree that they could be little gods themselves.

It is really sad to see how the subtlety of the New Age has weaved itself so brilliantly into Christian theology that believers in Yeshua cannot even see it. Some of the very same people who know that Mormons aren’t Christians nor are Jehovah’s Witnesses and they will point out to the last letter that Nazi’s weren’t Christians cannot see the falsities and New Age innuendos of the movie “Knowing.” Seeing that, it is no wonder why Yeshua’s words that the great delusion will be so strong that it could deceive even the elect if that were allowed, can be borne out in modern day Christianity. The writers and producers of the New Age propaganda film “Knowing” have done a very good job at deceiving the masses, even a so called believer in Messiah Yeshua who could so blindly say that the movie had a Christian Message. Oy Vey!!

Wouldn’t You Really Rather Drive A Buick


David Ben Yakov

© 2006 David Ben Yakov / Delusion Resistance


Ever since I was a young child I was intrigued by UFO’s. At one point in my young life I was so absorbed by objects that I forsook everything else in order to study them. I read all sorts of books by many authors. I went to the local news stand each month to get the latest issue of any UFO magazine that was existed. And yes, I even got my wish and saw one of them.

Over the years I watched the newspapers, the video media and I listened to the radio for any report that might come to bolster yet further my belief in astronauts from other worlds. From time to time my young curiosity was satisfied through these mediums. Although the government and other debunkers tried to convince me of mass hysteria, sightings of the plant Venus and other atmospheric phenomena I wasn’t buying what they were saying. Too many people were seeing these things. The observers weren’t rednecks loaded with a bit too much white lightning or hippies dropping out on LSD. People like police officers, military personnel, scientists and other credible people were giving their accounts of strange objects in the sky.

The origin of these objects and their occupants had been questioned for many years. During the infancy of the modern UFO societal interest the common consensus was that they were visitors from planets in our solar system. I remember reading a story as a young boy where the man who was contacted by an UFOnaut was told that the visitors came from Venus. As our science advanced and we launched probes into our solar system we discovered that the planets of your system could not support life. Of course, as a result of these discoveries, the entities that ride around in these craft started to change their minds where it came to their origins. They moved their homes to star systems far enough away that we can neither verify or deny their claims, seeing that the distance is so great.

The thing that has always amazed me though is all of the reports of crashes of these craft. One can do research on the internet and find that many such craft have been brought down to earth. Here is a list of some of the possible crashes of UFO’s:


1941 outside of Cape Girardeau, Missouri
1947 near Roswell, New Mexico
1948 near Aztec, New Mexico
1950 near Copenhagen, Denmark
1957 near Ubatuba Brazil
1959 near Gdynia, Poland
1967 near Shag Harbor, Nova Scotia
1969 Sverdlovsky, USSR
1974 Shot down over Pacific ocean between San Diego and Hawaii by American destroyer.
1974 Chihuahuan Desert, Mexico – Mid-air collision with commercial plane
1977 South Australia / West Australia border.
1989 Dalnegorsk, Siberia Russia
1996 Varginha, Brazil
1998 Paihuano, Valle de Elqui’, Chile
2005 Nepal China border.

The crashes above are some of the more credible crashes. If you talk to serious UFO investigators they’ll most likely know about those crashes. The thing is that there are a myriad of other possible crashes of UFO’s over the years. Here is a short list:

12/22/09 near Chicago, Illinois 12/09/1965 Crash in Kecksburg, PA
1938 CZERNICA, near Jielenia Gora, Poland 10/27/1966  N.W. Arizona
1953 near Brady, Montana 1966-1968 Crashes in Kentucky/Ohio Area
10/1948 Cave Creek, Arizona 1969 Pennsylvania
03/1948 Socorro, NM 7/18/1972  Morocco, Africa
7/7/1948  Mexico (South of Laredo) 7/10/1973 N.W. Arizona
Mid-1950’s Birmingham, Alabama 05/1974 Chili, New Mexico
9/10/1950  Albuquerque, New Mexico 5/12/1976  Australian Desert
1952  Spitzbergen, Norway 6/22/1977 N.W. Arizona
2/14/1952  Ely, Nevada 4/5/1977 S.W. Ohio
4/18/1953  S.W. Arizona 8/17/1977 Tobasco, New Mexico
5/20/1953  Kingman, Arizona 05/1978 Bolivia
6/19/1953  Laredo, Texas 11/1988 Afghanistan
7/10/1953  Johannesburg South Africa 5/1989 South Africa
10/13/1953  Dutton, Montana 11/24/1991 a remote area of Southhaven Park in Shirley, NY.
5/5/1955 Brighton, England 4/15/1992 Buffalo, New York
7/18/1957 Carlsbad, New Mexico 6/23/1996 Pinedale, Arizona
1958 Utah Desert 3/15/1997 WEGORZEWO, Suwalki Providence, Poland
03/1960 New Paltz, New York 4/15/1999 Alien Ship beaches itself in Guam, Uranas Reef.
06/12/1962  Holloman AFB, New Mexico  
11/10/1964  Ft. Riley, Kansas  

The thing about all of this is that if one does an exhaustive study, there are many other supposed crashes other those mentioned in both of the above tables. One website lists a number of alleged crashes which might have happened in the former Soviet Union and are just now coming to light.




In UFO folklore there are several different creatures that supposedly inhabit what we commonly call UFO’s. Each form of creature claims to come from a specific part of our galaxy and some claim to be on specific missions. So where do they come from?



The Greys; who also go by the names, “The Visitors,” and “The Reticulians,” are rather small in stature. They range in height from 3.5 to 6 feet and weigh an estimated 65 to 90 pounds. Their skin is grey in color and is rough textured. They have thin spindly bodies that seem too small to support their large heads. They have long delicate arms and webbed hands that have either three or four fingers. They sport no visual reproductive organs and it is suspected that they reproduce by cloning. As mentioned above, their heads are quite large and looked like an inverted teardrop shape. Their eyes have no pupils and are large, black and oval (almond) shaped. Their mouths, noses and ears give the appearance of being vestigial. They seem to communicate via telepathy. They claim to come from the Zeti Reticula star system in the Orion Constellation. These are the creatures that are present during almost every abduction experience. There is a subset of smaller grays that are said to come from a star system near the shoulder of Orion; called Bellatrax.


The Nordics, also referred to as “Swedes,” share many similarities with Human Beings; especially those living in Scandinavia, meaning that they are blonde with blue eyes. They range from 5 to 6.5 feet in height and are estimated to range from 120 to 240 pounds in weight. They are taller than the average human and seem to have greater muscular mass than humans. Their eyes are human like and their skin is pale white. They come in both male and female versions but more males are observed than females. They communicate via telepathy. They claim to come from the Pleiades star cluster. There are other humanlike visitors that claim to hail from Sirius, but little is known about them. The “Widows Peak” aliens may fall into this category.


These beings are described as being 6 to 8 feet tall and are bipedal. They have green, scaly, reptilian type of skin. Their eyes are usually yellow or gold in color and they possess a vertical pupil, much like that of a feline. They are sometimes linked to myths about Sumer, the Dogons, Nibiru and other supposed ancient astronaut fables. They are viewed as being negative, hostile and dangerous disposition since they think of humans as a totally inferior race. It is not known how they reproduce. The Reptilians claim to come from the Draco system and are often referred to as Draconians. Interestingly enough, Draco is the Latin word for “Dragon.” Sort of rings of the Book of Revelation, found in the Bible.


Also known as the “Praying Mantis Race,” they take on the characteristics of the earthly insect. They have long, narrow faces with long narrow eyes which are long and slanted upward and outward in an almost V position. They have thin, long torso’s; long, thin arms which are usually crooked.; a sharp bend at midjoint with the hand and fingers growing almost erratically onward from the wrists. The legs are bent at almost right angles, creating a crouched pose. Both males and females have been reported. They claim to come from Cassiopeia.


It is not known where these entities come from. They appear to be human like. They wear completely black suits and hats. They have a pallid skin color and Asian appearing eyes. They drive around in old fashioned, well kept black Cadillac’s and exhibit odd behavior. MIB’s often hassle people who report UFO sightings; sometimes threatening them with prison or death. Some report that these men smell of ozone or sulfur. They talk in an odd metallic way, and might be some kind of robot or android.


The above descriptions are but a cursory introduction to the beings that have visited humankind, usually in an abduction sort of scenario. Interesting too is that most of the types claim to come from the same area of out night sky; namely the Orion area. At least two of the types have been reported to take on an odor of sulfur (brimstone); an element that in Biblical terms always is associated with hell or God’s judgment of an unrighteous people. Remember fire and brimstone falling on Sodom and Gomorrah?

And finally, we see that they all have the ability (if their stories are true; I think not) to travel many light years to our tiny little planet. Or do they? Let’s examine something that has puzzled me; that being why so many crashes?




By examining the charts at the beginning of this article, we can see that there has been purported, quite a few crashes of extraterrestrial craft here on our cozy little world. And to boot, I didn’t even list all of the crashes that I found listed at various sources on the Internet.

But let’s look at the entities that we’re dealing with. If their message were true, and they’ve traveled here through the vast expanse of space/time then they would have to be much more advanced then we are. This is the claim that they’ve been making all through the years both through abductees that they’ve given messages to, and through those who supposedly channel the messages of these entities. If these aliens are so advanced then surely they’ve overcome so many problems that we haven’t even dreamed about. They would have had to conquer traveling at faster than light speed. They would have had to learned to warp space so that they could get places faster. They would have the knowledge of every worm hole in and around our part of the galaxy. They would have had to invent force fields and weapons that our military would die to have. Why then, do they have such a hard time staying aloft in Earth’s atmosphere?

Several theories have been postulated concerning the reasons for UFO crashes on our planet. Listed below are just a few which we will expand on:

1. Brought down by natural forces in our atmosphere: lightning, wind sheer or other things of like manner.

2. Brought down by microwave, radar or other unseen human interference.

3. Brought down by munitions fire from earthly sources.

4. Brought down by other extraterrestrial powers – wars or malevolence by other worldly beings.

5. Faulty construction of craft or just plain accidents.

Now there could be other factors that bring down these craft, but I believe that I’ve listed some of what would be the most common scenarios. Now, let’s look at the possibilities for each.

Natural Forces in Atmosphere:

We examine this factor because there have been instances where earth made craft have been brought down to earth in a crash because of bad weather. A lightning strike on a commercial jet liner, should it happen in a sensitive place can cause a plane crash. There are documented cases of this being true. That is why commercial pilots, pilots of small planes and most military craft will steer a course around a thunder storm. They know that flying through such inclement weather is a serious hazzard.

But what about these supposed extraterrestrial craft. If they do come from other worlds then they must be built to withstand the rigor of flying through many more challenging situations. They would have to dodge heavenly bodies and space debris. Because such debris exist in space they would have to be able to make hairpin turns in a fraction of a second and survive the inertia of such a move. The tiniest piece of space dust would enter, exit and destroy the ship before anyone knew what happened. With all of that planning and sophisticated equipment, why would they find it so hard to maneuver through our atmosphere? So I really rule out such a scenario, seeing that they are so advanced and such.

Microwave, Radar or Other Unseen Human Interference:

My same argument can be used for this category. If these beings are so advanced then the use of any sort of sound or wavelength weapon would be akin to a pirate firing a blunderbuss at a modern American aircraft carrier. Such an event wouldn’t even cause a dent to the target. And if there were such beings, and they were so advanced, wouldn’t they have studied human defenses and wouldn’t they have developed countermeasures before they ever considered coming into harms way? So again, I rule out this scenario too.

Brought Down By Munitions Fire:

At the time of the Roswell event, the most sophisticated device that the military had was the proximity fuse. Mounted on a missile (which were not guided during that era) even a lucky shot would probably not resulted in any loss of integrity of one of the craft. Remember too that if these things were really interstellar or intergalactic then the makers of such vehicles would probably have force-field capabilities. One must also remember the Great Washington Flap of 1952. For two weeks in a row UFO’s were seen over our nation’s capital. Note that every time jets were scrambled to intercept these objects, the objects would just blink out. When the fighters returned to base the lights reappeared. So, since they’re able to disappear and return with such rapidity it is doubtful that any munitions could affect them.

Causalities Of A Battle Between Alien Races:

Some have postulated the theory that there is enmity between some of the races of aliens that are supposedly visiting out planet. Speculation has been advanced that perhaps the reason why some of these UFO’s are crashing is that they are shot from the sky by other alien ships. Having done extensive study and much reading this author has come to the conclusion that there is no hostilities between the different races represented in the UFO realm. As a matter of fact, some abductees have reported that while they have the sensation of being in an alien ship, they have recognized individuals from each type of alien subset in the room at the same time. So it seems that they’re all working together in harmony.

Faulty Construction of Craft or Just Plain Accidental Events:

It seems to me that an advanced society, like we’re led to believe these creatures are, would have many safeguards built into their technology. I mean, we’re not talking about General Motors or Ford, both which seem to be recalling their cars at least three or four times a day. I mean, wouldn’t the superior intellect that these beings supposedly have cause them to have faultless interstellar devices? Wouldn’t the manufacturers of such vehicles offer aft to stern protection for 1000 light years or 1060 miles, whichever comes first? And one has to wonder why they don’t have “planet side assistance,” or “free towing to the nearest mother ship?” And I can only imagine what their insurance rates are. “Well sir, can you tell me how far you drive to and from work each day; and have you gotten any tickets for exceeding warp ten in a warp ten zone?” Sorry that I got carried away; but I saw good subject matter for comedy:)




The real story is that these craft and their occupants do not in fact come from other worlds. They are in fact inter-dimensional. This conclusion is reached by looking at some simple facts. First, these vehicles can travel at thousands of miles per hour and make right angle turns at those speeds. Such maneuvers would turn anyone made of matter into some sort of soup on the side of the craft. UFO’s have been observed materializing and dematerializing into solid ground. In most cases where these objects depart, they tend to just disappear. These things can’t be done if they have mass.

Secondly, when one studies the messages that are given to abductees by these beings; and also the messages being channeled by these beings through occult mediums; one can only see that the messages hold an anti-Christ theme to them. These entities don’t attack any other religion but they go out of their way to discredit the Lord God of Israel and His Son, Yeshua Ha Mashiach. It  makes no sense to me, why beings who claim to be from other worlds in the galaxy would travel all this way to bring us the New Age philosophy that spews just fine all on its own from a vast array of information media already established on earth.

What’s The Theme Behind The Crashes:

We should probably start out by stating again what they are not. Given that these entities all go out of the their way to show us that they’re much more highly advanced than human beings are; we can easily come to the conclusion that they’re not from other worlds. I can’t see the validity of five or six different civilizations all building craft that can’t maneuver within a fairly simple and thin atmosphere and can’t survive the meteorological conditions; or the weapons of the inhabitants of our world with it’s primitive weaponry.

My belief is that the reasons for the crashes that have occurred take on a much more insidious facade. Having thought about tactics, I wondered what I would do if I wanted a large group of people to believe something that to the normal person seems unbelievable. I then think about what I would do if I wanted perpetuate a lie, or perhaps a smokescreen while I was finalizing my real plan. I WOULD PLANT FALSE EVIDENCE!

Here’s a little scenario that might help to explain what I’m trying to say. Let’s say that I was on a council of evil entities; let’s call them demonic hordes or fallen angels. Now, I want to set into motion a plan to deceive the world. I know that my time is short and I know that the outcome is already determined through a divine edict laid down since the beginning of time. I know that I can’t win the war, but I can take with me as many souls as I can deceive to be with me in eternal damnation. They would sort of be my trophies; heads hanging on my wall to make me feel better about my attempt at a successful rebellion.

Now I know that the society that I’m trying to deceive is pretty intellectual. They don’t believe in ghosts and goblins anymore. I’ve been successful in many ways at deceiving these people though. I’ve convinced them that their creator really doesn’t exist. I’ve convinced them that instead of being created by a loving God, they instead were the product of random chance and that their only hope is in their own dreams and aspirations. Over the years, I’ve managed to convince them through guile and by playing toward their own vanity that they are not alone in the universe. After all, they see all the stars; trillions of them and I plant the notion that they are not alone in the universe. Then I start to show signs and wonders in the sky in the form of what they term UFO’s, named aptly so by these people because they can’t comprehend what I’ve shown them.

I commission those beings who have fallen with me. I tell them to manifest in many different ways; by manner of ghosts, extraterrestrials and other paranormal things. I find foolish people on this planet who believe my lie so strongly that I can speak to them and convince them that I am the answer to all of their questions; and the lie starts to perpetuate like a fire to dry kindling. I’m on my way to taking over this planet and it seems quite easy.

But aside from their creator who has been battling me, there stands one thing in my way. You see, when I finally became successful at destroying their faith, they started to demand hard evidence, not just about their creator, but for just about everything. They need physical proof to believe in anything. So now I have to put some hard evidence to this UFO thing that I’ve created. I start by having my evil emissaries construct craft out of physical materials. Because of our supernatural powers we’re able to have these craft appear and disappear at will; it’s not that hard a chore. Then we abduct some of these people who live on this planet. Because we’re angels we have a pretty high degree of technology; much higher than man will ever achieve. We’ve known about genetic manipulation forever and some of us were even successful with it during the days of Noah, when we tried to disrupt the pure bloodline that God had established at the beginning of Earth when he promised the progenitor of these earthly beings that his offspring would some day produce a deliverer that would make things right between them and their creator.

So, with our genetic prowess we create something that mankind comes to refer to as grey aliens. They’re basically our drones and do all of the dirty work. Because we created them they have no souls, but that makes it easier for our side because they are merely shells that can host the spirits of the Nephilim that died before the creator destroyed the world with a great flood. The Greys are actually a very effective tool. They look humanoid and that’s just enough to fool the inhabitants. of this planet.

But something still keeps these humans from believing the lie totally. They still demand proof; something substantial that they can hold in their hands and see with their own eyes so that they can fully believe. So, one day we decide to give them that proof. We take some of the craft that we have developed; two on this particular day; and we have them crash outside a community known as Roswell, New Mexico, in what the inhabitants call The United States. This society is in a rapid spiral toward destruction anyway. Elements that have been under control of my minions for years are causing dissension among the populace and within a few years they’ll deny the creator and lead this nation into a totally godless society. We cause one of the craft to totally destroy upon impact with the death of our little grey creations. The other craft crashes, mostly intact, killing some of the grey creatures, but some remain alive. The debris of both craft is collected as are the aliens. The demonic entities that inhabit the shell of the living greys entertain the human military captors that now hold them. They tell these humans all sorts of lies about civilizations all over the galaxy. They explain how they want to help mankind to advance both technologically and spiritually.

Well, you get the picture I’m sure. My contention is that the crashes that happened in New Mexico back in the 1940’s and all over the world since then are merely planted evidence, given to mankind to mask what is really going on. They caused a great belief in the general populace, enforcing an already planted belief that we are not alone in the universe.

Back in the 1990’s several events happened in the political spectrum here in the United States. We were governed by a president (Bill Clinton) who should probably have gone into used car or snake oil sales. Among his many undesirable attributes was his skill at being a habitual liar. That is probably the greatest success of his presidency; his ability to talk his way out of just about anything he was caught doing. Actually, if one could admire a person’s ability to lie, they could elevate Clinton to some sort of celebrity status.

One of problems with his administration is that there were some, like Ron Brown and Vince Foster who through whatever purpose threatened to expose Clinton for what he was. Both of these men died after making the threats and they joined several others who were dispatched from this life because they opposed the Clintons. Vince Foster was a unique case though. You see, when they murdered Mr. Foster they made several mistakes. The most important one is that the supposed suicide weapon was in Foster’s right hand. Why is that odd? Foster was left handed! From that and other things that were observed at the crime scene it was clear that Mr. Foster was murdered, and PLANTED EVIDENCE was left at the crime scene.

You see, liars, thieves and all those who do malicious deeds always tend to show their cards in one way or another. With the murder of Mr. Foster, the main focus was the gun in the wrong hand. In the case of the UFO crashes it’s the fact that on one hand we’re spoon fed the notion that beings are coming from other worlds who are light years more advanced than we are, and their craft are made with technology that transcends our wildest imagination; yet they can’t even manage to fly in our atmosphere without crashing. Let’s get real about this. Anyone with any sense of discernment can see that crashes of UFO’s aren’t real crashes; they’re planted false evidence to perpetuate the lie that UFO’s come from other worlds and that their inhabitants are here to save us from ourselves. And when the subject ever comes up think on this; can you trust beings to save you who can’t even save themselves?

The answer to that question is a resounding NO! I choose to trust in the Lord God of Israel, Maker of Heaven and earth.

Some trust in chariots, and some in horses: but we will remember the name of the LORD our God. They are brought down and fallen: but we are risen, and stand upright. Psalm 20:7-8

It’s an interesting term that the Psalmist uses: “they are brought down and fallen.”

The postulation that the UFOnauts are actually entities from other worlds is preposterous. Anyone who has done any serious study and comparison between these beings and the demons and fallen angels of old can quite quickly figure out that all of the above parties are one and the same. The UFO phenomena is nothing more than an attempt by those angels to infiltrate our society and to start a new race of Nephilim which want nothing more than to try and destroy mankind all over again. Time is short and Satan knows that to be a fact. He’ll do anything he can to deceive humankind so that he can achieve his purpose. If you doubt this to be true then I ask you to do your own study; and if you do it honestly, you’ll come to the same conclusions.


David Ben Yakov


Is Planet Seeding
Evolution’s Salvation?

By David Ben Ya’akov

© 2002 David Ben Ya’akov / Delusion Resistance


If you’ve been around this website you have probably noticed that the content primarily deals with exposing Evolution and the existence of Extraterrestrials as a lie perpetuated to deceive mankind into believing a delusion. The grand scheme of that delusion is to convince man through deception that there are many ways to happiness and a good wholesome life. The steadfast belief in the Bible and the Messiahship and divinity of Jesus Christ are mocked and ridiculed and those who hold such beliefs are basically referred to as morons and intolerant hypocrites.

In recent years, however, God has given wisdom to many who have seen the charade of the Evolution and Extraterrestrial lie. Many good and solid points and pieces of evidence have been shown both through Biblical means and good old common sense. Because so many counterpoints have been raised against both of the lies, the exposure of those lies has caused the liars to go into overtime to produce new lies to back up the old lies. Hence, we have what is now known as Planet Seeding.

Before we go on, it is interesting to reflect on something. You see, for years most of those in the Evolution camp would have nothing to do with those in the UFO camp. They thought of those in the UFO camp as lunatics who were delusional and possibly even psychotic. Yet while they were regarding the UFO folk with such disdain, they were spinning their own humongous psychotic fairytale. Sort of reminds one of the old adages of the pot calling the kettle black. Perhaps though it was something of a more monetary nature. Perhaps there was an issue of which story would get the most grant financing from those who give money to such causes. In any case, and for the most part, there were two separate camps.

Most of us who were taught about World War Two before the liberals revised history, remember that Germany and Japan formed an alliance to fight the Allied powers. But one thing that people might not take into account is that the German leaders were racists and really had no regard for those of the Asian race. In turn, the Japanese thought of Europeans as “White Devils,” and had no regard for the West. So why did they join forces? Because they had a common enemy. In order to survive, they had to lay aside their differences to achieve what they perceived as a common good. The same tactic is being used by those in the UFO and Evolution camps. Christianity and Biblical Scientists are coming against both of them and they are joining their philosophies to combat a very real threat. The only way that the evolution delusion can survive, or so they think is to make Evolution celestial in nature.  The facade of Planet Seeding is a very logical way to continue both the UFO and Evolution lies.

If one looks into the UFO realm and what has been said for years, you will find that there has been a suggestion of Planet Seeding for quite a few years. This is because those who channel beings who call themselves “ascended masters,” also call themselves, “aliens,” and they have been sending the message of planet seeding to their unwitting pawns all along. Those pawns, “channelers,” have been writing books and such and offering ideas, such as Planet Seeding, to anyone who will listen. Sort of like the “Prophets of Baal,” mentioned so many times in the Old Covenant, they chip away at disbelief until any foundation of common sense has been taken away.

Now, we know and can see that Evolution in its present Darwinian form is dying a slow and agonizing death. No transitory forms are ever found, dating methods are never found to be correct and the thinking public just can’t be convinced anymore because they too see the lies changing from year to year. No two scientists can say the same thing for very long. This sort of reminds me of the account in the Bible where God caused confusion in the camp of Israel’s enemies and those enemies all killed each other. It is in the best interest of Evolution that they meld with something else to keep the lie alive, and planet seeding will do more to keep Evolution’s lie perpetuated because it builds on a whole new faulty foundation, that being an extraterrestrial one.


Copyright 2002


So What Is Planet Seeding?:

Planet Seeding is a term that is used by The New Evolutionists and the UFO community to convey the belief that some advanced race of extraterrestrial entities placed organisms on Earth to begin the evolution process. Now this sounds like a fantastically crazy notion and the stuff that science-fiction novels are made of. What would make supposedly intelligent people come up with a notion like this? The answer is, “the lack of time.” It’s quite easy to understand. Evolution in it’s Darwinian form needs a lot of time to accomplish it’s fete. When you are talking about millions, or perhaps billions of mutations (that we all know are harmful or fatal to organisms), that would have to occur to make evolution a reality, there is just not enough time to make it believable anymore. Evolutionists have pushed the envelope of believable time origins to the limit and they know that making the Earth even older than they claim today would make those who have been duped to start to doubt it’s believability. The fact is that even in it’s present thought, evolution could not have happened and the quotes below show it is mathematically impossible:

“… Life cannot have had a random beginning … The trouble is that there are about two thousand enzymes, and the chance of obtaining them all in a random trial is only one part in 10 to the power of 40,000, an outrageously small probability that could not be faced even if the whole universe consisted of organic soup. If one is not prejudiced either by social beliefs or by a scientific training into the conviction that life originated on the Earth, this simple calculation wipes the idea entirely out of court …” (Fred Hoyle and Chandra Wickramasinghe, Evolution from Space)

“The chance that useful DNA molecules would develop without a Designer are apparently zero. Then let me conclude by asking which came first – the DNA (which is essential for the synthesis of proteins) or the protein enzyme (DNA-polymerase) without which DNA synthesis is nil? … there is virtually no chance that chemical ‘letters’ would spontaneously produce coherent DNA and protein ‘words.'” (George Howe, expert in biology sciences)

You can read many more such quotes by going to the Category section of the website on the main page

Think about it, the chances are 1 in 1040,000 that life could evolve in a random way; that is, by accident and without a creator. That number is infinitely larger than all of the atoms that comprise everything in the universe. The calculation below concerning the number of atoms in the universe was found at: 

Atoms in the Universe

1066 estimates the the number of atoms in our galaxy to be in the area of 1068 and, if dark and exotic matter are considered, then their numbers are possibly close to 1069.

In 109, it is stated that there is a wide range of estimates given for the number of galaxies in the universe. Some put the number in the very low 100 billions, others bring it much closer to the one trillion mark.

The size of other galaxies range from one million to hundreds of billions of stars. The mass of some of the largest galaxies is trillions of times the mass of our sun. Again, it is supposed that much of this mass consists of dark and exotic matter.

If we consider our galaxy to be of average size, and use the highest estimates for both the number of atoms in our galaxy and the total number of galaxies, then the universe would contain about one trillion times the number of atoms as our galaxy. Since our galaxy probably has no more than 1069 atoms, this would mean that at most the universe contains 1069 x 1012 atoms in all. This works out to be just under 1081.

If we use lower estimates for the number of atoms in our galaxy and total number of galaxies, then the total number of atoms would be as much as 20 times less, or within the area of 1079.

Hence, “atoms in the universe” belongs on this page which spans from 1078 to just under 1081.

To put it in other terms. Let’s say that you filled the whole universe with ping-pong balls. There is only one red ball in all of the universe and the rest are white. You have a better chance of diving into the mass of balls with your eyes closed and picking the red ball on the first try. Of course, the odds are much greater, but we have to relate these things in terms we all can understand.

Thus, the possibility of evolution occurring by accident without any intelligent creator is foolishness to say the least. Evolutionists know that a lot of people are getting wise and that we know that the yarn that they spin can’t possibly be true, so they are now starting to adhere to the Planet Seeding fairytale.

Why That Dog Won’t Hunt:

The numbers above are the reason why Planet Seeding can’t be a reality. If the chances of it happening here are astronomical, or better yet impossible then they have to be that way throughout the universe. If evolution was impossible in every other world in the entire universe, then there can’t be any other race that could have seeded the Earth. 

Evolution has recently been taking it’s last dying breaths. I know that some of you remember the old “Get Smart,” comedy series on television. One thing that the main character tried to do a lot was to convince his adversaries that they were outnumbered. He would say something like, “you better give up because as we speak this building is being surrounded by a company of soldiers.” His enemy would doubt what he said, then he would utter, “would you believe 50 police officers?” and the enemy would still not believe him. He would go down the line until he uttered something ridiculous like, “would you believe a troop of fierce girl-scouts?” At this point, it was so utterly stupid that it got a big laugh out of people who were watching the show. Well, the same thing is happening with evolution. First, it was, “the Earth is 3 billion years old.” Next, they said, “would you believe 4.5 billion years?” Now they are saying, “would you believe planet seeding.”

Now I made that illustration to prove how utterly stupid Evolution is and how lies have to cover up more lies. As the lies progress, they tend to become more unbelievable, especially if one listens closely and examines them in the context that they are given. The first character that I mentioned above was a comedic one and was supposed to be funny. But the sad truth is that although the Evolutionists’ claims are stupid they seem to be believed by many in the general populace. I think that some of the reason for this is that people respect those with educations and believe them. The other reason is that people have itching ears and want to hear things that only appeal to their lusts and desires. The belief in God and the Bible would cause them to have personal responsibility and to be answerable to a higher standard, and a higher authority, and Lord knows that most won’t stand for that. The Bible is quite emphatic about this when it says:

For the time will come when men will not put up with sound doctrine. Instead, to suit their own desires, they will gather around them a great number of teachers to say what their itching ears want to hear. They will turn their ears away from the truth and turn aside to myths. 2 Timothy 4:3-4

And because people don’t really want to hear the truth and turn away from lies, God says:

Don’t you remember that when I was with you I used to tell you these things? And now you know what is holding him back, so that he may be revealed at the proper time. For the secret power of lawlessness is already at work; but the one who now holds it back will continue to do so till he is taken out of the way. And then the lawless one will be revealed, whom the Lord Jesus will overthrow with the breath of his mouth and destroy by the splendor of his coming. The coming of the lawless one will be in accordance with the work of Satan displayed in all kinds of counterfeit miracles, signs and wonders, and in every sort of evil that deceives those who are perishing. They perish because they refused to love the truth and so be saved. For this reason God sends them a powerful delusion so that they will believe the lie and so that all will be condemned who have not believed the truth but have delighted in wickedness. 2 Thessalonians 2: 5-12

And with still a lack of repentance, this is what happens:

This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, Without natural affection, trucebreakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, Traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God; Having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof: from such turn away. For of this sort are they which creep into houses, and lead captive silly women laden with sins, led away with divers lusts, Ever learning, and never able to come to the knowledge of the truth. Now as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses, so do these also resist the truth: men of corrupt minds, reprobate concerning the faith. But they shall proceed no further: for their folly shall be manifest unto all men, as theirs also was. 2 Timothy 3: 1-9

A Call To The Truth:

At the time that I write this page I have been on this Earth a short forty-three years. There have been so many changes in American society during that time. Crime has increased, children have become extremely rebellious and people in general have become callous and unloving. All of these things were prophesied to happen. Some might deny what I have said, but statistics don’t lie and can’t be ignored. Society is not getting better but is on a fast train to anarchy, and dare I use the phrase, on a fast road to hell!

My dad made a remark to me just before his death that has stuck with me and caused me to ponder many things. One day, out of the blue, he said, “the America that I grew up in is not the same one that we live in now.” We have to look at what is different between then and now. The hearts of people could not have just changed without some sort of change in society. We have to examine what might have been added or subtracted from society to make it the way that it is. 



Dad’s Childhood The 1930’s My Childhood The 1960’s and 1970’s Today’s Generation The 1980’s thru Present
God revered and honored – Allowed and promoted in school. God and Church a way of life, both public and private. God and Prayer removed from schools. God still allowed in some instances in schools, but prosecution threatened. Evolution taught in school God and Bible banned from school. Violators prosecuted in a court of law. God banned from government places. Christianity mocked, called intolerant.
Vast Majority attend Church Most attend a church Very small Church attendance
Children respect parental authority Children respect but later question parental authority. Children deny parental authority – Kids receive more rights than parents
Very little drug abuse – seen as a societal taboo Moderate to heavy drug abuse – Push to legalize drug abuse. Rampant drug abuse – abuse condoned as a societal disease
Teen sexual activity seen as a sin and very rarely practiced Teen sex practiced, but not condoned by society. Still taboo Teen sex rampant. Seen as a sign of the times, condoned and sometimes encouraged.
Microscopic percentage of teen pregnancies and unwed teen mothers. Abortion Illegal! Teen pregnancies on the rise. Many aborted after 1972 abortion legalization. Leap in unwed teen mothers, from 1970’s and onward Teen pregnancies commonplace with acceptance growing every year. Unwed teen motherhood is generally a commonplace.
Sexually transmitted diseases rare and an embarrassment. Teen STD percentages too small to measure. Monogamy is practiced and revered. STD rates on the rise. More resistant strains because of multiple sex partners and infidelity. People not so embarrassed by having an STD STD’s are on a rampant rise. Monogamy is rare and even ridiculed. New diseases – AIDS, Herpes and new strains of old venereal diseases
Politicians are seen as examples to children, adults, and society. Politicians still are seen as examples but questions about their morality arise. Politicians mostly corrupt. Set bad example for children, adults, and society.
Patriotism alive – God and country revered, loved and respected Patriotism wanes – The thought of globalism starts to creep in. Leftist agenda rampant. Push for global government supersedes national sovereignty and rights.
Healthy Society – Life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness honored The beginning of a sick society. Morals and values weakened and anarchy is beginning Morbid Society – People are given over to the love of self. Socialist agenda with a denial of any divine authority. Government reigns supreme.


Looking at the facts above it is not hard to realize some very core truths. In the early 1960’s the Supreme Court said that it was illegal to pray in school. In effect, they said that God wasn’t welcome in school anymore. God never stays where He isn’t welcome, so He sadly left. When a core truth is removed from a society, in this case, the schools, it leaves a vacuum. That vacuum was replaced with Evolution. But you have to realize one thing. Evolution cannot be backed up with facts and is only supposition, or perhaps the hope of those who claim to be scientific. Belief in something that cannot be seen or substantiated is called a FAITH, and the practice of a faith is called RELIGION! So, those who have gone to public schools since the early 1960’s have been taught a religion, which goes against the corrupt manner that the socialist elite has twisted the Third Amendment of The Constitution of the United States.

The question is often asked why kids are acting the way they are today. Why do kids bring guns or knives to school and kill each other? Why are they joining gangs? Why are they out tagging every wall they find? Why is drug abuse rampant and teen sexual activity off the scales? The answer is quite simple. If you take a child from the time they are first able to understand anything. You tell them that there is no God, therefore there are no absolutes and no supreme being to answer to. You teach them that laws aren’t really relative and that each person should cater the law to their own needs. Finally, you tell them that they have descended from animals and that because of that they are not special and that life really has no purpose. Taking all of this into account it is no wonder why today’s kids are unruly, unloving psychopathic lunatics. My apologies to those kids who are normal and God-fearing, but you have to admit that most of those you know of are sort out there somewhere. 

Now those who preach Evolution also know another fact. They know that there many in the American public who really don’t like to think for themselves. They know that these people like it when so-called intelligent people explain things to them and that public takes the word of that intelligencia as gospel. Because of that, they write articles in newspapers and magazines, they broadcast on news networks and make documentaries for learning channels concerning Evolution and ufos. The articles are blatant and state things as fact. The documentaries usually pose questions to make people think and then state what they call fact. 

Let’s look at an example of one documentary. The document was about “Atlantis,” and one of the features that they were examining is what is called “The Bimini Road.” This structure (for lack of a better word) is located in the waters off of Bimini, an island in the Bahamas. The structure looks like a line of square blocks that leads out into deeper parts of the sea. The documentary had many people that tried to explain what the Bimini Road actually is. The UFO theory was advanced as well as the theories that it was a road in ancient Atlantis, or perhaps part of a wall to a structure in Atlantis. The idea that this so-called road was a fulfillment of a prophecy by the occultist Edgar Cayce, when he said that parts of Atlantis would rise in the 1960’s, was really enforced. There was one man who was interviewed, who explained that it is a natural occurrence and that he has seen it in other parts of the world. He was given little time to explain his view and the viewer had already been prejudiced by all of the other supposed evidence that was presented before his was. I like to explain things using fonts. So, let me sum up the documentary like this. “There is a curiosity in the waters off of Bimini. What do you think it is? IS IT OF ALIEN ORIGIN, OR PART OF ATLANTIS, or could it be a natural phenomena?” Most people would pick the view that is most heavily enforced, and most people do because that is what they are told, by people who supposedly know the truth. And, most people don’t have a firm foundation on what they believe, if anything.

Will Planet Seeding Save Evolution?

That question could be answered in a variety of different ways depending on who you ask. If you ask a person totally sold out to the UFO cult or the Evolution religion they would answer with a resounding yes. It is important to remember that those two fields are really religions and most of their adherents are as dogmatic if not more dogmatic than the basic Christian.

It is important to remember that Planet Seeding is a lie, perpetuated to save a lie, of a lie, of a lie… All lies come to the surface to be exposed at one time or another. We have the promise from God in the scripture above:

But they shall proceed no further: for their folly shall be manifest unto all men….  2 Timothy 3:9

The important thing in all of this is that Christians remember that Evolution is a lie, that is dying a miserable death. When a person is dying in a hospital what do the doctors do? They do everything they can to keep that person alive because that is a doctor’s mission in life. Sometimes doctors even use unorthodox means to cure their patient. Likewise, the doctors of Evolution are trying to keep their patient alive. They’ve doctored Evolution since it modern day birth. It’s been a sickly patient, always needing a doctor to cure its ills, which are many. Now, their patient is old and feeble, ready to expire. So, why not give it a Planet Seeding transplant to keep it alive. Had a scientist gone before the scientific community thirty years ago with the Planet Seeding idea they would have been laughed out of the scientific world. But today, in desperation, anything is worth a try. 

It is important that we keep our noses in our Bible because that is the only way that we will know of the lies that Satan tries to force upon the world. The Holy Spirit will instruct us in what is right and wrong where all worldly ideas are concerned. One of the things that the Bible has always reminded me of is a “fix-it manual.” When I was younger I liked to work on my automobiles. In the manuals that were available for the cars, there was something called a “troubleshooting list.” In that list, it would describe sounds or things you might see in the car’s operation, and it would give suggestions on what the problem was, then it would point to a page where you could find the process of fixing the problem. Here’s an example of one such troubleshooting guide:



Problem: Engine Overheating

Solution: What to fix


Water around radiator cap? Replace radiator cap 23
Is there water in the radiator? Replace coolant 24
Is water pump making noise? Replace water pump 25
Is water pump belt broken or missing? Replace belt 26


The Bible is a great troubleshooting guide. Just for the heck of it, let’s look at an example, using the same format as above:


Problem: Unsound Doctrine Direction: Read Scripture Solution
Aliens say many ways to enlightenment Read: John 14:6 – Jesus is The Way, the truth, and the life… Disregard Alien message
Evolution claims Big Bang Read Genesis Chapter 1 – In the beginning God… Disregard Evolution’s claim.
New Age claims Bible not valid Read 2 Timothy 3:16 – All scripture is God Inspired Disregard New Age doctrine.
Shirley McClain promotes Reincarnation Read Hebrews 9:27 – Men die once and then are judged. Disregard Reincarnation and Shirley McClain


So it’s really quite simple. When a person is Born Again, and they read their Life Manual (The Bible) they equip themselves to know right from wrong. When that is coupled with the fact that the Holy Spirit dwells in us and guides us in all righteousness, we can’t go wrong. When we know what is right, and something seems wrong, it probably is. That is when we go into God’s word to find out why we have the feeling that that thing is wrong.

I want to do what’s right. What do I do now?

The fact that you have read this far means that you want to know the truth, or if you are a Christian, you want to strengthen the faith that you have. 

First, let’s talk about those of you who are not saved. 

Now, what do I mean by saved? First, you have to realize that every human who ever lived has been born with a sin nature. It is a natural tendency to rebel against God. Just read your newspaper and you’ll agree with that statement. Just as you have inherited perhaps your father’s nose or your mother’s eyes, we all have inherited this rebellious ability, and we all use it. Concerning how we are, The Bible says in Isaiah:

All of us have become like one who is unclean, and all our righteous acts are like filthy rags; we all shrivel up like a leaf, and like the wind our sins sweep us away. Isaiah 64:6

The correct translation of “filthy rags,” in the scripture above is “used menstrual cloths.” We all sin and anyone who says that they don’t sin is a liar.

If we claim to be without sin, we deceive ourselves and the truth is not in us. If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just and will forgive us our sins and purify us from all unrighteousness. If we claim we have not sinned, we make him out to be a liar and his word has no place in our lives. 1 John 1:8-10

God knew that sin had to be atoned for, and starting with Moses, God instituted a list of laws that people should live by. At the same time, he knew that since mankind was in a fallen state, it could not keep the commandments. So, God instituted a procedure of sacrificing animals to atone for sin. Since agriculture was the mainstay of society at the time, the giving of an animal for sacrifice was a very significant price to pay for the sinner. But God knew that the only sacrifice that could satisfy the need for permanent forgiveness would be one that He could give. So, He became a man, and let unknowing men sacrifice Him on the cross for the forgiveness of you and I. As Hebrews so aptly put it:

For when Moses had spoken every precept to all the people according to the law, he took the blood of calves and of goats, with water, and scarlet wool, and hyssop, and sprinkled both the book, and all the people, Saying, This is the blood of the testament which God hath enjoined unto you. Moreover he sprinkled with blood both the tabernacle, and all the vessels of the ministry. And almost all things are by the law purged with blood; and without shedding of blood is no remission. It was therefore necessary that the patterns of things in the heavens should be purified with these; but the heavenly things themselves with better sacrifices than these. For Christ is not entered into the holy places made with hands, which are the figures of the true; but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence of God for us: Nor yet that he should offer himself often, as the high priest entereth into the holy place every year with blood of others; For then must he often have suffered since the foundation of the world: but now once in the end of the world hath he appeared to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself. And as it is appointed unto men once to die, but after this the judgment: So Christ was once offered to bear the sins of many; and unto them that look for him shall he appear the second time without sin unto salvation. Hebrews 9:19-28

And again, let’s look at what John tells us again in his epistle:

My dear children, I write this to you so that you will not sin. But if anybody does sin, we have one who speaks to the Father in our defense–Jesus Christ, the Righteous One. He is the atoning sacrifice for our sins, and not only for ours but also for the sins of the whole world. 1 John 2:1-2

So God has made some really great provisions for us. But there is something that we need to so in order to get what God has done for us. The Salvation of God is a gift, and the gift has to be received and recognized by the recipient. It has to be treasured above all things. Simply put, if you believe and you receive then it only acknowledges the gift and be eternally thankful. Remember when you were a child and the holidays rolled around. There was always one special gift that you wanted and you made your parents quite aware of it. I remember one Christmas quite clear. There was this toy soldier rifle that I wanted. This gun did everything. It was the last present that I got that Christmas and I loved it. My mom and dad were the best people on Earth for buying me such a great gift. I made sure that I showed it to everyone and I even think that I slept with at night. That is the way that God wants us to cherish the gift that He gave for us. Now, I don’t want to go into this too much because I have a page that explains it all; what to do, how to do it and how to proceed after that. you access that page by going to the site main page and clicking on the “saved” option at the top.

For Born Again Christians:

I know that by titling this section for Born Again Christians I might offend people. Jesus offended a lot of people too, so why should I be different than my Lord. Simply put, if you haven’t had a rebirth by the Spirit of God (the Holy Spirit) then you’re only a Christian by name. If one is born in a Bagel shop, does that make him/her a bagel? Certainly not. Jesus said you must be born again so it must be right.

Anyway, back to the message for Christians. I encourage you to pray about what you have read here. If you feel led, go to the rest of the pages on this site and check out the other articles and the links to other pages. I pray that His Spirit will lead you in all righteousness. Check everything you read here with what is in His Word. If you ever find anything here that isn’t backed up by scripture or if you find such things anywhere else in life then discard it. 

It is important that we get the word out about Evolution and UFO’s because they are two areas of society that are coming against the Church and Gospel of Jesus Christ. Many churches and pastors haven’t been too eager to teach or even research these subjects because they are too controversial. But let’s not forget that the words of Jesus were controversial back when He preached and many denied themselves salvation because of that sort of action. There are many speakers about both subjects that travel to churches to share and what they have to say is very insightful. 

It is important for those of you who have children and grandchildren, to teach them the truth. Bible reading should be homework for the kids and the parents. Imagine how close a family could get if they discussed what they read in God’s word. Shut off the television, radio, stereo and computer and bond with each other using the only tie that binds; Jesus Christ!!!

Study a lot about these two subjects. Search your Bible for answers like your life depends on it because, in all actuality, it does. We must be prepared to give account for what we believe because an increasingly sophisticated world demands sophisticated answers, or at least answers that sound that way.  Use analogies that apply to the people that you are talking to. You wouldn’t use construction analogies when talking to ladies, or ballet analogies when talking to a football team. Use common sense; God gives it freely. Like Paul said, He became all things to all people to get the message out.

And for goodness sake, don’t make the mistake of going in with the “holier than thou mighty Joe Christian,” attitude. You’ll lose their interest before you even open your mouth. And pray before you do anything and don’t forget the armor of God talked about in Ephesians chapter six.

Finally, it’s time to stop fooling around. Get out of worldly affairs and don’t imitate the world. The word Christian means, “Christ-like,” so let’s start being Christ-like. Stop trying to keep up with the Jones’ because if you don’t get them saved, the Jones’ are going to hell. For goodness sake forsake opulence. There’s no reason for a Christian to drive an expensive car and own the best house in the neighborhood, especially when their brothers and sisters are living in their cars and can’t even feed or clothe their children. And let us not forget that Christianity knows no national boundaries. We’re Christians first and the nationalities come later if they are needed at all. Use common sense. Whenever you’re doing something remember that Jesus is right there with you. So when you watch that unholy thing on television or at the movies, or you read something that is unbecoming a Christian, Jesus is right there. Like the scripture says, “be doers of the word, not just hearers.”

Thank You for reading this and I pray a special blessing on all readers. May you know Him and serve Him today, tomorrow and for eternity.


David Ben Ya’akov



David Ben Yakov

© 2007 / 2014 David Ben Yakov / Delusion Resistance


Recently I got an e-mail from someone who is researching the legal aspects of extraterrestrial/human legal implications. While doing research in this field, this person, who chooses to remain anonymous, sent me a link to a website where they feature an article about a group of individuals who are trying to write legislation and introduce said legislation to world governing bodies. The legislation, if enacted, would set up rules, regulations and guidelines for human conduct toward any friendly visiting EBE’s. It also seems to leave open the promotion of other (act friendly) legislation should that become necessary in the future.

When you read the proposed legislation you’ll be quick to notice that it only addresses a friendly extraterrestrial premise. No attention or thought is paid to any premise that any so-called visitation of Earth from what many supposed to be “other worldly” beings, might be invasive, cruel and harsh. In effect, the proposed legislation, has been lobbied heavily by the entities that have been the real authors of the legislation.

In this document, we’ll look at looks to be their statement of faith. Then we’ll look at the proposed legislation and finally we’ll look at their mission statement and the men who are behind this hideous document.


Some might ask why I call what you’re about to read a statement of faith. Well, their belief system is built on assumptions and theories, not on fact. In the real world, that is a religion, because religions are built of faith. So, let’s look at why they think there should be legislation that welcomes extraterrestrial life with open arms.

THE UNIVERSE, as far as we know, is infinite. Our Milky Way galaxy alone contains over 200 billion stars, many of which may have planets. Most people today, scientists and the general public alike, believe that life must exist elsewhere in the universe. Many believe that some planets may even harbor intelligent life.

If only one percent of the stars in our own galaxy have planets, and

If only one percent of those planets can support life, and

If only one percent of those life-bearing worlds developed intelligent life, and

If only one percent of intelligent aliens developed the technology to send a signal or to travel to other stars, then there could be at least 2,000 extraterrestrial civilizations in our galaxy alone that might have the ability to contact Earth.

And there are well over 100 billion galaxies that we know of in the universe, each composed of hundreds of billions of stars.

Many people believe, even if the number of space-faring civilizations is high, that the distances between the stars are too great for anyone to travel from their world to ours and that signals might be the only form contact can take.

However, there are now a number of new scientific theories that indicate this may not be true. Many physicists now believe it’s possible that wormholes, quantum tunneling and folded space may, with a sufficiently advanced technology, provide methods by which beings from one solar system could conceivably travel to another system in a very short period of time.

The question isn’t “can they get here?” anymore, it’s “if they get here, what do we do about it?”

What if, one day, Earth was contacted by one of these hypothetical civilizations? How, as a planet, would we respond to their offer to interact? What if they asked, “Do you have a method in place, or even a policy that outlines how Earth will proceed now that contact has happened?”

We would have to answer “No.”

Many people believe that, if we are now asking this question ourselves, then it’s time to provide an answer.

We believe that the “Extraterrestrial Contact Act” is that answer.
THE EXTRATERRESTRIAL CONTACT ACT is a bill that, when enacted into law, will establish a Contact Protocol to allow public interaction with Extraterrestrial Intelligences that may make, or express a desire to make peaceful contact with the people of Earth.

Such a meeting would be so momentous and the impact upon our world so powerful, that even if the probability of extraterrestrial contact is remote, we should nevertheless have at least a basic plan in place so that humanity has the ability to respond appropriately to an event of this magnitude.

What would the consequences be if we were unprepared for such an event?
What opportunities for learning and advancement might be missed?

Even if such an event doesn’t occur in our lifetime, this first, simple step in exo-political diplomacy will benefit future generations by providing a foundation they can build upon as our global society slowly but inevitably matures into an interstellar civilization.

THE EXTRATERRESTRIAL CONTACT ACT is also an organization dedicated to the promotion and adoption of this policy in all nations on Earth.

We invite the citizens of every nation on Earth to participate in and support this historic cause, not only through donations, volunteerism and media promotion, but also by inspiring each and every respective government to implement the Contact Protocol outlined in the Act and thus join with the United States in laying the foundation for future contact with Extraterrestrial Intelligence.

What may be science fiction today, could be science fact tomorrow.


Darryl Anka
Executive Director
Extraterrestrial Contact Act


I wish that I had a dime for every time that I heard the “vastness of the universe” argument for their being life on other worlds. I truly think that I could retire at a very early age if I had that sort of money. This sort of argument is built upon “what ifs” and suppositions, and really has no place in real science.

What the author of this supposition is saying is that he’s betting on the odds that he’s right. Odds and conjectures are better suited for Las Vegas, Reno, Atlantic City or at your local race track. But even at those places, odds are placed on the performance of either a machine, a deck of cards or the racing history of the horse in question. There is something to base the assumption upon. If you walk into a casino you’ll see a sign that their machines pay out more than any other casino. They can say this because your odds of winning have been calculated by how many times their machines have paid out in the past.

But, let me ask you a question. Would you put your coins into a machine that had a 200 billion to two thousand chance at getting you a return. Actually, you have a 0.00000001% chance of winning. If betting on horses are what you are into, and your horse had these odds, the odds would be two hundred million to two of your horse coming in first. Or to look at it another way, would you go to a surgeon who gave you odds two hundred million to two odds that he’d fix your physical problem and heal you? You see, the dreamers that think that there’s life on other worlds or in our galaxy take the small numbers and try to make them look big. That would work in a perfect universe, but our universe is chaotic; the laws of physics prove that. If everything was perfect there would be no need for laws. Laws are made to govern, just like legal systems do on earth. That is why with any unsure thing, people usually give you odds. If I gave you 2:1 odds on a race horse you have a reasonably good chance of winning the race; a fifty percent chance; you’ll either win or lose. As the numbers increase your chances get smaller and smaller that you will win and the chances of even coming close to winning become smaller and smaller. With odds of 200 million to 2 you might as well just throw up your arms in surrender and play a game that has better odds. So in essence, what the people who speculate on life out there in the universe are doing is saying, I’m willing to bet that there’s life out there. The sad part is that the only thing they have to use for collateral for their bet are their souls.

One thing that I do admire about these people and their conviction to prepare for extraterrestrial visitation, is that they have the old Boy Scout, “be prepared” mentality. Living in a nation; being oppressed by a government and working for various organizations that always have the “wait till mayhem to strikes before acting” attitude I give these people credit. But of course, they’re getting ready for the best case scenario, but what if it turns out to be the worse case scenario. We’ll examine that later.


Now we’re ready to look at the proposed legislation itself to see what it says:



To establish a protocol to allow public interaction with Extraterrestrial Intelligences that may make, or express a desire to make peaceful contact with the people of Earth.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled.


This Act may be cited as the ‘Extraterrestrial Contact Act of 2005’.


(1) Upon enactment of this Act, all members of the public, whether individual or in groups, shall immediately have —

(a ) The irrevocable right to freely interact, associate and communicate with Extraterrestrial Intelligences, whether on or off the Earth, within the guidelines set forth in the Contact Protocol; and

(b ) The irrevocable right to freely discuss, record, transcribe and communicate to others, within the guidelines of the Contact Protocol, the nature and content of such interactions, associations and communications with Extraterrestrial Intelligences.

(2) Upon enactment of this Act, the Extraterrestrial Contact Act organization (“ECA”) shall immediately and irrevocably have –

(a ) The right to globally promote similar versions of this Act and its Contact Protocol and to lobby for its adoption by other nations of Earth; and

(b) The right to suggest additions, deletions and/or other changes to the Contact Protocol, and the right to receive and coordinate suggestions for additions, deletions and/or changes to the Contact Protocol from the citizens of each nation; and

(c ) The right to establish, oversee and conduct an international voting procedure by which the leaders of each nation, as representatives of its citizens, can cast one vote per nation either for or against such additions, deletions and/or other changes; and

(d ) The right to officially add, delete and/or make changes to the Contact Protocol upon the ECA’s confirmation of majority approval of such additions, deletions and/or other changes.


In the event that an Extraterrestrial Intelligence makes, attempts to make, or expresses a desire to make peaceful contact with the people of Earth, the President of the United States shall —

(1) Make every reasonable effort to establish contact with the Extraterrestrial Intelligence and to confirm, in a timely manner, their peaceful intentions and that such Intelligence poses no biological danger or other unintended threat or harm to Earth; and

(2) Upon confirmation of the Extraterrestrial’s peaceful intentions and absence of biological or other danger, threat or harm, immediately order the stand down and cessation of all military, agency, departmental, public, corporate or private activities that might be reasonably interpreted by the Extraterrestrial as a refusal of contact or a threat to the Extraterrestrial’s safety and security; and

(3) Immediately inform the leaders of all other nations, the representatives of the United Nations, NASA, SETI and the ECA, via the organization’s Executive Director (“Director”), of the existence and nature of the Extraterrestrial contact and to include the above individuals and organizations in any discussions with respect to the content of all public announcements revealing the Extraterrestrial’s existence or nature to the public; and

(4) Within twenty four hours thereafter, make a globally-televised public announcement of the existence and nature of the Extraterrestrial contact; and

(5) Immediately schedule and facilitate a globally-televised interaction between the Extraterrestrial Intelligence, the President, the representatives of the United Nations, NASA, SETI and the ECA in order to freely negotiate, establish, coordinate and conduct a protocol for peaceful, continuing, global and mutually beneficial relations with the Extraterrestrial Intelligence and its respective society.

Upon establishment of contact and interaction with any Extraterrestrial Intelligence, the ECA shall —

(1) Create reports containing all the details of contact and the progress of the interaction with the Extraterrestrial Intelligence, if any, not later than 90 days after the initiation of such contact and every six months thereafter for the duration of the interaction; and

(2) Make those reports a matter of public record and available to the public upon request for a reasonable fee to cover costs of duplication, mailing, on-line services and other reasonable charges; and

(3) Announce the progress of the interaction, if any, to the public every six months via televised and website-posted reports.


(1) The term ‘Extraterrestrial Intelligence’ means any consciousness, entity or sentient being, whether individual or collective, physically corporeal, incorporeal or inter-dimensional, whose point of origin is other than from Earth or Earth’s spatial or temporal plane of existence.

(2) The term ‘Earth’ means the planet in its entirety and its distinct components, including the people of Earth and all natural and artificial infrastructures, biosystems, ecosystems and geosystems.

(3) The term ‘biological danger’ means a pathogen, chemical, or other organism, substance, procedure, device or agent that would cause physical threat, harm, death or destruction to Earth, its people, its natural and artificial infrastructures, biosystems, ecosystems and geosystems.

(4) The term ‘peaceful’ means inclined or disposed to peace; devoid of violence or force; without recourse to warlike methods.



The potential impact and effects of contact with an Extraterrestrial Intelligence on the social, political, economic, religious, cultural, psychological and other aspects of human society are difficult to predict and thus, these subjects are beyond the scope of this Act, excepting that —

(1) In the understanding that such open contact and subsequent interaction with an Extraterrestrial Intelligence might conceivably generate both profound and subtle changes in the above aspects of society as a whole, or to individuals within it, it is the intention and purpose of this Act that —

(a) Its enactment will mitigate, or lessen, any such changes and/or effects that might be deemed harmful to those aspects; and

(b) Its enactment will help to generate positive and constructive changes and effects by preparing human society in advance for such initial changes and their effects; and

(c ) Its enactment will allow for such preparation by educating the public as to the possibility of contact with Extraterrestrial Intelligence and through the establishment and promotion of the Contact Protocol that will provide for an official, globally approved and unified response to such contact; and

(d ) Its enactment and/or adoption will supersede and replace any other policy or procedure pertaining to such contact presently in place within any nation or organization; and

(e ) Its enactment will guarantee the irrevocable right of the public to freely interact with Extraterrestrial Intelligences without punitive consequences of any kind, barring infractions of laws in force that do not contravene nor contradict the purpose and intention of the Contact Protocol.


After I had finished reading the proposed ACT, I immediately thought of my history studies. I flashed on Europe prior to World War Two and the false hope of Neville Chamberlain. In the 1930’s the British became concerned that Hitler and Germany were growing in military might. Neville Chamberlain, for whatever reason, thought that he could reason with Hitler. He made many trips which included his making many concessions to Hitler for what Chamberlain thought would keep peace in Europe. In 1938 all of his efforts were proved fruitless as Hitler attacked Poland which forced England and France to declare war on Germany.

So my first concern is that these people are trying to pass legislation that makes communion with the entities a lawful. The funny thing is that contact between individuals (and most probably the governments of the world) has been going on for many years. The sad part is that when government sanctions anything, they do so as a representative of the populace therefore implicating that populace in whatever it does, whether it be benevolent or malevolent to that people. Who’s to say that these entities are friendly? If you take into account all of the abductions that have occurred over the past fifty or so years it would appear that their intentions aren’t peaceful. We can see that in the term that is mostly used to describe the way that people are taken away; that word being “abduction.” A look at any dictionary of the English language will yield the following result:

Main Entry: ab·duct
Pronunciation: ab-'d&kt, &b-; 2 also 'ab-"
Function: transitive verb
Etymology: Latin abductus, past participle of abducere, literally, to lead away, from ab- + ducere to lead:
1 : to carry off (as a person) by force

There is nothing benign about the word “abduct.” It is a forceful intrusion into the life of a person or a people and it is always meant for the benefit of the abductor and the detriment of the abductee. Of course as society has become indoctrinated with the premise of extraterrestrial visitors there have been those who have specifically sought out contact with these entities. These people fall into two categories; the first being those who are fascinated with the occult of which the UFO phenomena is a part; and those who think that caution in any matter is overreaction. History is rife with people who have welcomed invading powers who either out of ignorance or want of power and notoriety thought they could benefit from such actions. In either case, the word to describe these people is traitors.

I am not surprised that the authors of this ECA Act tend to think of extraterrestrial beings as benign and friendly. When we look at their credentials later you’ll see why I am not surprised. The thing about this legislation is that it does not take into any account what should be done if these entities are hostile. All of the plans are presented as if the authors are positive that the entities are friendly. This is alarming to the highest degree.

How is a president or any governing body supposed to determine that the entities in question are peaceful? Do you ask them if they’re peaceful? Do you have them sign some sort of contract that they’re peaceful? Do they come with references and if they do how to you verify the references? Maybe these entities will offer some sort of gift to prove that they’re peaceful. Maybe they’ll make us an offer that we possibly can’t refuse. Maybe they’ll offer TECHNOLOGY? I’m reminded of the Trojan Horse; it was a gift and look where it got Troy. How do you verify what they’re saying is true? Well, if you read the Bible, and specifically where demons and fallen angels are concerned, you can find plenty of verification that the entities in question are not friendly, and their intentions are hostile and self serving.

Now I suppose there are some who read this webpage who will sort of blow it off. They will say that the proposed legislation is garbage and that nobody would ever vote for it. But like I’ve always said, what one generation calls foolish the next generation ignores and the third generation accepts. Just in a scant fifty years this has come true in many aspects of the American way of life. My grandfather’s generation saw abortion as a sin; my dad’s generation acted like it didn’t exist and my generation embraced it. My grandfather’s generation looked at homosexuality as a sin (if they were religious) and a mental disorder if they were secular minded. My dad’s generation, while not agreeing with the practice, basically took a “live and let live” attitude toward the practice and my generation basically accepted it as a “alternative lifestyle.” In the same way, those who are a generation older than mine see the possibility of extraterrestrial visitation as foolishness; but my generation, having grown up on Star Trek, Star Wars and many other science fiction; and having been indoctrinated with the Alien Visitation theme, see it as being quite possible. Hence, we have people like the authors of the proposed legislation preparing for such an event.

Government And Contract Law:

We pride ourselves these days with having what we term a democratic process. In that process we elect representatives to act in our behalf. In most systems, the majority vote in their leader and legislature. We in effect are telling these people, “hey, we need a voice and we want you to be our voice.” What we are actually doing is giving these leaders and legislatures the power of attorney over our affairs. It is no different than going to a lawyer and giving him or her permission to govern our affairs. If the constitution of such a government is adequate and proper, it gives the people a way to rid ourselves of these representatives should they falter in their promise to govern our affairs in the way that we have designated them to perform. In other systems, such persons, should they betray the will of the populace, have to be removed by force.

The problem with most peoples in modern times is that they have lived for so long being governed by legislatures who have had their power of attorney, they don’t know how to think for themselves anymore. This is quite evident with the current state of affairs here in the United States. People refuse to think for themselves anymore. They are swayed from one opinion to another based on opinion polls and what the mainstream press has presented as truth. We’ve grown complacent, letting others do the thinking for us. This isn’t only evident in the political realm, but in most aspects of life. We watch television daily and are told what is right and what is wrong. We’re told what is beautiful and what is ugly. We’re told what to eat, where to go and what to do, and like all the sheep analogies in the Bible show, we’re like a flock without a shepherd. We run to and fro, falling into ditches, getting caught in barbwire fences  and straying off of the truth course. But I digress.

As is almost always the case, corruption starts at the top and works its way down to the common man. In America, against the will of the majority, many things, such as abortion, homosexuality, and any other act that God sees as immoral has been legalized, recognized and promoted by government. Because these things have become legally acceptable, the generations that have been born after such legislation now see no problem with them. The courts, who were established to interpret the law have now become law makers, superseding the legislatures who are supposed to have that position in government. The legislators themselves are almost always lawyers or have some affiliation with lawyers. I find it interesting that Yeshua got most of his problems from two groups of people. They are referred to Pharisees and the Doctors of the Law. In modern terms, you could very easily compare the Pharisees to legislators and the Doctors of the Law as the Supreme Court. I am also interested that the Bible refers to the judges as “doctors.” Doctors are always needed to heal sick things. God never gave Israel a “sick” law, but by the time so called leaders had corrupted the law it was in need of a doctor. The problem is that the Doctors of the Law are the ones that made the law sick. Any perfect thing can be given to human beings and within the period of a couple of generations (sometimes sooner) that once perfect thing will become so degenerated and corrupt that it probably will not be recognizable. Want proof about this? Just read your newspaper.

We see such things today; legislatures making laws and the courts finding fault in every law that there is. By the time that they’re done screwing around with the process, the law they finalize isn’t a cure, but a cancer on society. Take for instance the abortion issue. The issue should be that abortion is wrong; but instead of that, the courts are making a mockery of such a notion by looking at specific periods in the life of the unborn child and trying to determine if the child is actually a child as opposed to what they call in nonviable tissue mass. Then they further the mockery of the subject by ignoring any responsibility the mother is supposed to have and they give credence to the notion that it is the woman’s right to her reproductive rights is being infringed upon. In essence, they’ve doctored up the law. The enemy within laughs at us. We sit around shooting at branches of their tree while they’re secretly cutting our roots. Anyone knows that you can rid a tree of all its branches but it will sprout again in the spring. But, if you cut away the root system, the tree will die.

But getting back to the elected official and our giving them power of attorney over our affairs; what does that have to do with making a law that will respect extraterrestrial life should it make itself known to mankind. Well, if such a proposal does become law, it would in effect allow those we’ve entrusted with our power of attorney to act on our behalf. It would be a gigantic open door for these entities; whom many of us know to be demonic in nature to intrude upon mankind; against my will and the will of many others who think clearly. If someone would take such a thing to court and try to fight it, the entities could use the notion (and rightfully so) that those to whom we’ve given our power of attorney acted in good faith on our behalf, so they have every right to intrude on our lives.

Now what I’m about to write may be controversial to some, and understandably so. I don’t know it to be true, but what I’m about to present could explain why, since the 1950’s, the phenomena of alien abduction has exploded in reported numbers. There are unconfirmed reports that sometime during that decade, these entities, masquerading as beings from other worlds, approached the government and made a pact with our leaders as well as leaders of other nations. In that pact, our government allowed a small percentage of abductions to be conducted by these entities, purely for research purposes. In exchange, humankind would be given technology. Of course, like any intruder, once they got their foot in the door they came into our home (our society) and did whatever they damn well pleased. The government is not able to fight against such a menace; especially one that can appear and disappear out of out existence at their whim. So, the government has taken the, “if you can’t beat them, join them” attitude and the intrusion into the lives of many victims has gone unchecked.

Now no one is quite sure what elements of the government made this great blunder, but one has to assume that it was done under military auspices. If that is true, then there is really no firm contract between the people and the entities in question. In essence, they are acting in an illegal manner when they abduct men, women and children. If they made a contract with an elected civilian elected government they they have every legal right to intrude upon the lives of every person that government has authority over.

The matter of the legislation that this article is concerned with is a different story where the legal rights of the entities are concerned. If it is actual legislation then the public would somehow become aware of it. Congress leaks like a sieve and some reporter would report on it. With that, the public would have to either consent or dissent to the proposal.

There are people like myself who would be very vocal and dissent in the strongest terms possible and that is all well and good. But there are others who would consent to such legislation. But who would consent? Well, as I see it, there are three basic groups that would give approval to such legislation. First, there would be those who would be for it just out of a sense of novelty. They would approve either because they think it’s a fun idea or because they could make money out of it somehow.

The second group would be those who have always hoped for an extraterrestrial reality. They don’t necessarily exhibit any occult belief, but have no faith in God and want answers to life’s questions. The old adage of, “they’re more evolved, so must be more intelligent and know the truth,” will be prevalent in the lives and thoughts of such persons. Basically, they will be like Fox Mulder from the X-Files who always had the premonition that the truth is somewhere out in the universe. Basically, these are the ignorant people; those who the Bible says call unto themselves teachers to satisfy their itching ears.

The third group will consist of people who are into the New Age and many different occult practices. These are the people in the higher echelon of the New Age, who know about the spiritual battle that is going on between God and Satan. They will promote and endorse the legislation because it will bring about a new age on earth; one that will cast off the only True God and substitute a false god (Satan) and his Antichrist. The people who have written this legislation and who are trying to make it a viable law fall into this category which we will soon see.

And while we’re on the subject of the Antichrist; what better vehicle could he have than a welcome to earth; a reservation, given by the people of earth, via the carriers of our power of attorney. Of course, this person will be a man, possibly some sort of hybrid or Nephilim (only God knows) but he will have some sort of purported extraterrestrial connection. So for these few reasons, and probably many more that we don’t know about, this legislation will be passed. It just has to be for prophecy to be fulfilled.


Now that we’ve looked at the Statement of Faith and the proposed legislation, let’s take a quick look at the Mission Statement. It reads as follows:

The mission of the Extraterrestrial Contact Act Organization is to facilitate the creation and passage of an Extraterrestrial Open Contact Law and to promote a global Contact Protocol. The purpose of this law and protocol is to allow, acknowledge, approve and coordinate open contact between our world and Extraterrestrials who announce peaceful intentions for interacting with us. Through the creation and the acceptance of an Extraterrestrial Open Contact Law and Contact Protocol by the majority of nations and people on our planet we will be doing our part in the overall effort to create an environment on planet Earth that is conducive to having open contact with peaceful Extraterrestrials.

Again we see that the legislation is written to address entities that have peaceful intentions. No attention is paid to the possibility that these entities might be hostile to mankind. Surely any sane person would have to look at both sides of the coin while attempting to write any legislation that will have in its scope the health and welfare of every human being on the face of the earth. With the lack of provision for hostile entities, one has to only assume that the writers of the proposed legislation have an agenda. They have to be convinced that there are no malevolent alien races living out in the cosmos. They must have taken all of the so called “peaceful” messages that have been channeled by these entities and believe them wholeheartedly. They must have totally blocked out, and probably on purpose, all of the horror stories that abuctees have related to researchers since the Hill abduction came to light. In essence, they have become what the Bible calls, “willfully ignorant,” or in common laymen’s terms, “dumb on purpose.”


But why would these supposedly intelligent people do such a thing? Again, we have to suspect some sort of agenda; some sort of bias that keeps them from looking at alien visitation objectively. Well, all one has to do is read the Biographies of the Board of Members (all three of them, wow) to see where their allegiance lies. We’ll look at the three underwriting members and then we’ll look at the author of the bill after that. The Board members are:

Executive Director Darryl Anka has conducted metaphysical and consciousness-raising seminars and lectures for the past 22 years for thousands of people in the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand, England, Greece and Egypt. Darryl is also a writer and producer with several film and television projects in development and has been a designer in the film industry for the past three decades. His seminars have been published in the US and Japan, with over 10 books in the series to date.

Director April Rierdan has worked in the field of metaphysics and extraterrestrial research for the past 10 years. She has Masters degrees in business finance and clinical psychology and her background includes work in the areas of commercial banking, university teaching and counseling. She has extensive experience in business management, event planning, marketing and distribution.

Kevin Kachikian has been involved with Extraterrestrial contact projects and other metaphysical areas for over 8 years. He has edited “Disclosure” – Military and government witnesses reveal the greatest secrets in modern history for CSETI, the Center for the Study of Extraterrestrial Intelligence and was involved in the Disclosure Project broadcast from the National Press Club in Washington DC on May 9th, 2001. His background is in computer software and hardware engineering.

A cursory examination of all three underwriters reveals quite a bit. The first thing what all three share is study and practice in the metaphysical realm. This is a confusing word until one does a word study. The following word definitions were found at the which features “Websters New Age Word Dictionary.” After all, since these people are involved in the New Age, what better source for defining their words by their terms:

Metaphysics: (Meta, “after” or “beyond”; physics “physical”)

Originally, the study or philosophy dealing with cause – i.e. non-physical, spiritual, or non-material realities.. Currently,  it usually means the practice of  magick, psychic, or the occult.

It is interesting that the biographies use a word that is so blatantly defined. When we look at the definition in the New Ages’ own words, it means dabbling in the occult. It is the same word that one with any sort of finesse in English language would use to describe fortune tellers, psychics, necromancers, witches (both black and white) and yes, even Satanists. To many, like myself, who have heard the word for years and thought of it to mean “someone who studies the occult via scientific means, it is staggering to see that the New Age has changed science to fantasy. Which one of these headings these three people fall under is hidden from the general public, but I think we can rest assured that these people aren’t just thinkers, but practitioners of the very things that the Bible tells us to keep far away from.
Let’s look at Darryl Anka, who appears to be the head honcho of the gang of three. One of the aspects of the New Age that this individual is well versed in is called Consciousness-Raising. What in the world is that you ask? Well, as defined in the same dictionary, it is:
Inspiring radical spiritual awareness in self or others.

Now here is where we get into the crux of the New Age, which should really be called the “Old Lie.” One of the main purposes and objectives of the New Age is to con people into believing that they are gods or that they can attain godhood. They are taught that premise constantly, and they are told that they have to become one with the universe, which they believe everyone to be a part of. The universe, the earth and many inanimate objects are considered to be living things, all connected to each other in what is called the “force.” Now I know that the name, “the force,” sounds sort of Star Warish, but it has been around much longer than Star Wars and many like myself can see parallels of New Age philosophy in Star Wars and other sci-fi works. Other notables try to promote the New Age. When you see videos of Shirley McClain standing on a beach chanting, “I am god,” she is practicing consciousness raising. She’s just one of the vocal practitioners of a growing movement. People in the New Age Movement actually believe that if a person tries hard enough they can evolve from homo sapiens to something called Homo noeticus which is explained as follows:

We are entering a new stage of human evolution, and many of us are hung suspended. We’re not yet Homo noeticus, but neither are we “just” the old energy and patterns of Homo sapiens. Homo noeticus is the next step on the evolutionary ladder which is characterized by extra-sensory perceptions (beyond the 5 senses)–including telepathy–as well as a change in psychological and physical chemistry. We are becoming multi-dimensional–or, at least, realizing our multi-dimensionality–and discoveries in Quantum physics is confirming that parallel universes and multiple realities are probable. Many are waking up to this new identity, realizing that choices beget consequences, the devil didn’t make me do it, and God isn’t going to save our butt–or planet– like some deus ex machina from the sky. Is the Divine in control? Absolutely. Yet, we forget that humans are one expression of the Divine on Earth and as God/Goddesses’ hands, feet, and mouth, we must work in partnership with the Divine. We are given free will, and that free will entails the ability to make choices with dire consequences–both personally and globally. From website:

A further study of Darryl Anka shows that this fellow isn’t your garden variety New Age adherent, but a full blown (probably demon possessed) liar. Many sources on the internet claim him to be a channler of Bashar, a demon who claims to be an ascended master. This information can be found at where the following claims are made. If you’re a believer in Messiah Yeshua, pray before you go to this site. I need not explain the reasons:

Bashar is a multi-dimensional being who speaks through channel Darryl Anka from what we perceive as the future… Channling on topics such as reincarnation, karma, ascension, psychic predictions, spiritual healing, higher self, metaphysics, extraterrestrials, UFOs, alien abduction, holistic health, financial success, relationships, and much more. Bashar speaks with insight, personal understanding and phenomenal accuracy! Homepage at

So what about April Rierdan, the second person in the list of promoters for the ECA? Typing her name in the Google search engine found the very first return listing her name; and you’ll never guess where the link leads one to? It leads one to Bashar Website where we find out that April Rierdan is the website designer. It’s a small world isn’t it. Her association with this website and organization is proof positive that she’s in the enemy camp.

And finally we come to the third underwriter of the ECA, whose name is Kevin Kachikian. It actually took a whole four Google web search pages to compile some information on Kevin. Apparently he’s not as transparent as the two other underwriters. Kevin is indeed a computer technician and has written some interesting software and has several patents for those and other projects he’s invented. Kevin’s website is sort of innocuous, and is basically a large resume’ and list of his achievements. It’s when one goes to his “links” page that one can see that Kevin is into the occult and the eastern mysticism religions. Aside from being an underwriter for the ECA, Kevin is involved with an organization called “The Institute for Spiritual Entertainment – Los Angeles,” whose website is . They promote New Age movies. What Kevin’s roll in this organization is really can’t be ascertained at this time because the member’s section is closed to the public. Oh, and by the way, before you take yourself and your kids to the movies, check out a page on their site that endorses movies. If this organization endorses a movie then you probably don’t want to go and see it.

Are you starting to get the idea that the three underwriters of the ECA aren’t exactly working for the good side. It’s no wonder that the legislation that they have written welcomes the alien entities with open arms and will instruct all of mankind how to do the same. The final person that we want to take a look at is the principal author of the ECA. This man, Alfred Lambremont Webre is a very interesting character to say the least. He’s a very intelligent man by worldly standards, but is steeped deeply in the New Age movement. While my intent is to expose these authors for their mistaken belief in benign extraterrestrial entities, I can’t possibly go into everything about Mr. Webre because the internet is riddled with information and frankly, I don’t have the time. His website is and anyone who wants to read more about him can go there. Mr. Webre doesn’t seem to mind voicing his opinions nor his beliefs on the world wide web, so I feel at liberty to quote from his site. Yet another good source to see what Mr. Webre is into, is at where an interview is posted with Mr. Webre and it is quite revealing as to his agenda and sources.

When one visits Mr. Webre’s own site, one can access many articles and links. The site is nicely done, and is easy to navigate, but just like an apple might look good on the outside, if contains a big fat worm inside then it’s worthless and needs to be cast out. On one of the pages on his website, Mr. Webre has included an article that was posted by Yahoo News. The article is just below. Let’s read it and then look at it in depth:

Not War of the Worlds but Peace among Worlds, Futurist Says

Tue Jul 26, 8:00 AM ET
Vancouver, BC (PRWEB) July 26, 2005 — If our current libel laws were to extend beyond Earth”s boundaries, Steven Spielberg”s War of the Worlds might be found to be defamatory towards a race of extraterrestrial beings that may be living below the surface of Mars.

That is the claim of a veteran lawyer and space peace activist who says that by portraying Martians as aggressive attackers, Spielberg”s new film also misrepresents the broader challenge that humanity must confront interacting with other civilizations in space.

A graduate of Yale Law School, Alfred Lambremont Webre is known as the founding father of exopolitics. His work as a futurist at the prestigious Stanford Research Institute (SRI) in 1977 directing a proposed Extraterrestrial Communication Project for the Carter White House led to the emergence of exopolitics as a social science discipline.

Like many other futurists, Webre has concluded that humanity is destined to become a space-faring civilization. But he has been at the forefront of advocating that such a future will require a program of public interest diplomacy with “off-planet cultures.”

In his newly released book Exopolitics: Politics, Government, and Law in the Universe (Filament Books; $9.99), Webre presents a practical and philosophical model of how such an outreach program to other planetary civilizations might be shaped.

Webre thinks that intergalactic diplomacy will involve peaceful co-existence and cooperation with other civilizations founded on principles of Universal law.

“Exopolitics is premised on the notion that if humanity is not only to survive but thrive in the Universe, it will have to develop a political science to effectively interact with the beings that it will encounter in space,” Webre says.

It might seem like science fiction fantasy to some, but Webre”s book deals with a subject that is taken very seriously by some of the most accomplished members of Earth society. Among many other prominent citizens of this world, a former American astronaut and one of Canada”s former defense ministers have endorsed Exopolitics.

“The scientific paradigm of the 20th Century was that intelligent life ended at Earth”s geo-stationary orbit,” Webre explains. “The exopolitics model informs us that, in reality, Earth appears to be an isolated planet in the midst of a populated Universe composed of intelligent civilizations subject to Universal law, operating under Universal forms of governance, and mediated by Universe politics.”

Webre delights in the cosmic irony that his e-book publisher, Filament Books, originally decided to publish Exopolitics on its website along with War of the Worlds, H.G. Wells” classic account of an alien invasion from Mars that inspired Spielberg”s new blockbuster.

In his science fiction novel, Wells portrays Mars – and by implication, other planets – as harbingers of alien monsters that wish to attack and destroy our planetary civilization. “[Across the gulf of space … intellects vast and cool and unsympathetic regarded this Earth with envious eyes, and slowly and surely drew their plans against us,” Wells wrote.

Webre has a far more optimistic view of Mars and other possibly populated planets. He thinks that human contact with aliens represents not a “final threat” but a “future hope.”

His optimism is fueled by recent scientific discoveries made by NASA”s Mars Rover. These findings confirm the high probability that the red planet could host life today. Webre is also intrigued by data derived from the scientific process of “remote viewing” which suggest that below Mars” surface dwells a peaceful race of intelligent humanoid beings that survived an environmental cataclysm on Mars that occurred eons ago.

“Remote viewing” is the mental process of perceiving and describing places, persons, and events at distant locations. It was sponsored and developed by the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) in the early 1970″s with the help of scientists from Stanford Research Institute.

According to Webre, both remote viewers within the American intelligence community and civilian remote viewers trained by the US government have discovered astounding data about life on Mars, including the fact that the surviving Martian culture has technology that appears to be 150 years in advance of our present day civilization.

The remote viewing data indicate that because their physical appearance is so similar to humans on Earth, some Martians have already migrated to villages in South America. “Humans from Mars seem to be genetically related to humans on Earth,” Webre says. “This raises many important questions – for science as well as for religion.”

If such data prove accurate, Webre thinks that mutually beneficial agreements with our extended “human” family from Mars could help human civilization on Earth cope with the looming environmental challenges that threaten our own planetary survival.

His brilliant treatise Exopolitics describes the steps that must be taken to move in that direction. It sets forth an agenda for a hopeful future in which humanity addresses the challenge of contact with other civilizations in the Universe not in a “war of the worlds” scenario but through a “peace among worlds” initiative. It is “a roadmap to the stars.”

About the Author
Alfred Lambremont Webre is a futurist and lawyer educated at Yale Law School. He was a Fulbright scholar. A member of the bar of the District of Columbia, he once served as general counsel to New York City”s Environmental Protection Agency. He was a Clinton-Gore delegate to the 1996 Texas Democratic convention. He lives in Vancouver, BC, where he is the International Director of the Institute for Cooperation in Space (ICIS).

What I found interesting in my web research is that Mr. Webre often can be found speaking at conventions and symposiums that have strong New Age themes to them. Just do a Google search and you’ll find him speaking somewhere. Why does he speak at some many of these functions? Well, he wouldn’t exactly be welcomed in a Godly atmosphere; plus we know from scripture that:

For the time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves teachers, having itching ears; And they shall turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables. 2 Timothy 4:3-4

Mr. Webre is in all effect is an evangelist for the New Age Movement. People who attend New Age functions have itching ears and want to hear people talk; especially when the speaker is conveying what they want to hear. Deception is a very easy tool to use and every false prophet, every despot, every false religion and all other malevolent movements have started because one or more false prophets have told a perverse and wicked people what they wanted to hear. We shouldn’t be surprised though, because the father of all lies, Satan, used the same tactics to deceive our progenitors. These days his tactics seem to be running rampant throughout society and a populace that grew up without God, or refuses to acknowledge God as the supreme authority will always fall for the sucker punch.

Of course the article starts out by giving us some of Mr. Webre’s credentials. Being a graduate of Yale Law school is quite an achievement and if you study more about the man, you will find out that he’s got quite a few more endorsements from other establishments and institutions. He’s also hob knobbed with many elites, having had positions even in American government. You will always notice that with any article that deals with selling the public about New Age thought, the author will always talk about the credentials of the individual being interviewed or written about. So right away we are told (in subtle terms) that we have to listen to what this man has to say because he’s educated, and educated people are always right about everything they talk about. Uneducated people, or people with lesser education are almost always ignored, even though they might have great wisdom imparted upon them. Our Lord Yeshua came against this prejudice on numerous occasions. One such occurrence happened when Yeshua returned to Nazareth and started teaching. The Bible says that the people who heard him asked each other where Yeshua got his wisdom. They made the remark, “isn’t this Yeshua, the carpenter’s son, the son of Mary…” In essence, what they were saying is, “where does this guy get off teaching us. He’s just a carpenter’s son who has no formal religious instruction. How can he know what he’s talking about?” You see, there is a difference between intelligence and wisdom. Intelligence is learned, wisdom is imparted.

Let me get off the track to qualify that statement. I work in a medical setting. I work daily with people who are very intelligent; doctors, pharmacists, nurses and others. There have been many times when I’ve personally witnessed these very intelligent people, who can tell you the molecular structure of medications, or who could skillfully surgically remove the worse cancer; make some of the dumbest decisions where common sense is concerned. One fellow, a psychiatrist, and a man who claims to be able to help anyone with emotional problems provides me with a story to tell. This man, who was on the hospital board approached me one day demanding that I render a service that I couldn’t provide. The part of the hospital where I worked needed two keys to access the room, and when my supervisor or someone else with a higher authority wasn’t available, I couldn’t access that room. After telling him three times (three times mind you) that it took two keys to get into the room, he stamped his feet like a little child having some sort of tantrum, and he marched down to the administrator’s office to complain about me. Now, he had the intelligence to heal (supposedly so) but he lacked the wisdom to realize that I was not the problem and that he should be going to my higher authority (who’s clock was off because the power was off) to complain. Anyone with common sense would have said, “okay, you don’t have the important key so I’ll find someone who does.” That leads us to another question; is intelligence without wisdom really intelligence? There’s something for all to ponder.

So with that in mind, let’s look to see what the article says about Mr. Webre. The first thing that I’d like to point out is that when you read the news article, you might have noticed that there are many words used that promote that this whole thing is a supposition or at best the faith of one man (or perhaps a group of men) who want to inculcate all of to believe as they do. Like all good evangelists, Mr. Webre is trying to make proselytes of the people. In the scripture from 2 Timothy, Paul talked about how people would turn away from the truth and pay heed to fables. When a person or a people have faith in a fable, they’ll often use words that will reflect that. You will hear terms like “he believes,” or “they think,” etc. Those terms are in direct contradiction to the terms used to denote fact, such as, “evidence,” “observation,” and other such words. So when I read the following I was not surprised:

Like many other futurists, Webre has concluded that humanity is destined to become a space-faring civilization. But he has been at the forefront of advocating that such a future will require a program of public interest diplomacy with “off-planet cultures.”

The first word that should give anyone a clue is the word “futurist.” Basically, that is someone who has faith in the future. The problem is that knowing what the future holds can only be pure speculation because aside from Biblical prophecy, which has proved itself time and time again, predicting the future by any other means is purely speculative. Secondly, since the article doesn’t go into how Mr. Webre came to these conclusions, we have to conclude that the reader is being told to believe what Mr. Webre believes because of his faith in what he believes. No thanks Mr. Webre, I have my own faith. Thirdly, this part of the article says that the public has to be made aware of, and given interest in developing diplomacy with “off planet cultures.” Actually, this very tactic has been going on for years and much has been done through different forums of the mass media. Just tune into the “Coast to Coast” show any night and you’ll find yourself being brainwashed with the notion that the the public has to be made aware of an “extraterrestrial reality.” In recent years there have been many movies that promote a peaceful alien agenda. Granted, some movies do show the aliens as being hostile, but as time goes on, more and more movies are leaning toward an alien race that is coming to help mankind through many hardships that are on the horizon of our history.

The second area of the article that we will examine is the following:

Webre thinks that intergalactic diplomacy will involve peaceful co-existence and cooperation with other civilizations founded on principles of Universal law…..”The exopolitics model informs us that, in reality, Earth appears to be an isolated planet in the midst of a populated Universe composed of intelligent civilizations subject to Universal law, operating under Universal forms of governance, and mediated by Universe politics.”

Well first of all, intergalactic means “between galaxies,” which I think is sort of assumptive. The demonic entities that are currently visiting the earth in the guise of extraterrestrials have never claimed to come from other galaxies. Actually, they have changed their stories on a frequent basis. Back in the 1950’s, abductee Adamsky was told by these creatures that they came from the planet Venus. Other claims were made by different abductees. Mostly the claims were made that the entities lived on worlds in our own solar system. But in the 1960’s the space programs of the former Soviet Union and the United States sort of threw a wrench into the works by sending craft to Venus, only to find that the planet’s environment is hostile to life with temperatures that would make a day in Palm Springs in July feel like a day in Antarctica in the dead of winter. So right after that, the message that the entities started to convey was that they come from star systems in our own galaxy that we are all familiar with. They started conveying the notion that they came from the Pleiades and Orion. Now, Mr. Webre is saying that they might be intergalactic? Perhaps the next place mentioned will be inter-dimensional, which would be refreshing because that would be the truth for a change.

Again we are being fed the premise that these entities will be peaceful. It sort of bothers me that it is written that, “Webre believes,” which again shows that it is a matter of faith on his part. It is in his belief system, not based in actual fact. Yet, these same people find it ridiculous that a Christian can believe in a personal caring Messiah, named Yeshua. At least there is historical proof that Yeshua lived! And, Yeshua never made his visitation a clandestine one like these supposed extraterrestrials do. If they’re so peaceful then why hide. If they’re so peaceful then why spirit away people in the dead of night against their wills? Is that the way that a peaceful and benign agenda operates? It’s not one that I want to have anything to do with.

Now what is this Universal law that Webre is talking about. Is it some sort of secret document that we’ve never been shown? The closest thing to a universal law that we on earth have is the Ten Commandments. This law is recognized by the three monotheist religions; Judaism, Christianity and Islam. It is also the code by which most of the world’s laws are  built upon. Sure, there might be variations here and there, but the basic tenants of human law echo the same sentiments.

And God spake all these words, saying, I am the LORD thy God, which have brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage. Thou shalt have no other gods before me. Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of any thing that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth. Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them: for I the LORD thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate me; And shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love me, and keep my commandments. Thou shalt not take the name of the LORD thy God in vain; for the LORD will not hold him guiltless that taketh his name in vain. Remember the sabbath day, to keep it holy. Six days shalt thou labour, and do all thy work: But the seventh day is the sabbath of the LORD thy God: in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates: For in six days the LORD made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day: wherefore the LORD blessed the sabbath day, and hallowed it. Honour thy father and thy mother: that thy days may be long upon the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee. Thou shalt not kill. Thou shalt not commit adultery. Thou shalt not steal. Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbour. Thou shalt not covet thy neighbour’s house, thou shalt not covet thy neighbour’s wife, nor his manservant, nor his maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor any thing that is thy neighbour’s. Exodus 20:1-17

Now we have to look at the words of the alien entities which, according to the people who are channeling messages from these beings through mediums, say that they have sent all of the great thinkers to earth to teach mankind. They claim that they sent Yeshua, Moses, Mohammed, Buddha, Zoroaster and all others. If all of these great people were sent as emissaries from these supposed aliens, then their messages should all be aligned with one another, right? Well, where the basic laws are concerned, they are. Of course those in the eastern religions don’t recognize the God of Israel as the one true God, and they don’t honor Saturday as the Sabbath, and they do take God’s name in vain. But at the same time, they recognize that murder is wrong, stealing is wrong, adultery (in most cases) is wrong, that lying is wrong and that covetousness is wrong.

Now we know that they didn’t really send these men, at least we know that to be true with Moses and Yeshua. But they claim that they sent all these men to teach mankind. So, if that is correct, then the Law as given to Moses should be a reflection of the Universal Law that Mr. Webre is talking about. And if that assumption were to be correct, then these alien entities should act accordingly; but do they?

The first of the Ten Commandments tells us not to worship any other God but the God of Israel; YHWH. Yet, the message given to many abductees is that there are many roads that lead to God and that there are many gods. These entities go out of their way to trivialize the God of Israel; YHWH. In addition, Lord Yeshua said that HE is the way, the truth and the life; and that no man comes unto the Father except through HIM. If the alien entities sent all of the great teachers they sent confusion because all philosophies teach that their way is the only way. There can be one only way. There is only one author of confusion, that is Satan.

The Second Commandment is that no graven image is made. Many of the accounts told by abductees relate to graven images being present. In some abduction cases, the entities turn themselves into departed relatives; spouses, parents or other loved ones that the abductee misses dearly. Sometimes they reveal themselves as great religious leaders, even Yeshua. Now, a graven image is something that is made in order to worship. If an entity puts on the mask of being Yeshua, or Moses or any other worshipped figure, that is making a graven image. So they have violated the Second Commandment.

The Third Commandment concerns not taking God’s name in vain. Basically, we take that to mean that we shouldn’t use it in times of anger, or as in an oath that we don’t intent to keep. But an expanded view is that God’s name shouldn’t ever be taken out of context. So, when an alien presents itself as Yeshua, it is using God’s name in vain. Another way that these entities use God’s name in vain is when they pervert God’s scripture, or when they deny that God really is God. In the vanity of their deceit they have done these very things on numerous occasions.

The Fourth Commandment is that the Sabbath be kept as a holy day. While I don’t know the statistics, I’m sure that UFO’s have made themselves appear on both the Jewish Sabbath and the Christian Sabbath. I’m also sure that humans have been abducted on these days. How am I sure of these things? Well, evil never takes a day off and besides, since they’re not godly beings, they would take every opportunity to break every one of God’s commandments. Another interesting side-note is something that Chuck Missler brought to light. No study has actually been done to document this, but it seems that every time there is a move of God underway, there seems to be a UFO flap in that same area. I don’t know if you find that interesting, but I certainly do.

The Fifth Commandment says to honor our fathers and mothers. Some might say, aha, how can he prove this one. Well, the answer is quite simple. First, child abductees are told that they are special to the entities and that their mission is life is to save the world, no matter who gets in the way, even mother and father. This can be seen in what is called the Indigo Children. If you study about them you will find that the New Age is hailing them as a new creation, an evolved human, known as Homo Noeticus. The alien entities are claiming that they are aiding in this process. On the many pages that describe the Indigo Child, the parent is basically told that the child is more important than the parent because the child is the future. Therefore, certain character traits, such as tantrums, antisocial behavior and other things should be overlooked and even encouraged. This sort of fostered behavior allows the child to walk all over the parent; the opposite of honoring the parent.

Secondly, one could say that the production of a hybrid child is a violation of the Fifth Commandment. Simply put, if a child is produced so that it has no communion with either parent, it has no opportunity to honor it’s parents, that is a violation via proxy. In conventional terms, if a child was abducted when it was too young to know his/her parents, and the abductor tells the child that his/her parents were less evolved and less important than they are, the child would have no respect for their progenitors. This would be a disrespect and the entity doing the teaching would be guilty also; even more so because Yeshua was quite adamant about the fate of those who teach children wrong:

It were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and he cast into the sea, than that he should offend one of these little ones. Luke 17:2

The Sixth Commandment says, “thou shalt not kill.” This commandment has been taken out of context so many times it and that’s sad. It has been used by anti-war, vegetarians, animal rights advocates and many other off kilter movements over the ages. The correct way to render the Hebrew text is, “thou shalt not MURDER.” Some abductees have died as a direct result of the crimes perpetuated on their bodies. Some have developed cancers after their encounters. On the darker side (if that is possible) some report that these entities require human blood for sustenance and other reports have been made that these entities eat humans. While I can substantiate these things, and they might be reports made by people on a lunatic fringe, it could possibly explain all of the people that disappear every year that are never found. Also, after researching some of the extra-biblical Jewish texts, and reading how the Nephilim before the flood, “devoured mankind,” it sort of removes this notion out of the realm of the impossible; especially since demons are the disembodied spirits of the Nephilim.

Secondly, since many abductees are told that they are special and set aside for future events, who’s to say that those events won’t be the murder of those who don’t accept the great lie. Many of those channeling the demonic messengers have written that one of the duties of those who accept the lie will be to cleanse the world of it’s impurities. Those impurities are commonly believed to be those who fight the lie. Thus, where the ascended masters, enlightened ones or just plain demons and evil angels are concerned, that would be conspiracy to commit murder, which implicates the planner of the act as a co-conspirator and thus a murderer.

The Seventh Commandment says, “thou shalt not commit adultery.” Adultery is sexual union with someone that you are not married to and an adulterer is any person, either married or unmarried, who has sexual union with a married person, and that person him or herself. Sexual union seems to be one of the major themes of the alien abduction scenario. Numerous reports have the entities forcing the abductee into having sexual intercourse with loved ones, strangers and even themselves both in disguise and as they normally appear. There is a further implication in the breeding of children by using sperm and ova from various individuals. The consummation of a marriage is the sexual act. The result of the sexual act is procreation. It seems to me, that if the creation of a “love child” (the creation of a child via a relationship outside of marriage) here on earth is considered the result of adultery, then the creation of a child through genetic manipulation is also a form of adultery, making the alien entities adulterers by proxy.

The Eighth Commandment says, “thou shalt not steal.” We have to define what stealing is first. It is robbery or thievery of something of value to the person who that item is being taken from. This can be an item of value, or a person or even a belief or attribute that a person has. Thus, the abduction itself is when someone is stolen from their chosen location and moved to a place where they didn’t choose to be. There have been instances where children have been abducted by the alien entities and when the parents have protested, they are told that they have no right to protest because “the children belong to us.” Kidnapping has been and always been considering stealing. And what about the abduction cases where the person abducted was a virgin before the abduction and isn’t one afterward. Common sense dictates that their virginity (and their innocence) was stolen. So, it’s quite easy to connect these demonic entities with stealing.

The Ninth Commandment says, “thou shalt not bear false witness.” Many think this to mean that we shouldn’t lie to each other, but it goes much deeper than that. It also means that we shouldn’t gossip and we shouldn’t slander anyone’s name. We know that these demonic entities are liars because they constantly renege on promises and for the most part, prophecies and future visions given by them don’t pan out. But their biggest crime where this commandment is concerned is how they bear false witness against God, the Bible and prophecy. They go out of their way to promote New Age thinking. They promote all religions except Christianity and Judaism. They constantly take scripture out of context and they use bits and pieces of God’s word for their own agenda. They tell abductees that they are special and set apart, only to drop them off of their importance list once they are done using them. And finally, they promote the greatest lie of all; the same one that convinced Chava (Eve) to eat the forbidden fruit. That lie is the notion that there is a way for humans to become gods. That is the same lie that Satan has been delusioned by for millennia as he has tried in vain to ascend to heaven to unseat God from God’s throne.

The Tenth Commandment says, “thou shalt not covet..” and lists quite a few things that we shouldn’t covet. The best way to describe the word “covet,” is to say, “a strong lusting after.” The demonic entities who come in the guise of extraterrestrials have a strong desire to deceive mankind. Anyone can see it by their message, that they’re desire is to help man to get it right; in the aspect of what they claim to be right. They say that Christianity and Yeshua aren’t the right way. They point out the world situation and say; “see where God has gotten you; we have a better way.” They know that mankind is a special creation of God and they are envious. They know that they are the losers in the war between God and Satan, and they are conducting a scorched earth policy; trying to take as many souls to destruction as they can before the victor comes to claim His reward. They lust after mankind’s special position in God’s plan and they know that those humans who come to God will be given their (the fallen angel’s) former special place that they forfeited when they followed Satan in the angelic rebellion.

They have a particular lust of women. Women constitute a larger population of the abductee community. Women for the most part are easier to control through fear and intimidation. Women are also the vehicle for carrying genetically manipulated children that have been produced by these entities. Women, more than men, have a nurturing and caring way about them. It is important to a woman to be able to care for someone and help them along in life. Picture someone with that nature being told by someone who claims to have all the answers for mankind, that they have been selected to be special, a benefit to mankind who will make a difference in the lives of their children and future generations. Finally, women were what the fallen angels lusted after before (and after) the great flood of Noah’s day, and the Nephilim were the offspring of angels and women. There is an interesting scripture in 1 Corinthians 11 that often gets overlooked. Women are warned to dress modestly because female flesh allows evil angelic lust to arise:

For this cause ought the woman to have power on her head because of the angels. 1 Corinthians 11:10 KJV

And as shown in the NIV (used only for reference) the scripture reads:

For this reason, and because of the angels, the woman ought to have a sign of authority on her head. 1 Corinthians 11:10 NIV

That sign was the veil with which propriety required a women to cover herself during biblical times. In modern terms it could be said like this; “if you don’t want to be harassed, don’t advertise your wares.” It is also of interest to note that women are supposed to have a male covering over them. The girl in the family should have a father over her and when she gets married she’s to have a God ordained husband over her. This is not a sexist comment, but the context is that a woman should have a male as protector and guardian over her. The context also denotes that the “authority” has to be a faithful believer in God in order to be an effective “authority.”

Many reading this might take offense that I used the Biblical model to show Universal Law. I can understand that, but you have to admit that in most nations of the world, the offenses mentioned in the Ten Commandment take on the same meaning in secular law. Even in Communist China there are consequences for violating laws relating to stealing, murder, lying, coveting and adultery. Since the government in that nation has set itself up to be all powerful, they in essence are a god figure to the populace. Therefore any offence against the government is punishable as though it were an offence against God. Most laws are Universal in nature, so therefore they must be universal throughout the universe. So, the evil entities that are claiming to be extraterrestrials are in direct violation of Universal Law by their own actions. If there is to be peaceful coexistence, the the entities should show in good faith that they can exhibit peacefulness. We know by their actions that they are unable to do this. In the future, they will attempt to do so in order to promote their deception to the populace of this world. But, those with insight and wisdom in this matter will be able to (with the help of the Holy Spirit) see through their little charade and identify them for what they really are and we’ll know what they really want. We also have to make note of the fact that the nature (of thinking) of mankind is changing and people are becoming relatively worse in their character. So it is entirely possible that the entities won’t have to change very much because mankind will become more like the entities in character because of mankind’s rebellion toward God. With that being the case, a mask on the entity may not be necessary because they and mankind will have more in common and less in difference.

The next statement in the article that we need to examine is:

“Exopolitics is premised on the notion that if humanity is not only to survive but thrive in the Universe, it will have to develop a political science to effectively interact with the beings that it will encounter in space,” Webre says.

Again we see that, according to Mr. Webre, mankind is going to have to make changes to accept these entities. There will be no “prime directive” like in Star Trek, where there was coexistence without interfering in the affairs of the host planet. In the stead of these beings coming down to our level to interact with us, we are going to be required to evolve upward to be accepted by them. It is the complete opposite of what God did for us. He lowered Himself and became a man in order to reach man. Of course, the change that the New Age will require in order to interact with these entities is called, “The Luciferic Initiation. It will climax when the man of perdition, the Antichrist, will order all people to take a mark on their foreheads or their right hands in order to show loyalty to this new way of life. This is where their political science will culminate.

And who is on the bandwagon?

It might seem like science fiction fantasy to some, but Webre”s book deals with a subject that is taken very seriously by some of the most accomplished members of Earth society. Among many other prominent citizens of this world, a former American astronaut and one of Canada”s former defense ministers have endorsed Exopolitics.

So according to the article, I guess that Mr. Webre is in the same league with some of the most accomplished people in Earth Society. I find it quite interesting that the article mentions two people who many would look up to for correct information. Of course people are going to vote for this initiative if a former astronaut and a former Canadian defense minister are endorsing it. Right away the connection is that two people who probably have ties with government and scientific people in the realm of intelligence might have information that others don’t have. If I didn’t know any better I would be sold, thinking that the extraterrestrials must be peaceful if two people in the loop give their support to this effort. But one has to wonder if these two people and the other so called “accomplished” people might be into the same metaphysical (and we know what that really is now) pursuits that the three underwriters of the legislation and its author, Mr. Webre are involved in. That notion is something that we can’t dismiss, as people who believe the same thing tend to run in the same pack.

And now we get into more proof that Mr. Webre is heavily steeped in occult belief, if not practice. The article says:

His optimism is fueled by recent scientific discoveries made by NASA”s Mars Rover. These findings confirm the high probability that the red planet could host life today. Webre is also intrigued by data derived from the scientific process of “remote viewing” which suggest that below Mars” surface dwells a peaceful race of intelligent humanoid beings that survived an environmental cataclysm on Mars that occurred eons ago……According to Webre, both remote viewers within the American intelligence community and civilian remote viewers trained by the US government have discovered astounding data about life on Mars, including the fact that the surviving Martian culture has technology that appears to be 150 years in advance of our present day civilization.

We’ve heard time and time again how NASA has found some sort of evidence that Mars could host life. It’s also interesting that these amazing findings come right around the time when NASA is suffering from some sort of monetary crisis. Usually, when the funds start to dry up you’ll read about something spectacular that NASA has just discovered. They have become masters at playing the government funding game. Of course, people like Mr. Webre, either by hope or by ignorance fall for this trick time and time again. It feeds a false faith that can’t live without feeding it’s ferocious appetite with sickly sweet half truths and contrived information.

But Mr. Webre’s New Age faith is really bolstered by something called Remote Viewing. The remote viewer puts him or herself into a trance state at which time they’re supposedly able to see things a that are far away, either in time or in distance. Of course, the person who view things remotely doesn’t actually travel to the destination that they view, but they see what they view through as it were another pair of eyes. The painful truth is that the eyes that they view things through are demonic. The viewer sees only what the demonic force wants it to see. Remote viewing has had little real success. It is sometimes called upon to find lost children and such, or as the military applies it as mentioned above, to see what a tangible enemy is up to. The demonic forces behind remote viewing allow the viewer to see the correct thing just enough to make it seem true. It is an easy way to mess with someone’s mind and to deceive their soul. The viewer is allowed to see things correctly from time to time and when the seer is hooked on their ability, the demonic forces are then able to manipulate the viewer so that they see whatever the evil side wants them to see. Remote viewing is big in the New Age arena. Those new to the New Age see it as a way to have power, but those who have any insight at all know that it’s just another door to allow demonic possession, because the viewer while in the trance state has relinquished control of their faculties. When control is given up, there is always something waiting to take control. When a vacuum is created, the void is open to be filled. Mr. Webre’s fascination and acceptance of this practice shows that he’s given over to the occult, and in all probability has had that void filled by one or more demonic entities.

Some people have relatives everywhere. I guess Mr. Webre thinks that we have some relatives on Mars, as illustrated below:

“Humans from Mars seem to be genetically related to humans on Earth,” Webre says. “This raises many important questions – for science as well as for religion.”

So, having viewed these supposed Martian brothers through demonic eyes we are now expected to believe that we are related. First of all, Mr. Webre says that that is the ways it seems. Well, how many times have any of us realized that the things we see aren’t always the way things seem. If I look out my window some January morning and see the sun shining and maybe hear a bird singing do I automatically think that I can put on a tee shirt and shorts and go for a pleasant walk? No, I have to either look at a thermometer or step outside for a minute to feel the temperature. Only after practicing some good science can I determine what I should wear, or if I should even go outside at all. Now we’re supposed to believe that these beings are peaceful and that they’re related to us? Where’s the DNA test? Where’s the empirical proof that we’re supposed to have before making such statements.

At the end of that paragraph we come to the real reason for all of this bovine scatology. We don’t have to worry about science accepting the lie because they are the ones that are perpetuating it. The real question is about religion’s roll in the light of an extraterrestrial reality. Several studies have been conducted relating to society and what it will do when aliens finally decide to make themselves known to the world. Some think that society in general would collapse because of the new reality. They think that people will be confused and that religion will be harmed beyond repair. Let’s face it, when that day finally does come, and the demonic deceivers reveal themselves as extraterrestrials come to help mankind, there will be several reactions. In the Christian realm, those who really had no faith will fall for the lie and embrace it. Some, who have been walking the fence will realize that they’ve been unfaithful and will come back stronger than when they left. Those who have walked faithfully but haven’t explored the extraterrestrial’s claims in the past will realize that what we have preached for many years was true. And, those who have been preaching all about the great delusion and fighting it will not gloat, but will be extremely busy educating those who thirst for the truth. In the secular realm and in the case of other religions, the lie will be believed as a truth and many will be deceived.

The thing is that there is a big difference between “religion” and Biblical Christianity. Religion is man’s attempt to reach God through ritual and works. It is basically dead to to the truth. Christianity, when practiced like God has intended it, is a relationship with God through the work of Yeshua on the cross. True faith in God is like joining a family, not like joining a club. Those who have relationship with The Father through The Son (Yeshua) know God so intimately that their faith cannot be shaken. As a matter of fact, adversity only strengthens their faith. It is because of this that Christians could face death in the coliseum in Rome undaunted. In many instances they had a look of peace after facing a horrible death.

Yes, I do think that as we move further into the last days of man’s dominion here on earth we will se many strange things. I believe wholeheartedly that demons and angels will manifest to many and lead many astray. But those who have faith in Yeshua and are born again in His Spirit will fight the delusion and will not be deceived. But, we will be a small minority at first. So, I guess that Mr. Webre is right in a sense, in that “religion” will have important questions when the demonic realm manifests itself. I just pray that “religious” people will seek out true Christians to find out the answers.

Now we get into something that we constantly hear from these entities when they explain why they visit earth:

If such data prove accurate, Webre thinks that mutually beneficial agreements with our extended “human” family from Mars could help human civilization on Earth cope with the looming environmental challenges that threaten our own planetary survival.

Okay, so the article suggests that these supposed “humans from Mars,” live underground because the cannot live above ground due to the environment. We’re also told that they are about 150 years more advanced that our own civilization. We’re also told that some of these beings are here on earth and that they’re living in South America. So hear are some questions about all of this fantasy. If some could come to earth, why didn’t all of them come already. If they’re 150 years more advanced they could have come many years ago and left their dreary existence on Mars. If these imaginary Martians did exist, and they are so intelligent, then why didn’t they do something to improve their life on Mars. Surely, if they are as pompous as mankind is, they could have solved the problems of Mars. They could have created a new atmosphere and made the planet green (or whatever color) again. Physician, heal thyself! And why pick this time in history to make an intervention? Well, the answer to that one is quite simple. Our current time in history is one where there is an apostate church, scores of unbelievers and billions who have itching ears. They (the entities in question) couldn’t come before because the Church was strong and there was a lot of faith in Yeshua. But now, hardly anyone believes in Yeshua anymore. Some who claim to believe in Him really don’t believe, which is evidenced by their actions. And the rest of the world is populated with false religions and still others who have no religion. What better way to enter a city then when their gate is down. Mankind is ripe for the picking and so many souls are begging to be harvested by an evil farmer.


So what have we seen in all of this. We have seen that a group of New Age adherents have convinced themselves (or have been deceived to believe) that the universe is just too vast for humanity to be alone in it. We’ve pretty well dismissed their calculations as fantasy and showed that their assumption is based on odds that the most daring or reckless gambler would never consider betting on.

We took a look at the ECA and we’ve seen that it assumes that contact with what they call extraterrestrials will be friendly. We’ve examined past and current data that proves that these entities are not friendly. We have seen that they are selfish, malevolent and that they have an agenda that is not human friendly.

We looked a little at contracts and how our elected representatives hold our power of attorney. That being the case, their actions give the alien entities the legal right to enter in the lives of every individual in their principalities. That is not a good condition to be in considering the reprobate people that govern us.

We’ve taken a look at some data concerning the lives of the author and the underwriters of the ECA. Through that study we have see the cold hard facts; that they are heavily into the occult and that being the case, so is the authored legislation. The can be no doubt that these individuals believe in and promote what the Bible calls, “doctrines of devils.”

We pulled apart an article that was written to make Mr. Webre, the act’s author, look like a good man with good intentions. Through that study we found that the author and his beliefs have an agenda, and that it doesn’t involve any planning by the God of the Bible; but the god of this world.

There is no doubt that this bill, the human’s who penned it and the demonic entities who authored it are very dangerous. Believing that any entity that claims to be extraterrestrial is peaceful is pure fantasy because they don’t come from other worlds, solar systems or galaxies, but are the demons and evil angels of old who have deceived mankind and have caused many of our ills since the fall of mankind millennia ago.


When and if this ECA bill becomes a matter of public debate everyone should fight against it tooth and nail. It’s literally a matter of life and death. Because of the reprobate nature of society, the bill probably will pass anyway, but we should always remember that God has all history; past, present and future in His control and that things have to happen in order for prophecy and God’s plan to take it’s course. But, if you’re walking with Yeshua, you have nothing to worry about. If you’re not – oh well.

Simply put,  yes, there is one course of action that can protect a person from alien contact, harassment and abduction. That is a personal relationship with Lord Yeshua Ha Mashiach (the Lord Jesus Christ), who has power and authority over all of the angelic and demonic realm. There is quite an extensive list of people who have been freed from alien abduction as a life’s pattern and the list is growing all the time. You can read more about this on this site or you can go to the Paranormal and Alien Abduction Problem Solvers International at to read more. At the latter website we have several trained counselors that can help you to become free and to help you in times of crisis. If you’d like to cut to the chase and get right with God, just go to the “saved” link on this website’s main page to find out how to have a new life with God the Father through Yeshua Ha Mashiach.

My relationship with Yeshua has caused me to be free from harassment in this area and it can work for you too. Of course, aside from being freed from the demonic realm, a life in Yeshua has so many other rewards which you can also ask us about. Thank you for taking time to read this rather long document and I pray the Lord’s blessing on all who have read it.

David Ben Yakov